REPORT on ENVIRONMENTAL impact assessment REPORT...DIRECTORATE FOR ROADS OF VIETNAM PROJECT...

DIRECTORATE FOR ROADS OF VIETNAM

PROJECT MANAGEMENT UNIT 3

-------------------

REPORT on

ENVIRONMENTAL impact assessment REPORT

Subproject of nh39-1 IMPROVEMENT,

trieu duong - hung ha section (km42+714 – km64+000)

and 3 bridges: nai, dong tu and go

belonging to component c of

VIETNAM ROAD ASSET MANAGEMENT PROJECT

(REPORT AMENDED AND READJUSTED BY APPRAISAL COMMISSION AT MEETING DATED on

September, 5th 2013 at ministry of Natural Resource and Environment)

Hanoi, September 2013

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

wb371432

Typewritten Text

E4251 V21

wb371432

Typewritten Text

wb371432

Typewritten Text

DIRECTORATE FOR ROADS OF VIETNAM

PROJECT MANAGEMENT UNIT 3

-------------------

REPORT on

ENVIRONMENTAL impact assessment REPORT

Subproject of nh39-1 IMPROVEMENT,

trieu duong - hung ha section (km42+714 – km64+000)

and 3 bridges: nai, dong tu and go

belonging to component c of

VIETNAM ROAD ASSET MANAGEMENT PROJECT

(REPORT AMENDED AND READJUSTED BY APPRAISAL COMMISSION AT MEETING DATED on

September, 5th 2013 at ministry of Natural Resource and Environment)

PROJECT EMPLOYER Project MANAGEMENT UNIT

CONSULTANT AGENCY

Hanoi, September 2013

Environmental impact assessment report

1

CONTENTS

Introduction ............................................................................................................................. 12

1. Project Origin .................................................................................................................... 12

2. Legal and Technical Bases for Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) .............. 15

2.1. Legal and Technical Documents ...................................................................................15

2.2. Applicable Technical Regulations and Standards .......................................................18

2.3. Sources of Reference Documents and Data ..................................................................19

2.4. Source of Documents, Data created by the Project Owner .....................................20

3. Methodology for Environmental Impact Assessment .................................................. 20

4. Organization of Environmental Impact Assessment Implementation ....................... 23

Chapter I. BRIEF Desription OF PROJECT ..................................................................... 25

1.1. Name of Project .......................................................................................................... 25

1.2. Project Owner ............................................................................................................. 25

1.3. Project Location ......................................................................................................... 25

1.4. Main Contents of the Project .................................................................................... 30

1.4.1. Project Components .....................................................................................................30

1.4.2. Objectives ........................................................................................................................31

1.4.3. Investment Content – Component C ........................................................................31

1.4.3.1. Quantity, Scale of the Project’s Work Items ......................................................... 31

1.4.3.2. Auxiliary Work Items ...................................................................................................... 40

1.4.4. Construction Method, Quantity of the Project Works .......................................46

1.4.4.1. Land Acquisition ................................................................................................................ 46

1.4.4.2. Key Construction Measure ............................................................................................ 46

1.4.4.3. Construction Quantity ...................................................................................................... 50

1.4.5. List of Machinery and Equipment ............................................................................54

1.4.6. Input Material .................................................................................................................55

1.4.7. Implementation Schedule ...........................................................................................55

1.4.8. Investment Cost .............................................................................................................55

1.4.9. Organization of Management and Implementation of the Project ...................56

1.4.9.1. Management and Implementation .............................................................................. 56

1.4.9.2. Implementation Procedure ............................................................................................. 56

CHAPTER II. NATURAL, ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIO-ECONOMIC

cONDITIONS OF THE PROJECT AREA ........................................................................ 58

2.1. Natural Conditions .................................................................................................... 58

2.1.1. Geographical and Geological Conditions ...............................................................58

2.1.1.1. Geographical Conditions ................................................................................................ 58


2

2.1.1.2. Geological Conditions ..................................................................................................... 58

2.1.1.3. Hydro-geological Conditions ........................................................................................ 59

2.1.2. Meteorological Conditions ........................................................................................ 59

2.1.2.1. Features of Meteorological Conditions .................................................................... 59

2.1.2.2. Special Weather Phenomena ......................................................................................... 63

2.1.3. Hydrological Conditions ............................................................................................ 64

2.1.3.1. Hydrological Features of Rivers in the Project Area ......................................... 64

2.1.3.2. Hydrological Features along the Route .................................................................... 64

2.1.3.3. Flooding and Floods in the Project Area ................................................................. 65

2.1.4. Natural Resources ........................................................................................................ 65

2.1.4.1. Water Resources ................................................................................................................. 65

2.1.4.2. Wetland ecosystems .......................................................................................................... 67

2.1.5. Quality and Components of the Physical Environment ..................................... 67

2.1.5.1. Selection of Location, Parameter and Frequency for Measurement,

Sampling ................................................................................................................................................. 67

2.1.5.2. Ambient Air Quality ......................................................................................................... 72

2.1.5.3. Noise Level ........................................................................................................................... 73

2.1.5.4. Vibration Level ................................................................................................................... 74

2.1.5.5. Surface Water Quality...................................................................................................... 75

2.1.5.6. Underground Water Quality .......................................................................................... 77

2.1.5.7. Sediment Quality ................................................................................................................ 78

2.1.5.8. Soil Quality ........................................................................................................................... 79

2.2. Socio-economic Conditions....................................................................................... 79

2.2.1. Economic Conditions .................................................................................................. 84

2.2.1.1. Economic Conditions of the Localities in the Project Area ............................ 84

2.2.1.2. Economic Conditions along the Project Route ..................................................... 84

2.2.1.3. Current State of Transportation ................................................................................... 84

2.2.2. Social Conditions ......................................................................................................... 86

2.2.2.1. Social Conditions of the Localities in the Project area ...................................... 86

2.2.3.2. Social Conditions along the Project Route ............................................................. 87

2.3. Summaries of data base in project area ....................................................................... 92

CHAPTER III. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT................................... 96

3.1. Identification of Environmental Impact ................................................................. 96

3.2. Impact Assessment in the Pre-construction Phase of the Project .................... 101

3.2.1. Comparison between Alternatives with and without Project Implementation

(zero-option) ............................................................................................................................... 101

3.2.2. Impacts due to Land Acquisition ........................................................................... 102

3.2.2.1. Impact factor ...................................................................................................................... 102

3.2.2.2 Assessment ........................................................................................................................... 103

3.2.3. Impact due to Demolition and Ground Leveling ............................................... 107


3

3.2.3.1. Impact on Air Environment ........................................................................................ 107

3.2.3.2. Impact on Community Health .................................................................................... 107

3.2.3.3. Impact on the Environmental Landscape .............................................................. 110

3.3. Impact Assessment of Subjects Affected by the Impact Sources Arising from the

Activities of the Project in the Construction Phase ......................................................... 111

3.3.1. Impact on Air Environment .....................................................................................112

3.3.1.1. Waste / Waste-generating Activity .......................................................................... 112

3.3.1.2. Impact Assessment .......................................................................................................... 120

3.3.2. Impacts due to noise and vibration .........................................................................122

3.3.2.1. Impact Source / Source-generating Activities..................................................... 122


3.3.3. Impact to Water, Sediment Environment ..............................................................129

3.3.3.1. Waste / Waste-generating Activities and Impact Factors .............................. 129


3.3.4. Environmental Impact to Groundwater ..................................................................140

3.3.4.1. Waste / Waste-generating Activities ....................................................................... 140


3.3.5. Impact on the Soil Environment .............................................................................140



3.3.6. Impact on Ecosystems ................................................................................................143



3.3.7. Traffic ..............................................................................................................................145

3.3.7.1. Impact Factor ..................................................................................................................... 145


3.3.8. Impact on the Landscape of the Historical ............................................................148

3.3.8.1. Impact Factor ..................................................................................................................... 148


3.3.9. Impact by Concentration of Workers ......................................................................148

3.3.9.1. Impact Factor ..................................................................................................................... 148


3.3.10. Waste and Waste Processing Requirement .........................................................149

3.3.10.1. Type of Arising Wastes .............................................................................................. 149

3.3.10.2. Assessment ....................................................................................................................... 149

3.4. Impacts in the Operation Phase ............................................................................. 156

3.4.1. Air Environment ..........................................................................................................156

3.4.2. Impact on Sound Environment ................................................................................161

3.4.3. Impact of Overflow Runoff ......................................................................................163

3.4.3.1. Impacts of Agricultural Land Fragmentation ...................................................... 165


4

3.4.3.2. Local Flood Impact ......................................................................................................... 166

3.4.3.3. The positive impact of project .................................................................................... 167

3.5. The impact of the Risks and Incidents .................................................................. 168

3.5.1. Technical Issues ........................................................................................................... 168

3.5.2. Risk of Fire and Explosion ....................................................................................... 168

3.5.3. Labor Safety ................................................................................................................... 168

3.5.4. Natural Disasters (Storms, Heavy Rain) ............................................................... 169

3.5.5. Incident Caused by Detecting Mines ..................................................................... 169

3.6. Commenting on the Level of Detail, the Reliability of the Assessment........... 169

3.6.1. The Level of Detail of the Assessment ................................................................... 169

3.6.2. Reliability of the Assessment .................................................................................. 170

3.6.2.1. Of the Forecasting Methods ........................................................................................ 170

3.6.2.2. About the Method ............................................................................................................ 170

CHAPTER IV. MEASURES FOR PREVENTION, MITIGATION OF ADVERSE

IMPACTS; RESPONSE TO ENVIRONMENTAL INCIDENTS ............................... 172

4.1. Measures for Prevention, Mitigation of Adverse Impacts of the Project on the

Environment during the Pre-Construction ........................................................................ 172

4.1.1. Mitigation of Impacts due to Land Acquisition, Relocation and Resettlement ........................................................................................................................................................ 172

4.1.1.1. Regarding Impacts due to Relocation and Resettlement ................................ 172

4.1.1.2. Regarding Impacts due to Permanent Acquisition of Agricultural Land 173

4.1.1.3. with regard to the impact caused by temporary misappropriation of land

for agricultural production. ........................................................................................................... 174

4.1.1.4. Regarding Impacts due to Relocation of Irrigation Ditches .......................... 175

4.1.1.5. Assessment of the Efficiency of Mitigation Measures and Residual

Impacts .................................................................................................................................................. 175

4.1.2. Mitigation Measures for Impacts of Site Demolition and Levelling .............. 177

4.1.2.1. Dust Control during Demolition of Houses.......................................................... 177

4.1.2.2. Dust Control during Site Levelling .......................................................................... 177

4.1.2.3. Noise Control during Demolition of Houses ....................................................... 177

4.1.2.4. Noise Control during Site Levelling ........................................................................ 178

4.1.2.5. Mitigation of Impacts on Environmental Landscape ....................................... 178


Impacts .................................................................................................................................................. 178

4.1.3. Request for Completing Preparatory Work for Official Construction .......... 179

4.2. Measures for Prevention, Mitigation of Adverse Impacts of the Project on the

Environment during Construction ..................................................................................... 179

4.2.1. Mitigation of Impacts on Ambient Air Quality .................................................. 179

4.2.1.1. General Regulations ........................................................................................................ 179


5

4.2.1.2. Control of Dust Spread in Digging Access Road to Bridges and Storing

Materials ............................................................................................................................................... 180

4.2.1.3. Control of Emission from Construction Vehicles (Horizontal) .................. 181

4.2.1.4. Regarding Dust Arising during Transporting Waste Materials or Soil.... 181

4.2.1.5. Monitoring of Dust Pollution ..................................................................................... 182


Impacts .................................................................................................................................................. 182

4.2.2. Mitigation of Impacts on Community due to Noise Pollution .........................183

4.2.2.1. General Regulations ....................................................................................................... 183

4.2.2.2. Mitigation Impacts due to Noise ............................................................................... 183

4.2.2.3. Assessment on the Efficiency of Mitigation Measures and Residual

Impacts .................................................................................................................................................. 184

4.2.3. Mitigation of Impacts on Surface Water Environment and Sediment ..........184

4.2.3.1. Regarding Impacts Generated from the Construction of Routes, Access

Road to Bridges ................................................................................................................................. 184

4.2.3.2. Regarding Impacts Generaged from Construction of Bridges ..................... 186

4.2.3.3. Regarding Impacts Generated from the Activities of the Construction Site .................................................................................................................................................................. 188


Impacts .................................................................................................................................................. 190

4.2.4. Regarding Impacts on Groundwater ..........................................................................191

4.2.4.1. Description of Mitigation Measures ........................................................................ 191

4.2.4.2. Location and Implementation Time ........................................................................ 191


Impacts .................................................................................................................................................. 191

4.2.5. Regarding Impacts on Soil Environment ..............................................................191

4.2.5.1. Regarding Risk of Soil Pollution due to Oily Discharge and Solid Waste .................................................................................................................................................................. 191

4.2.5.2. Regarding Risk of Soil Spillage and Sedimentation of Eroded Soil due to

Rain during Excavation ................................................................................................................. 191

4.2.5.3. Regarding Local Flood Risk caused by the Excavation/ Storage of

Material, and Wasted Soil, Rock of the Project .................................................................. 193

4.2.5.4. Prevention and Treatment of Soil Compression ................................................ 193


Impacts .................................................................................................................................................. 194

4.2.6. Regarding Impacts on Ecosystems .........................................................................194

4.2.7. Regarding Impacts on Transportation ...................................................................194

4.2.7.1. Regarding the Risk of Road Traffic Disruption during Construction of

Expanded Route and Intersections with Hung Nhan Bypass ........................................ 194

4.2.7.2. Regarding the Risk of Road Traffic Accidents and Damage to Public

Facilities during Transportation of Materials, Soils and Rocks ................................... 196


Impacts .................................................................................................................................................. 197


6

4.2.8. Regarding the Impacts on Historical Relic Linh Son Phu Cau and National

Historical Culture on Mausoleum and Temple of Chancellor of Tran Dynasty Tran

Thu Do and his Wife - Linh Tu Quoc Mau Tran Thi Dung ........................................... 198

4.2.9. Regarding Impacts due to Concentration of Workers .......................................... 199

4.2.10. Waste Management and Treatment ................................................................... 199

4.2.10.1. Establishing and Implementing Waste Management Plan during

Construction ........................................................................................................................................ 199


Impacts .................................................................................................................................................. 200

4.3. Measure for Prevention, Mitigation of Adverse Impacts of the Project on

Environment in the Operation Phase ................................................................................. 201

4.3.1. Regarding to the Impacts on Water Quality and Aquatic Ecosystem.............. 201

4.3.2. Mitigation of Impacts causing Fragmentation of Production Land .............. 201

4.4. Measures for Prevention and Response to Risks and Incidents .......................... 202

4.4.1. Response to Technical Incidents .............................................................................. 202

4.4.2. Prevention of Fire/Blasting Incidents .................................................................... 203

4.4.3. Prevention of Safety Labor ...................................................................................... 203

4.4.4. Prevention of Incidents due to Natural Disasters (Storms, Heavy Rains,

Floods, etc.) ................................................................................................................................. 203

4.4.5. Demining ....................................................................................................................... 204

CHAPTER V. ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING AND MANAGEMENT

PROGRAM .......................................................................................................................... 205

5.1. Environmental Management Program (EMP) .................................................... 205

5.1.1. Objectives ..................................................................................................................... 205

5.1.2. Summary of Environmental Management Program ......................................... 206

5.1.3. Organization Mechanism and Roles of Relative Agencies ............................. 218

5.1.3.1. In the Preparation and Construction Phases of the Project ............................ 218

5.1.3.2. In Operation Phase of the Project ............................................................................. 221

5.1.4. Essential Base for the EMS operation ...................................................................... 221

5.2. Environmental Monitoring Program .................................................................... 222

5.2.1. Objectives ..................................................................................................................... 222

5.2.2. Basis of Environmental Quality Monitoring ....................................................... 223

5.2.3. Contents of Environmental Monitoring Program .............................................. 223

5.2.4. Monitoring Indicators ................................................................................................... 224

5.2.4.1. Monitoring Project Completion Indicator ............................................................. 224

5.2.4.2. Monitoring Compliance with Mitigation Measures .......................................... 224

5.2.4.3. Community-based Monitoring ................................................................................... 225


7

5.2.4.4. Environmental Quality Monitoring Indicators.................................................... 225

5.2.5. Monitoring Report System ...........................................................................................229

5.3. Capacity Building and Training ............................................................................... 231

5.3.1. Analysis and determination of training demands ...................................................231

5.3.2. Proposed Programs on Capacity Building on Environmental Management ..233

5.4. Costs Estimated ....................................................................................................... 234

5.4.1. Legal Document for Cost Estimated .........................................................................234

5.4.2. The costs implement the mitigation measures by the contractor ...................235

5.4.3. Cost for Monitoring ....................................................................................................235

5.4.3.1. Supervision of EMP Implementation by CSC .................................................... 235

5.4.3.2. Cost for Independence Environment Monitoring Consultant (IEMC) ... 235

5.4.3.3. Implementation Cost of the Monitoring Program ............................................. 236

5.4.4. Cost for implementation of capacity building and training.................................237

5.4.5. Cost Estimate for Environmental Treatment Work ...............................................238

5.4.6. Total Cost Estimation ....................................................................................................238

CHAPTER VI. PUBLIC CONSULTATION .................................................................. 241

6.1. Public Consultation at the Request of the World Bank ........................................ 241

6.1.1. Consultation Content..................................................................................................241

6.1.2. Consultation Results ...................................................................................................241

6.2. Public Consultation at the Request of Vietnam .................................................... 254

6.3. Comments Acquisition of Project Owner ............................................................. 264

6.4. The Survey Interviewed Local Residents ............................................................. 266

CONCLUSION, PROPOSALS AND COMMITMENTS ............................................. 270

I. Conclusion ....................................................................................................................... 270

II. Proposals ........................................................................................................................ 271

III. Commitments ............................................................................................................... 272

LIST OF TABLES

Table 1.1. Profile Design Result ............................................................................................................ 33

Table 1.2. Cross-Section of Sections inside Residential Areas................................................. 34

Table 1.3. Bridges in the Project ........................................................................................................... 37

Table 1.4. Girder Types ............................................................................................................................. 38

Table 1.5. Protection Consolidated Sections .................................................................................... 39


8

Table 1.6. List of Intersections ................................................................................................................ 40

Table 1.7. Borrow Pits and Quarries for the Project .................................................................... 41

Table 1.8. Land Acquisition Quantity .................................................................................................. 44

Table 1.9. Summary of Quantity of Road Work and Intersections .......................................... 51

Table 1.10. Summary of Quantity of Bridge Work ......................................................................... 52

Table 1.11. Summary of Quantity of Go Bridge Work .................................................................. 53

Table 1.13. Main Machinery and Equipment for Road Work and Intersections .............. 54

Table 1.14. Main Machinery and Equipment for Bridge Work ................................................ 54

Table 1.15. Estimated Implementation Schedule for Work-items ............................................ 55

Table 1.16. Total Investment Cost of the Project ............................................................................ 55

Table 2.1. Strata Characteristics of the Project Area ................................................................... 59

Table 2.2. Annual/ Monthly Average Temperature (oC) ............................................................. 60

Table 2.3. Annual/ Monthly Average Relative Humidity (%) .................................................... 61

Table 2.4. Rainfall ........................................................................................................................................ 61

Table 2.5. Average Wind Speed in the Months of the Year (m/s)............................................. 62

Table 2.6. Atmospheric Stability Classification (Pasquill, 1961) ............................................ 63

Table 2.7. Summary of the Thunderstorm of the Year .................................................................. 63

Table 2.8. Statistics of Results Used for Bridge Design .............................................................. 65

Table 2.9. Location of Environmental Quality Survey ................................................................. 68

Table 2.10. Measurement Results of Air Quality ............................................................................ 72

Table 2.11. Measurement Results of Noise Level ........................................................................... 73

Table 2.12. Measurement Results of Vibration level (dB) .......................................................... 75

Table 2.13. Measurement and Analysis Results of Surface Water Quality ......................... 76

Table 2.14. Measurement and Analysis Results of Groundwater Quality ........................... 77

Table 2.15. Analysis Results of Sediment Quality .......................................................................... 78

Table 2.16. Analysis Results of Solid Quality ................................................................................... 79

Table 2.17. Statistics of Socio-economic Features in Communes/ Towns within the

Project Area..................................................................................................................................................... 80

Table 2.18 Vehicle Flow on NH39-1 .................................................................................................... 85

Table 2.19. Sensitive Objects along the Project .............................................................................. 88

Table 2.20. Summaries of Database in Project Area .................................................................... 92

Table 3.1. Identification Matrix of Project’s Environmental Impacts ................................... 97

Table 3.2. Classification of Environmental Impacts .................................................................... 100

Table 3.3. Analysis of Alternatives with and without Project Implementation ................ 101

Table 3.4. Types of Waste Generated in the Pre-construction Phase .................................. 102

Table 3.5. Estimated Damage Caused by Occupation of Agricultural Land ................... 105

Table 3.6. Damage Caused by Permanent Occupation of Pond ............................................ 105

Table 3.7. Generated Waste in the Pre-construction Phase .................................................... 110

Table 3.8. Summaries of Impacts in pre-construction phase ................................................... 110

Table 3.9. Impact Sources Related to Waste and Non-Related to Waste in the

Construction Phase .................................................................................................................................... 111

Table 3.10. Total Amount of Earthwork............................................................................................ 113

Table 3.11. Dust Emission Coefficient of Construction Activity ............................................ 113

Table 3.12. Amount of Dust from Earthwork Activity ................................................................. 113

Table 3.13. Estimated Consumption of Diesel in Construction (Shunt and Vertical

Construction) ................................................................................................................................................ 114


9

3.14. Amount of Dust and Toxic Gas of Construction Activity (Horizontal

Construction) ................................................................................................................................................ 115

Table 3.15. Total Amount of Dust and Toxic Gas Generated in the Process of

Construction .................................................................................................................................................. 115

Table 3.16. Predicted Scope of Dispersal of Dust and Gas from Construction Activities ............................................................................................................................................................................. 116

Table 3.17. Amount of Dust and Exhaust Gas from Transportation Activities (Vertical

Construction) ................................................................................................................................................ 119

Table 3.18. Typical Noise Level of Construction Equipment (dBA) .................................... 123

Table 3.19. Calculate Result of the Noise Level at the Source in the Construction

Phase (dBA)................................................................................................................................................... 123

Table 3.20. Vibration Level of some Typical Construction Equipment (Distance of

10m) .................................................................................................................................................................. 123

Table 3.21. Noise Impact Arising from Construction Activities of Project ....................... 125

Table 3.22. Decreasing Vibration Level with Distance from the Construction Activity ............................................................................................................................................................................. 129

Table 3.23. Predicted Annual Amount of Soil Erosion, Corrosion by Rainfall in the

Earthwork Land by the Items of Project ........................................................................................... 130

Table 3.24. Drilling Mud Arising from Construction Activities of Bored Piles .............. 131

Table 3.25. Wastewater Flow and Load from the Maintenance Operation of

Machinery ...................................................................................................................................................... 132

Table 3.26. Load Factor and Amount of Contaminants in Urban Sewage ....................... 133

Table 3.27. Concentration of Pollutants in Sewage .................................................................... 133

Table 3.28. Rainwater Runoff Through the Construction Area of Project ........................ 134

Table 3.29. Common Waste Generated in the Construction Phase ..................................... 150

Table 3.30. The Total Volume of Waste Soil Should Discard ................................................. 151

Table 3.31. Load Factor and Load of Contaminants in Urban Sewage ............................. 152

Table 3.32. Concentration of Pollutants in Waste Water ......................................................... 153

Table 3.33. Wastewater Flow and Load from the Operation and Maintenance of

Machinery ...................................................................................................................................................... 154

Table 3.34. Summaries of impacts during construction stage ................................................ 154

Table 3.35. Summary of the Sources of Impact Incurred in the Operation Phase ......... 156

Table 3.36. Forecast Traffic Through Trieu Duong and Hung Ha Section ...................... 157

Table 3.37. Coefficient of Air Pollution Due to Traffic WHO ................................................ 157

Table 3.38. Emissions from Cars by 2030 Forecast Peak Hours (mg / ms) ..................... 158

Table 3.39. Meteorological Conditions and the Input Data Used in the Calculation.. 159

Table 3.40. Forecast Distribution Pollutants from Vehicle Operations ............................ 159

Table 3.41. The Emission of Dust Swept from the Road ........................................................... 160

Table 3.42. Dust Load from Operating Vehicles .......................................................................... 161

Table 3.43. Forecast Distribution Pollutants from Vehicle Operation .............................. 161

Table 3.44. Average Equivalent Noise Level at Standard Conditions (LA7 TC) ................ 162

Table 3.45. Predicted Noise Levels from Cars .............................................................................. 162

Table 3.46. Results Predicted Decline with Distance (dBA) ................................................... 162

Table 3.47. Noise Impact on Residential Areas in the Operational Phase ....................... 163

Table 3.48. Chemical Characteristics of the Contaminated Soil on the Road ................ 164

Table 3.49. Summary of impacts during operation stage of project .................................... 168

Table 5.1. Summary of Environmental Management Program of the Project ................ 207


10

Table 5.2. The Roles and Responsibilities of Relative Agencies ............................................ 219

Table 5.3. Positions of Environmental Quality Monitoring ..................................................... 225

Table 5.4. Summary of Environmental Quality Monitoring Program ................................. 227

Table 5.5. System of Environmental Monitoring Report ........................................................... 230

Table 5.6. Analysis and determination of training demands ................................................... 232

Table 5.7. Proposed programs on capacity building on environmental management . 233

Table 5.8. Cost estimation for Environmental management works ...................................... 235

Table 5.9. Costs Estimation of Monitoring Program .................................................................. 236

Table 5.10. Cost Estimation for Implementation of Capacity Building and Training .. 237

Table 5.11. Cost Estimate for Environmental Treatment Works ........................................... 238

Table 5.12. Total Cost for the Environmental management Plan ......................................... 238

Table 6.1 Pictures of the Public Consultation Meetings ........................................................... 242

Table 6.2. Summaries of Consultation Results and Responses of Project Owner .......... 244

Table 6.3. Summary of Public Consultation Opinions at the Request of Vietnam ......... 255

Table 6.4. Summary and Analysis of Questionnaires .................................................................. 267

LIST OF FIGURES

Figure 1. Project Location ........................................................................................................................ 13

Figure 1.1. Location Map of the Project ............................................................................................ 28

Figure. 1.2. Cross-Section in Section Passing Rural Area ......................................................... 33

Figure. 1.3. Cross-section in Sections in Urban Areas ................................................................ 33

Figure 1.4. Detail of New Pavement .................................................................................................... 35

Figure 1.5. Detail of Enhanced Pavement ......................................................................................... 35

Figure 1.6. Bridge Cross-Section .......................................................................................................... 38

Figure 1.7. Location of Borrow Pits ..................................................................................................... 42

Figure 2.1. Monthly Average Temperature Chart (0C) ............................................................... 60

Figure 2.2. Rainfall Chart ......................................................................................................................... 62

Figure 2.3. Xuan Thuy National Park.................................................................................................. 66

Figure 2.4. Location Chart of Environmental Quality Survey .................................................. 71

Figure 2.5. PM10 Dust and TSP in Project location .................................................................... 73

Figure 2.6. Actual Noise Level in the Project Area ....................................................................... 74

Figure 2.7. Actual Vibration Level in the Project Area ............................................................... 75

Figure 2.9. Transportation network on the Project area ............................................................ 85

Figure 2.10. Images of Received Areas ............................................................................................... 90

Figure 3.1. Area Acquire the Residential Land ............................................................................. 104

Figure 3.2. Canal Relocated section along the road ................................................................... 106

Figure 3.3. Construction Area of Na and Le bridge .................................................................... 121

Figure 3.4. Specification areas are affected by noise pollution in construction stage 127

Figure 3.5. Ponds and irrigation canals affected by construction of earthworks and

horizontal drainage system ...................................................................................................................... 136

Figure 3.6. Construction area of Nai Bridge and Dong Tu bridge ...................................... 137


11

Figure 3.7. Area with risk of locality flooding ............................................................................... 143

Figure 3.8. Are around the interchanges of Hung Nhan bypass ........................................... 146

Figure 3.9. The Impact of Activities in the Operational Phase to Water Quality and the

Consequences ............................................................................................................................................... 165

Fig 3.10. Area ofAgricultural Land Fragmentation .................................................................... 166

Figure 4.1. Sitemap of Mitigation Measures of Impacts Causing Agricultural

Fragmentation .............................................................................................................................................. 202

Figure 5.1. Residual Mud Barrier ....................................................................................................... 217

Figure 5.2. Environmental Management System .......................................................................... 219

Figure 5.3. Location Map of Environmental Quality Monitoring......................................... 240


12

INTRODUCTION

1. Project Origin

Thai Binh is coastal province in the Red River Delta, North area. Thai Binh Province

border with 5 provinces and city: Hai Duong at the North, Hung Yen at the North-West,

Hai Phong at North-East, Ha Nam at the West and Nam Dinh at the West and West-

South (Figure 1.1). Parallel with the economic growth of whole country, the passengers

and goods transportation system is also increase rapidly that lead to the traffic volume

on the Thai Binh Province area increase. In which, almost the vehicle volume pass the

NH39.

NH.39 starts at the intersection with NH.5 in Pho Noi Town, Hung Yen Province

(Km23+157) and ends at Diem Dien port, belonging to Thai Thuy district, Thai Binh

Province. It passes two provinces which are Hung Yen and Thai Binh and links NH.5,

NH.38, NH.10 and Hanoi-Hai Phong Expressway. NH.39 is considered a main traffic

route with high strategic characteristics, going from Hung Yen to the Thai Binh. In

addition, this is a route which has an important significance in the development of

society, interaction and transportation of passengers and goods among the Northern

provinces. Currently, the volume of passenger vehicles and light trucks on this road

section is quite large. As a result of the strong economic growth and rapid urbanization,

traffic volume on NH.39 is increasing which makes the traffic situation changes very

complex and there are always risks of traffic accidents potentially.

The section NH.39-1 starts from Trieu Duong - Hung Ha District, is in 2 provinces as

Thai Binh and Hung Yen with the beginning point at Km42+714 (intersection with the

PR195) in Hung Yen Province and the ending point at Km64+000 (station of NH39)

in Thai Binh Province.

Currently, the road pavement appears lots of defects such as severe cracks, peeling,

pot-holes, pavement width is from 5 ÷ 6m, and road embankment width is from 7 ÷

9m. The status of the drainage system along route is seriously damaged especially at

the residential sections where longitudinal drainage is hardly installed. As a result, the

pavement is damaged very quickly. Thus, the expansion and rehabilitation of NH.39-1

is extremely necessary to shorten travel time from Hung Yen to Thai Binh and other

provinces.


13

Figure 1. Project Location

Project

location


14

Subproject component of NH39-1 rehabilitation, Trieu Duong – Hung Ha section

(Km42+714 - Km64+000) and 3 bridges on alignment include Nai, Dong Tu and Go

belong to Component C of Project Vietnam Road Asset Management (hereinafter is

Project) established on the basic of upgrading of the former relevant Projects that

haven’t been implemented because of arranging the capital source. Below are the

Decisions of these projects:

- Decision No.2087/QĐ-GTVT on July 7th

, 2002 of MOT about approval of the

investment project NH.39 sections Km42+655-Km74+450 and Km81+600-

Km108+381 from Trieu Duong to Diem Dien Port in Thai Binh Province;

- Decision No344/QD-BGTVT on February 19th

, 2009 of MOT about approval of

the investment project NH39-1A section Trieu Duong – Diem Dien, Thai Binh

Province;

- Decision No350/QD-BGTVT on February 19th


the investment project NH39-1A bridges: Nai, Dong Tu and Go on the NH39, Thai

Binh Province that is in the upgrade and rehabilitation the road network (WB4

project).

Besides, the investment capital for this project has been identified as loans of the

World Bank (WB):

- The Trieu Duong - Hung Ha (from Km44 Km64 ÷) was approved by the Ministry

of Transport Investment projects in 2009 in the WB4 projects list;

- Project management of road assets Vietnam; Component C: Upgrading - there are

3 bridges include of Nai, Dong Tu and Go on the rehabilitation alignment of

NH39-1 (Km44 ÷ Km66), therefore, the Project Owner combine these bridges into

the Project scale for preparation of EIA report.

Project is made and accorded with the Decision No. 1327/QD-TTg of August 24th

,

2009, of Prime Minister about approval the master plan on development of Vietnam's

road transportation up to 2020, with orientations toward 2030;

The Ministry of Transport is the agency making the decision of investment and giving

approval of the project. The Project Owner is the Directorate for Roads of Vietnam.

Project Management Unit 3 is the representative of the Project Owner in charge of

project implementation management.

Implementation of the Environmental Protection Act in parallel with the investment

project formation, the Project Management Unit 3 has prepared an Environmental

impact assessment Report of the Project. For the preparation of the EIA, it is carried out

the environmental surveys and measurement of environmental quality along the length


15

of Project and consultations with local community in Project area.

2. Legal and Technical Bases for Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA)

2.1. Legal and Technical Documents

Legal and Technical Documents of Vietnam Government

This is the upgrade and rehabilitation Project that is the object required to be

established the EIA report according to regulation at the Appendix 2 of Decree

29/2011/ND-CP on April 18th

, 2011 of Government regulating strategic environmental

assessment, environmental impact assessment, and environmental protection

commitment. Because of lying in 2 provinces so the Project will be appraised and

approved by MONRE according to the Appendix 3 Decree 29/2011/ND-CP.

a. Legal Basis

In relation to the environment and land use:

o Environmental Protection Act No 52/2005/QH11 was passed by the National

Assembly of the Socialist Republic of Vietnam, course XI on 29/11/2005 and

came into force on 01/7/2006;

o Law on Land was passed on 26/11/2003 by the National Assembly of the

Socialist Republic of Vietnam, course XIII, 3th

Session;

o Law on Water Resources No 17/2012/QH13 is passed by the National

Assembly of the Socialist Republic of Vietnam, course X on June 21st, 2012;

o Decree 59/2007/ND-CP of the Government promulgated on April 9th

, 2007

about management of solid waste;

o Decree No.84/2007/ND-CP, dated May 25, 2007, additional regulations on

granting land-use rights certificates; land acquisition; implementing land-use

rights; settling land claims; and orders and procedures for compensation and

resettlement when the State recovers land;

o Government Decree 69/2009/ND-CP, dated August 13, 2009, regulating

additional planning of land-use, land prices, land acquisition, compensation and

resettlement assistance;

o Decree No.29/2011/ND-CP on 18/4/2011 of the Government regulating

strategic environmental assessment, environmental impact assessment, and

environmental protection commitment;

o Decree No.42/2012/ND-CP on May 11th

, 2012 of Government on management

and using the rice field;


16

o Circular No. 14/2009/TT-BTNMT on October 1st, 2009 of MONRE detailing

the compensation, support and resettlement and order of and procedures for

land recovery, allocation and lease;

o Circular No. 12/2011/TT-BTNMT on April 14th

, 2011 of MONRE stipulating

hazardous waste management;

o Circular No. 06/2007/TT-BTNMT on 15 Jun. 2007 of MONRE guiding

implementation of some articles in Decree No. 84/2007/ND-CP on 25 May

2007 additionally stipulating the grant of land use right certificates, recovery of

land, exercise of land use rights, order and procedures for compensation, support

and resettlement when land is recovered by the Government and settlement of

land-related complaints;

o Circular No 26/2011/TT-BTNMT dated on 18/07/2011 of MONRE regulated in

detail many articles of Decree No 29/2011/ND-CP on 18 April 2011 of the

Government, which regulated on strategic environmental assessment,

environmental impact assessment and environmental protection commitment

o Circular No. 09/2010/TT-BGTVT of April 06th

, 2010 of MOT on

environmental protection in the development of transport infrastructure and

amending and supplementing a number of articles of the Circular No.

09/2010/TT-BGTVT of the Minister of Transport;

o Circular No 25/2009/TT-BTNMT dated on 16/11/2009 of MONRE on national

technical regulations on the environment;

o Circular No 39/2010/TT-BTNMT dated 16/12/2011 of MONRE regulated

about National Technical Regulation on environment;

o Circular No. 28/2011/TT-BTNMT on 01/8/2011 of MONRE stipulating the

technical standards of environment monitoring of surrounding air and noise;


technical standards of monitoring inland surface water environment;


technical standards of monitoring inland underground water environment;


technical standards of monitoring the soil environment;

o Decision No 04/2008/QD-BTNMT dated on 18/7/2008 of MONRE on

promulgating the National Technical Regulation on Environment;

o Decision No 16/2008/QD-BTNMT on 31/12/2008 of MONRE on promulgating

http://thuvienphapluat.vn/van-ban/EN/Xay-dung-Do-thi/Circular-No-09-2010-TT-BGTVT-on-environmental-protection-in-the-development/107207/tieng-anh.aspx

http://thuvienphapluat.vn/van-ban/EN/Xay-dung-Do-thi/Circular-No-09-2010-TT-BGTVT-on-environmental-protection-in-the-development/107207/tieng-anh.aspx


17

the National Technical Regulation on Environment

In relation to project investment:

o Law on Transportation which was passed by the National Assembly of the

Socialist Republic of Vietnam Course XII, 4th

Session on 13/11/2008;

o Law on the Dyke No79/2006/QH11 was passed by the National Assembly of

the Socialist Republic of Vietnam Course XI, 10th

Session on November 11st,

2006;

o Decree No. 11/2010/ND-CP of February 24, 2010, prescribing the management

and protection of road infrastructure facilities;

o Decision No.2087/QĐ-GTVT on 04/7/2002 of MOT about approval of the

investment project NH.39 sections Km42+655-Km74+450 and Km81+600-

Km108+381 from Trieu Duong to Diem Dien Port in Thai Binh Province;

o Decision No. 355/QD-TTg on February 25th, 2013 of Prime Minister on

approving the adjustment strategy for Vietnam's transport development towards

2020, and the orientation towards 2030

o Decision No. 356/QD-TTg on February 25th, 2013 of Prime Minister on

approving the adjustment of development planning of road transport in Vietnam

to 2020 and orientations to 2030

o Decision No344/QD-BGTVT on February 19th

, 2009 of MOT about approval

of the investment project NH39-1A section Trieu Duong – Diem Dien, Thai

Binh Province;

o Decision No350/QD-BGTVT on February 19th


the investment project NH39-1A bridges: Nai, Dong Tu and Go on the NH39,

Thai Binh Province that is in the upgrade and rehabilitation the road network

(WB4 project).

o Decision No.967/QD-TCDBVN on June 12nd

, 2013 on setting up the Project

Management Unit 3;

o Decision No972/QD-TCDBVN on June 13rd

, 2013 on adjustment the charge of

investment management of some projects belong to the Directorate for Roads of

Vietnam;

o Statement No 02/TTr-BQLDA2 on January 3rd

, 2012 of PMU2 on asking the

approval of Detail Design stage of Rehabilitation NH39-1 section Trieu Duong

– Diem Dien;

o Statement No.63/TTr-TCDBVN on July 23rd

, 2013 of Directorate for Roads of

Vietnam approving the Project investment Road Asset Management that using

http://www.portcoast.com.vn/Download/vanban/356-QD-TTg-20130225-Dieu%20chinh%20QH%20phat%20trien%20gt%20duong%20bo%202020%202030.pdf

http://www.portcoast.com.vn/Download/vanban/356-QD-TTg-20130225-Dieu%20chinh%20QH%20phat%20trien%20gt%20duong%20bo%202020%202030.pdf


18

the loan stock of World Bank;

o Announcement No.304/TB-TCDBVN on December 24th

, 2012 on conclusion of

Vice of General Directorate Nguyen Duc Thang on completing all of adjusted

documents relevant to the investment projects as NH38 and NH39-1 belong to

the VRAMP.

Other relative documents.

b. Technical Documents

Report of “Vietnam Road Asset Management Project; Component C:

Rehabilitation ; Component C1 : Component Project NH.39-1 Trieu Duong – Hung

Ha Section (Km44+000 ÷ Km64+200)”;

Report of “Vietnam Road Asset Management Project; Component C:

Rehabilitation ; Component C1: Component Project NH.39, Nai Bridge and Dong

Tu Bridge”;

The documents, data, information of the natural conditions, natural resources,

environmental quality and socio-economics of Thai Binh Province;

The procedure of EIA in foundation of the feasible project and construction design

GTVT 22TCN 242-98 of MOT;

Handbook of general guide on environmental impact assessment of the projects –

the National Center of Natural Science and Technology, Environment Department,

MONRE, 1/2000;

Meteorology data of the Thai Binh hydrometeorology station;

Survey data of environmental resources, socio-economic of the project area in

January 2013 of the Center for Sustainable Community Development (CSD).

2.2. Applicable Technical Regulations and Standards

QCVN 05:2009/BTNMT: National technical protocols of the surrounding air

quality;

QCVN 06:2009/BTNMT: National technical protocols of some harmful substances

in the surrounding air environment;

QCVN 08:2008/BTNMT, National technical protocols of surface water quality;

QCVN 09:2008/BTNMT, National technical protocols of ground water quality;

QCVN 03:2008/BTNMT: National Technical Regulation on permissible limits of

heavy metals in the soil;


19

QCVN 14:2008/BTNMT, National technical protocols of domestic sewage;

QCVN 40:2011/BTNMT: National Technical Regulation on industrial wastewater;

QCVN26:2010/BTNMT, National technical protocols of noise;

QCVN 27:2010/BTNMT: National technical protocols of vibration.

QCVN 43:2012/BTNMT, National technical protocols of sediment quality;

TCVN 7210:2002, Vibration and collision. Vibration due to means of road

transport - allowance limits for public environment and residential areas;

QCVN 07:2009/BTNMT The national technical regulation on hazardous waste

thresholds;

TCVN 6707:2009 - Prevention and warning signs for hazardous waste;

TCVN 6705:2009 - Non-hazardous waste;

TCVN 6706:2009 - Separation of hazardous wastes;

The environmental standards of the International Organizations and the

construction area such as WHO, FAO-ISO-9000, Canadian Standards on Sediment.

Decision No.3733/2002/QD-BYT on Octorber 10th

2002 of Ministry of Health on

applying the 21 standards on labor sanistation.

2.3. Sources of Reference Documents and Data

During the study of EIA Report preparation, many scientific documents and data have

been used and referred. The principal documents for reference are:

Le Thac Can and nnk, Environmental impact assessment: Methodology and Reality

Experience. NXB KHKT Hanoi. 1993

Pham Ngoc Dang, 2003. Air environment. NXB KHKT. 2003

Meteorology data of the Thai Binh hydrometeorology station;

Statistics Yearbook of Thai Binh from 2005 up to now;

Collection of the legal documents: Law and the bylaws, the international

conventions relating to environmental protection that Vietnam committed to

follow; Vietnamese and international standards on the environment are considered

to determine the relationship of them for the project and ensure the legal basis of

the assessment;

Clack and colleagues. Chemical properties of the dirty soil layer on the road. 2000.

Journal of CIWEM


20

A.P. Economopoulos. Assessment of sources of air, water and land pollution, Part

one, WHO, Genève;

Here are the published documents and their scientific and practical values have been

acknowledged.

2.4. Source of Documents, Data created by the Project Owner

The environmental survey data of the project area in January 2013 implemented by

CSD under a contract with the Project owner, including the items on environmental

quality of air, noise, vibration, surface water, soil, and sediment. Locations, number,

frequency, measurement time, survey and sampling items are presented in detail in

Chapter 2 - The actual quality of physical environment components, which includes

the environmental quality survey location diagram presented in Figure 2.1. Public

consultation was carried out 02 times at the request of the World Bank and Vietnam

People's Committees at levels of communes, towns, community representatives and

the majority of people affected by the project, details are presented in Chapter 6.

Project content, environmental issues and proposed mitigation measures are introduced

during the consultation process. At the same time, the opinions of consulted resident

were recorded and added to the corresponding content of the reports for each specific

road.

The detailed survey data is done by the methods prescribed by experienced

professionals. Because the time of survey and measurement serving EIA Report of the

project coincides with the time of investment consideration and decision of the project,

the updated data is reasonable.

3. Methodology for Environmental Impact Assessment

The environmental impact assessment has been implemented according to the

approach (Regional approach), which means the research overview to the preliminary

impact assessment, then through the survey results, the environmental impacts are

assessed in detail.

a. Study on Document according to the Direction

The document for the last alternatives with the specific quantitative information

such as: The basic design drawings; topographic survey maps; Geological Survey

mapping; the diagram of the site, the architecture of the categories of works under

the project;

The documentary about traffic (traffic density, traffic jams black spots, the current

state of the roads etc.), mine survey report of materials, waste management, solid


21

waste on the in the project and surrounding areas;

Calculate the quantitative parameters relating to specific projects of the investment

based on: the location of the fragment, the quantity needed, the volume of sand

required transportation to, some main roads are used etc.

Gather information about the current state of the ecology and biological diversity,

and determined the level of biodiversity in the area passing routes.

b. Statistical Method

Statistical method is used in order to process the data of natural, metrological,

hydraulic and socio-economic conditions collected at Hung Ha district, Thai Binh

Province and the adjacent areas. It is applied in Chapter 2, the characteristics of natural

conditions (topography, geology and hydrometeorology) and socio-economic status.

c. Detail Survey

Investment alignments, the boundaries of influence, the sensitive spots, circled the

sensitive regions of the impact are chosen and defined.

d. Methods of Control Comparison

Control comparison is used to evaluate the actual status based on comparison of the

measurement data or calculation results with the Allowable limit specified in

Vietnamese Protocols and Standards or of a World Organization. It is applied in

Chapter 2, Actual condition of physical environment components.

e. Method of Quick Assessment

This method is established by the World Health Organization to estimate the quantity

of exhaust fumes and the polluted substances in sewage water of the project. It is

applied in Chapter 3, Estimation of the carrying power and dust concentration, exhaust

gas and sewage from construction activities.

f. Establish and implement monitoring program indicators environment:

Based on the background data, uniform properties, representation, typical of the

investments, the sampling and analyzing the environmental targets (air, noise,

vibration, surface water, sediment, groundwater, and soil) are implemented.

g. Application of several formulas, calculation software (Mathematical

simulation) dedicated to predictions of some environmental impacts arising (Gaussian

model-air pollution; ASJ model-noise pollution ...).

h. Analyze the impacts arising (additional qualitative quantitative parameters)

The effects arising from the process of project implementation (both positive and


22

negative) in the design, implementation and monitoring; risk assessment; construction

measures to mitigate and manage risk; management plans, environmental monitoring

details; training program of capacity building; alternate funding plans for

environmental management. This content will be done through:

Calculate and set the table, graph ...

Trend analysis;

Map method and visualization impact: combining map Google Map, AUTOCAD,

MAPINFO;

Matching the criteria and evaluation of pollution levels;

Refer to the actual experience of related projects.

i. Public consultation meeting at ward/communes: include the represents of People

Committees, and Communities in Project area.

j. Send the report to the experts in the field of the environment (senior expert of

the World Bank) to look and ask for opinions;

k. Information dissemination: the EIA report after the technical assessment by the

experts will be deployed widely disseminating information in the forms: published

on Infoshop, at the PMU and in local area development project. The comments will

be reviewed and synthesized in a final report.

l. Method of Sociology Investigation

Investigating, directly interviewing the cadres of the wards, villages relating to the

project about the socio-economic conditions, wastes and requirements, willing of

them relating to the project.

Interview-surveying, directly interviewing the households in the Project Area about

the matters relating to environment protection of the Project.

The results of this method application are used in Chapter 2, Socio-economic

conditions.

m. Measurement and Survey of Environment Quality

The equipments are used to sample and measure the criteria of environment quality are

described below. Sampling positions are located by hand GPS system

Measurement of quality criteria of air environment

o Using POCKET WEATHER TRACKER 4500, Kestrel (USA) to determine the

criteria of temperature, moisture, pressure, wind velocity and wind direction


23

o Using DUST TRAK MODEL 8520 AEROSOL MONITOR (Using ) to

determine the dust content TSP and PM10.

o Using MULTI – GAS MONITOR IBRID MX6 (USA) to determine the

content of toxic fumes CO, NO2 and SO2.

Measurement of the noise and vibration criteria:

o Using INTEGRATING SOUND LEVEL METER TYPE 6226, ACO Co. Ltd

(Japan) to measure noise.

o Using VIBRATION LEVEL METER VM-1220E, IMV COPORATION

(Japan) to measure vibration level.

Measurement of the quality criteria of surface water.

o Taking water samples by using water sample taking equipment made in USA.

Processing and maintaining the water sample following TCVN 6663–14:2000,

ISO 5667–14:1998.

o Using WATER QUALITY CHECKER MODEL WQC-22A, of DKK-TOA

CORPORATION (Japan) to determine the liability criteria such as:

temperature, pH, Conductivity, Turbidity, S%o and DO.

The results of this method application is used in Chapter 2, clause of Actual condition

of quality of physical environment components.

n. Method of Data Analysis and Processing in the Laboratory

The analysis methods of water surface and deposit samples were following

Vietnamese Standards on environment in 1995,1998 and 2001. The analysis methods

are presented in details in the Analysis sheets attached in the Appendices. The results

of this method application is used in Chapter 2, clause of Actual condition of

quality of physical environment components.

4. Organization of Environmental Impact Assessment Implementation

The Project’s EIA Report is carried out by the representative of Project owner –

Project Management Unit 3 with the consultancy of CSD.

Representative of Project owner: Project Management Unit 3

Representative by: Mr. Nguyen Ngoc Long Position: General Director

Address: 122, Blog of 12A, Trung Hoa street, Trung Yen urban area, Cau Giay

dist., Hanoi

Tel: 04.37836052 Fax: 04.37836053

EIA Report preparation agency: Center for Sustainable Community Development


24

Representative by: Mr. Ho Ngoc Hai Position: Director

Address: 5 – Nguyen Viet Xuan, Hanoi.

Tel: 04. 3852 3090 Fax: 04. 3565 5800

The members directly involving in preparation of EIA Report of the Project are all EIA

knowledgeable experts who are specialized areas: control of air pollution, water

pollution, environmental ecology, environment technology, environmental

managements with the following representative names:

Nguyen DucThang Acting General Directorate

Nguyen Xuan Truong Acting General Director

Dr. Ho Ngoc Hai, Sociologist Director

Dr. Ho Thi Van, Biologist expert

Tran Thi Thanh Binh, Press and media expert

Nguyen Huy Tien, Environmental science expert

1 MA. Pham Van Xuan, Environmental Management –

Environmental geology

expert

2 Engineer. Pham The Giang, Hydrograph – Environment expert

3 MA. Bui Nguyen Pho, Environmental science Expert

4 BSc. Đang Vu Hien, Ecology. Expert

5 MA. Nguyen Dinh, Environmental science Expert

6 BSc. Pham Thanh Hao, Environmental economics Expert

7 BSc. Le Viet Cao, Environment Technology Expert

8 Engineer. Nguyen Hong Van, Environmental economics Expert

9 BSc. Tran Phương Lan, Environmental Management – Law

and policies on environment

Expert

10 BSc. Tran Tuan Anh, Environmental geology. Expert

11 BSc. Ngo Thi Thanh Hoa, Environmental Engineering. Expert

and other collaborators


25

CHAPTER I. BRIEF DESRIPTION OF PROJECT

1.1. Name of Project

Subproject component of NH39-1 rehabilitation, Trieu Duong – Hung Ha section

(Km42+714 - Km64+000) and 3 bridges on alignment include Nai, Dong Tu and Go

belong to Component C of Project Vietnam Road Asset Management.

1.2. Project Owner

Project owner: Directorate for Roads of Vietnam

Represented by: Mr Nguyen Duc Thang Position: Acting General Directorate

Address: 106 – Thai Thinh, Dong Da, Hanoi

Telephone: 04.35373672 Fax: 04.38571440

Representative of Project owner: Project Management Unit 3

Represented by: Mr. Nguyen Ngoc Long Position: Acting General Director

Contact Address: 122, Blog of 12A, Trung Hòa Street, Trung Yen urban area,

Cau Giay dist., Hanoi.

Telephone: 04.37836052 Fax: 04.37836053

1.3. Project Location

The Project has total length of around 20.6km spread on 12 communes/towns of 2

provinces Hung Yen and Thai Binh, include of Thien Phien commune (Tien Lu

District) – Hung Yen Province; Tan Le, Hung Nhan, Tan Hoa, Lien Hiep, Thai

Phuong, Phuc Khanh, Hung Ha, Minh Khai, Hong Linh (Hung Ha District) and Dong

Phong, Dong Tan (Dong Hung District) – Thai Binh District.

Beginning point: Km42+714 is in Thien Phien commune, Tie Lu district, Hung

Yen province (at coordinate 20°39'5,91"N; 106° 7'46,41"E);

Ending point: Km64+000 is in Hong Linh commune, Hưng Ha district, Thai Binh

province (at coordinate 20°33'35,49"N; 106°16'16,35"E).

Including realignment section (Hung Nhan bypass) from Km47+930 to Km49+960.

The Project is the main road in the area, connecting traffic network of Thai Binh

province with other important traffic corridors, mainly passing the province’s

agricultural land area, some sections pass residential areas along the route. The Project

has correlation following objects:


26

Transport: In the Project area, travelling is mainly on the existing NH39 and access

roads to villages. The projected route crosses roads like PR195, PR224, PR455,

PR223, and PR226, etc.

Surface water source: Along the roadsides and the Project area there are large

rivers such as the Lao Khe, the Thai Su, and several irrigation canals, ponds. This

is the source providing surface water for irrigation in the Project area. Water

quality of the rivers, canals, and ponds may be affected by the Project’s

construction activities;

Reservation park: Along the alignment there is no ecological reservation zone. The

nearest natural reservation park is Xuan Thuy National Park, about 45km from the

route. Construction activities may affect land ecosystems and aquatic systems in

ponds, rivers.

Residential, urban areas: Population density is high along the Project’s route, 100%

is Kinh ethnic group, with density is 900 people per 1 km2. Highly populated

points are Km44+000 - Km44+200, Km44+400 - Km44 +900, Km45+100 -

Km45+800 (right side), Km45+800 - Km46+100, Km47+700, Km47+950,

Km51+200 - Km52+200, Km52+400 - Km52+900, Km53+100 - Km53+700,

Km54+100, Km55+100, Km56+150 - Km56+700, Km56+800 - Km57+500,

Km57+650, Km57+800, Km58+080, Km58+300 - Km59+400, Km59+900,

Km61+300 - Km61+600. The families living next to the existing roadside will be

affected by the Project’s construction activities

Economic entities: Economic activities of people are mainly trading and farming.

Trading is not large of scale but brings in rather stable income for households with

house at roadside. Project construction may affect to business activities of the

households.

Historical, cultural works: In the project area, there are some historical or cultural

relics such as Pagoda at Km46+900, pagoda at Km48+900, Family Temple at

Km56+620, Linh Son Tu Phu Cau historical relic (Km52+700)... National historical

and cultural relics – Mandarin Tran Thu Do museum and Queen Endower Tran Thi

Dung shrines (Km52+500). Those works are located in scope of 20 - 2000m from

the project site and will be affected by the Project’s construction activities.

Education, health, administrative and public utilities: Along the Project site there

are works such as Tran Thu Do Secondary School (Km46+300), Hung Ha townlet

medical station, Hung Ha post office, Hung Ha District Party Committee office,

Office of Hung Ha Town People’s Committee (Km59+600), Hung Ha bus station

(Km58+850), etc. Those works are located in scope of 20 - 100m from the Project


27

Site. They can be directly affected by the Project’s activities due to be near the

scope of project area.

Location map of the project and Environment Quality Survey Points are presented in 1.1.


28

Figure 1.1. Location Map of the Project

Project aligment

Bridge

Residential area

Temple, School, and PC

office

Interchange

Legend

Starting point Km42+650

Ending point Km64+000

Hung Nhan bypass


29


30

1.4. Main Contents of the Project

1.4.1. Project Components

Component Road assets management

Component Maintenance

Component Improvement

Component Strengthening Program

A1: Setting-up of the road database framework A2: Collecting data A3: Development of road asset management system A4: Development of road asset management plan

B1: Completion of PBC legal framework

B2: PBC including:

NH5: Ha Noi – Hai Duong Section (Km11-93)

QL2: Ham Yen – Ha Giang (Km175-Km283)

NH18: Noi Bai – Sao Do (Noi Bai – Bac Ninh Section, Km-1-590 – Km31+650 and Bac Ninh - Sao Do Section, Km0-Km46)

B3: Periodic maintenance

NH48: Section Km0-Km20 and Km38-Km64

NH6: Section Hoa Binh – Son La (Km78-Km303)

B4: Assessment and comparison of maintenance method B5: Supervision consultant of maintenance component

C1: Improvement

094 bridges of over 25m: Trang Thua, Cong Neo, Trang, Cap bridges (NH38B); Nai, Dong Tu, Go bridges (NH39); Sat and Bun bridges (NH38)

NH39-1: Trieu Duong – Hung Ha Section (Km44-Km64)

NH38: Quan Goi – Yen Lenh Section (Km33+963 – Km52+716)

NH39: Vo Hoi – Diem Dien Section (Km91-Km107+522)

C2: Land acquisition

C3: Supervision consultant of improvement component

D1: Reforms and renovation of human resource for DRVN

D2: Implementation of Road Maintenance Fund

D3: Development of standard drawings on infrastructure facilities

D4: Audit


31

1.4.2. Objectives

The project is implemented aiming at following objectives:

Improvement of efficiency of Northern transport service;

Reduction of traffic accident;

Enhancement of institutional framework and finance for sustainable maintenance

activity of Vietnam’s road network.

1.4.3. Investment Content – Component C

1.4.3.1. Quantity, Scale of the Project’s Work Items

The project shall be studied and invested to: Improve, enlarge the NH39-1 section with

total length of about 20.6km, with following key items:

Construction of Hung Nhan bypass (Km47+930 - Km49+960), L=2.03Km);;

Section Km63+320 – Km64+000: adjust the alignment to the right, however it try

still savage maximum the land area of road scope in the left to mitigate the

embankment (according to the Announcement No.304/TB-CDBVN on December

24th

, 2012);

Remain sections is still improve and enlarge both 2 sides on the existing

background;

02 intersections at Km47+930 – beginning of Hung Nhan bypass and Km49+960 –

end of Hung Nhan bypass;

Construction of 04 new bridges on the alignment, Nai bridge (Km48+217), Le

bridge (Km50+120). Nai (Km52+662) and Dong Tu bridge (Km55+362); Go

bridge (Km88+100)

Construction of drainage system, electricity, landscaping and traffic safety systems.

a. Actuality of NH39-1

Alignment: existing alignment is mostly in Hung Ha district, particularly through

residential areas in the towns as Hung Nhan, Hung Ha. Horizontal alignment is

narrow with small radius horizontal curves.

Surface road: include 1 pavement layer by bitumen thick 12cm and above the

granular foundation layers has the thick 15cm. On the surface road, there are many

damages as creacks, peeling pavement, potholes... section Km61- Km67 were

asphalt distributed. The width of pavement is 5 – 6m on the embankment with the

width of 7 – 9m. Status of drainage system is bad especially some section pass


32

through the resident area that without the drainage system lead to the surface of

these section is damaged quickly, and this is need to repair.

The bridge: a total of five bridges: Nai, Le, Nai, Dong Tu and Go. The current state

of the bridge are summarized below

o Le bridge at Km48 + 251.22 built in 1977, reinforced concrete board with 5.5m

of width.

o The Nai bridge at 600 + Km48 built in in 1977, reinforced concrete board with

5.5m of width.

o Nai bridge at Km52+662 built in 1977, reinforced concrete board with

width/length equivalent 7.5/7.5, with bridge span: 34m + 3.5 + 12 + 3.5 + 7.5,

maximum load 13 t.

o Dong Tu bridge at Km55 + 366 built in 1977, reinforced concrete board with

width/length equivalent 9/28m, bridge span: 3x9m, maximum load 13T.

o Go bridge at Km88 + 164 built in 1983, reinforced concrete board with

width/length equivatlent 7/30m, bridge span: 3x10m, maximum load 10T.

The culvert: there are 32 culverts in this alignment, almost still works fine. Some

culverts were filled up or sedimentation in the upper or lower.

Intersection: intersection along the level with the horizontal line.

Road safety: no paint marking, signage and pickets almost are damaged.

b. Road Work

b1. Scale

The alignment has total length of 20.18km, Broad-bed = 12m according to class III of

highway, the sections go through the residential areas are applied the urban road

standards with designed velocity Vtk = 80km/hr (for section passing residential areas,

Vtk=60km/hr).

b2. Profile

Trieu Duong - Hung Ha section’s profile mostly follows the existing one, one of main

controls for the alignment’s profile is the existing road pavement elevation. In sections

passing residential areas, the profile is designed to match the existing road as much as

possible to avoid bad impacts on local people’s houses.

Result of profile design is shown in Table 1.1.


33

Table 1.1. Profile Design Result

No. Gradient (%) Length (m) Ratio (%)

1 0 < id < 0.5 16880.5 93.43

2 0.5 < id < 1.0 1187.96 6.57

3 1.0 < id < 4.0 0 0.00

Total 18068.46 100

b3. Cross-section

Cross-section of the section outside residential area: Bpavement =7m, Bn= 12m (fig. 1.2)

Carriageway : 2 x 3.5m = 7m

Paved shoulder : 2x2m = 4m

Soil shoulder each side : 0.5x2m = 1m

Figure. 1.2. Cross-Section in Section Passing Rural Area

Cross-section of section inside residential area is presented in fig. 1.3

Figure. 1.3. Cross-section in Sections in Urban Areas

12.00

14.50 - 18.00


34

Table 1.2. Cross-Section of Sections inside Residential Areas

Station Left

shoulder

breadth

(m)

Left

roadside

breadth

(m)

Pavement

breadth

(m)

Right

roadside

breadth

(m)

Right

shoulder

breadth

(m)

Total

breadth

(m)

Location From Km To Km

43+950 44+435 0.5 0.0 14.0 2.0 0.0 16.5

Tan Le

44+435 45+060 0.0 2.0 14.0 2.0 0.0 18.0

45+060 45+240 0.5 0.0 14.0 2.0 0.0 16.5

45+240 46+100 0.5 0.0 12.0 2.0 0.0 14.5

56+022 56+126 0.0 2.0 14.0 0.0 0.5 16.5

56+126 56+707 0.0 2.0 14.0 2.0 0.0 18.0

56+707 57+105 0.0 2.0 14.0 0.0 0.5 16.5

57+105 59+400 0.0 2.0 14.0 2.0 0.0 18.0

59+400 59+730 0.5 0.0 14.0 2.0 0.0 16.5 Hung Ha

townlet 59+730 59+930 0.0 2.0 14.0 2.0 0.0 18.0

59+930 60+114 0.5 0.0 14.0 2.0 0.0 16.5

b4. Embankment structure

The embankment is filled with sand at K > 0.95, for the layer with 50cm of thickness

at the bottom is compacted with K > 0,98 and using geotextile for separation. Filling

both sides of slope with minimum of 1.0 meter, filling cover soil have to be obtainable

plasticity index higher or equal to 7.

When the natural ground has horizontal gradient less than 20%, organic soil layer with

0.5m of thickness is excavated to remove (for standard section) or 0.5 – 1m of

thickness (for sections go through the pond, lake, canal, etc.). When the natural

ground’s gradient is 20%-50%, benching excavating is done before filling soil.

Designed road slope’s gradient is 1/n=1/1.75.

b5. Soft soil treatment

Some major soft soil treatment solutions are:

- Solution I: PVD with 6m – 15m depth x @1.3m from Km44+142 – Km58+100

with a total length of 5,781m (Table on total results soft soil treatment by the PVD

is copied and attached in Appendix 2 – Diagram of Technical Drawing)

- Solution II: Handling replaced by sand excavation depth H = 2.5 m, from Km43

+950 - Km56 +150 with a total length of 2,060m (Table on total results soft soil


35

treatment by the PVD is copied and attached in Appendix 2 – Diagram of

Technical Drawing)

b6. Pavement structure

The project applies 04 structures including: 01 new pavement structure and 03

enhanced overlay structures.

For section at the ends of Trieu Duong bridge: 7cm Asphalt concrete binder course

paving.

For enhanced section: using 3 to 4 layer structure with corresponding thickness of

27. 42cm.

For extended part and new section: using 4-layer structure with 52cm thickness.

Figure 1.4. Detail of New Pavement

Asphalt concrete surface coarse : t = 5cm

Tackcoat 0.5 kg/m2

Asphalt concrete binder coarse : t = 7cm

Prime coat 1.0 kg/m2

Crushed Stone Aggregate Class I : t = 15cm

Crushed stone Aggregate Class II : t = 25cm

Embankment K98 : t = 50cm

Figure 1.5. Detail of Enhanced Pavement

AC surface coarse : t = 5cm

Tackcoat 0,5 kg/m2

AC binder coarse : t = 7cm

Prime coat 1.0 kg/m2

Crushed Stone Aggregate Class I: t = 15cm

Crushed Stone Aggregate Class II: t=0 cm

(Type B1) and 15cm (type B2)

Existing pavement

b7. Traffic safety works

Traffic safety works are designed according to "Road Signal Rules and 22TCN 273-

01”, including:

52

cm

27

-42 cm


36

Road markings: reflective thermal plastic paint it used so that travelers can spot the

markers in any weather conditions;

Signs: traffic signs are arranged sufficiently on the road, especially at intersections,

sections near residential area.

c. Bridge work

Construction of 05 bridges: new Nai bridge (Km48+600), new Le bridge (Km48+251),

Nại bridge (Km52+700), Dong Tu Bridge (Km55+320) and Go bridge (Km88100)

(table 1.3).

c1. Scale and Specification

The bridges are designed as permanent RC and pre-stressed RC bridge with:

13m breadth (Fig 1.6), designed speed Vtk=80km/hr.

Designed frequency: P = 1%

Navigation clearance: river class VI , clearance breadth 10x2.5m

Bridge designing standard: 22TCN 272-05;

Design of structures for earthquake resistance: TCXDVM 375:2006;

Load and Impact Design standard: TCVN 2737:1995;

Designed live-load: HL93 and axle load XB80;

Bridge approach roads: plain road class III.

c2. Superstructure

Kinds of beam and bridge spans are presented in table 1.3.


37

Table 1.3. Bridges in the Project

NO. Bridge name River/

Canal Station

Bridge

breadth

(m)

Span

layout

(m)

Length

(m)

Girder

structure

Foundation

structure Notes

1 Le bridge Cau Le

river Km48+251 13.0 1x15 27.10 Slab girder 35x35

People living at two ends of the new

bridge; the bridge end towards Trieu

Duong has some ponds, crop garden

around

2 Nai bridge Nai river Km48+600 13.0 1x20 32.10 Slab girder 35x35


bridge; Surrounding is rice field, fruit

garden

3 Nại bridge Sa Lung

river Km52+700 13.0 12+20+12 50.2

Hollow Slab

girder

CKN

D =1.5


bridge; the bridge end towards Trieu

Duong has some ponds,

4 Dong Tu

bridge

Hoang

Nguyen

river

Km55+320 13.0 9+20+9 44.2 Hollow Slab

girder

CKN

D =1.5

Population at two bridge ends are

scarce;

ON left side of approach road to Trieu

Duong is rice field

5 Go bridge Hoai river Km88+100 13.0 9+20+9 44.2 Hollow Slab

girder

CKN

D =1.5

People living at both abutment of new

bridge;

Along the right side of approach roads

there are ponds


38

Figure 1.6. Bridge Cross-Section

Table 1.4. Girder Types

No. Type Scope of using (m)

min max

1 Pre-stressed Slab girder 12 20

2 PCI 24 33

3 Pre-stressed Super-T girder 38 40

c3. Substructure

Abutment structure: designing as cast in-situ U-shape RC wall, straight wall to

reduce water flow occupation.

Pier structure: solid body RC pier with tapered tip or of round column type. Piers

with great height, body size varies depending on its height.

Footing structure: Elevation of footing on natural ground (on land case) and in river

bed after general erosion is min. 0.5m.

Foundation structure: Depending on geological condition and load transmitted

from the superstructure, below foundation types are used:

Shallow foundation: Applies when good rock layer is next to the natural ground;

Earth drilled pile foundation: Using 1.0m; 1.2m; 1.5m and 2.0m diameters

Pre-cast RC pile foundation: applies 0.35m x 0.35m. 0.4m x 0.4m. 0.45m x

0.45m types.

c4. Auxiliary structure

Bridge bearing:

13000/2=6500

2500

13000/2=6500

500 500

2.5% 2.5%

Deck slab 100mm

Water proof 4mmAsphalt concrete 70mm

Girder slab

3500 25003500


39

With L12m spans, elastic buffer bearings are used.

For spans of 12mL33m length, rubber bearing pad with steel plate of the

corresponding load.

With Super T girder, using pot type bearing of corresponding load.

Expansion joint:

For spans L12m using expansion joints from sliding steel sheet.

For girder with span length of 12mL33m, using expansion joint in rail type

having displacement 5cm to 10cm.

With Span L >33m using expansion joint of serrated/pectinate steel.

Bridge overlay:

AC surface course, t = 70mm

Waterproof is thin film directly spread on concrete t=4mm.

Drainage:

Drainage for viaducts should collects water to abutment or pier positions, for

river crossing spans, draining water directly to river.

c5. Design of Protection consolidation

For widely excavated sections, in positions with frequent water level (sections along

canals, ponds, etc.), slope is consolidated with mortared stone (table 1.5).

Table 1.5. Protection Consolidated Sections

No. Beginning

station -

End

station L (m) No.

Beginning

station -

End

station L (m)

1 Km51+560 - Km51+609 49 8 Km56+063 - Km56+125 62

2 Km54+730 - Km54+752 22 9 Km58+191 - Km58+274 83

3 Km54+748 - Km54+816 68 10 Km58+283 - Km58+305 22

4 Km54+834 - Km54+869 35 11 Km58+311 - Km58+331 20

5 Km54+872 - Km54+924 52 12 Km58+381 - Km58+450 69

6 Km54+932 - Km54+968 36 13 Km62+170 - Km62+500 330

7 Km54+974 - Km54+989 15 14 Km63+320 Km64+000 680

Total 1.543


40

d. Intersection

The Project will have 02 intersections constructed in the area of Hung Nhan bypass

(table 1.6.). At the intersections, there will be traffic guiding islands, median strip, U-

turn lane, signs, speed humps and road markings as designed to diverse traffic to

ensure traffic in the Project site.

Table 1.6. List of Intersections

No

.

Intersection Station Type Note

1

Intersection at

Beginning of Hung

Nhan bypass

Km47+930 Y-type

Scarcely populated. Surroundings of

the Intersection are mostly empty land

and some ponds.

2

Intersection at the

end of Hung Nhan

bypass

Km49+960 Y-type

No population near the intersection,

mostly empty land. A transformer

station is in 100m distant from it.

e. Drainage system

On the route, there will be 37 culverts, including 33 pipe culverts and 4 box

culverts. Among which, 18 culverts are new and 19 culverts are replaced with new

ones, dimensions of the culverts have been agreed by local authority.

For sections passing residential zones, drainage system is designed as longitudinal

culverts with aperture D=0.75m below the sidewalk

(Statistical talbe on the drainage system and culvert system will be copied and attached

in Appendix 2 – Diagram of Technical Drawing).

1.4.3.2. Auxiliary Work Items

a. Construction site

Area of 06 construction sites will be arranged in construction:

Nai bridge (Km48+600): with 1.500m2

Nại bridge: with area of 1.500m2

Dong Tu bridge: with area of 1.500m2

Go bridge: with area of 800m2

Bypass construction site (Km48+000): with area of 1.000m2

Road expansion and improvement site (Km54+500): with area of 1.000m2


41

It is planned to set up items in a jobsite including: site huts (about 50 workers),

machine gathering yard, stock piling yard. Specific scale of the items will be clarified

in the next steps.

b. Material Supply

b1. Natural materials

Quarries and borrow pits and locations of borrow pits which are able to provide

materials for the Project are presented in table 1.7.

Table 1.7. Borrow Pits and Quarries for the Project

No. Borrow pit Location Material type Reserves (m3)

Distance to the

Project

1

Kien Khe

quarry

La Mat, Kien

Khe townlet,

Thanh Liem

district, Ha Nam

province

Industrial

limestone (clean

limestone)

200,000

m3/year 45km from NH1A

2

Nguyen Ly

quarry

Tran Xa hamlet,

Nguyen Ly

commune, Ly

Nhan district, Ha

Nam province

Filling sand 3000 - 4000

m3/day

3

Thanh Nghi

soil borrow-

pit

Thanh Nghi

commune, Thanh

Liem district, Ha

Nam province

Filling soil 2,500,000m3 52km from NH1A

4 Yen Lenh

material yard -

Crushed stone,

coarse sand - 12km

5

Trieu Duong

material yard -

Crushed stone,

coarse sand, fine

sand

- 2km

6

Quan Su

material yard -

Crushed stone,

coarse sand, fine

sand

- 23.6km

7 Thai Ha

material yard -

Coarse sand, fine

sand - 33.65km


42

Figure 1.7. Location of Borrow Pits

GHI CHÚ

Tuyến Dự án

Bãi vật liệu

Mỏ vật liệu


43


44

b2. Semi-Products

Semi-products are materials produced, processed from plants such as crushed stone

aggregates, asphalt concrete, precast components, etc. after being inspected and

accepted for their commodity, shall be transported to the jobsite for construction.

Cement concrete will be purchased from licensed companies, plants in Thai Binh

province and transported to the jobsite by specialized mixer. Asphalt concrete is

bought from licensed mixing plants in Thai Binh province.

Primary survey shows that Thai Binh province now has readily some large-scale

batching plants, ready to meet construction demand of the Project, including:

Shengli Steel Factory’s Concrete Mixing Plant (Bach Dang Company no. 204);

Vicomark Thai Binh Concrete Mixing Plant (Vicomark Company);

Vinaconex 3 Concrete Mixing Plant (Vinaconex Company).

c. Dumping Rubbles from Construction

Waste rubbles in construction will be concentrated in guarded temporary stockpiling

yards within the job site, then transported to dumping site of the province where the

Project locates. However, dumping site has not been determined specifically in the

step of investment project establishment. The Employer shall undertake to get written

agreement with local authorities on rubble dumping site location in the next steps of

the Project.

d. Land acquisition and resettlement

d1. Land acquisition

The Project shall occupy land along two sides of the road: existing residential land of

local people being used to build houses, gardens, ponds, etc.; in order to construct the

Project’s items. Land acquisition quantity in details is presented in table 1.8.

Table 1.8. Land Acquisition Quantity

No Item Unit Quantity

I Everlasting acquisition Land

1 Land compensation m2 [HH] 45.465 [582]

- Housing area m2 [HH] 13.447 [362]

- Agricultural land m2/ [HH] 20.258 [229]

+ Annual tree land m2

19.489

+ Garden m2

577


45

No Item Unit Quantity

+ Aquaculture land m2

192

- Other lands m2

11.760

2 Housing compensation m2 525,05

- Level 4 m2 327,05

- Level3 m2 116,3

- Level 2 m2

81,7

II Temporary acquisition m2 7.300

There are a total of 582 households affected, among them there are:

- 362 households affected Aboriginal land with an area of 13,447 m2.

- 229 households affected agricultural land with total area of 20,258 m2.

- 86 households have affected agricultural land (20% or more) and 10% of the

vulnerable groups.

- 82 households affected the entire Indian land residents but only 7 affected the

entire House to relocate relocation to an area of the House is 322m2, 20 households

affected the part with the total area is 203m2. The rest have no home on the

Turkish soil.

d2. Resettlement Plan

According to the survey results, the number of households displaced by the project is

7. All households are to receive compensation, aid and grants to handle resettlement.

However, to ensure that households will not be difficult to buy land and build new

homes as well as moving to new accommodation, communal administration and

resettlement plan should assist households to relocate to the new place in the process

of buying land for indigenous populations, House construction, the legal papers related

to own the land and homes. Households will be support costs connected living

facilities such as water supply, electricity and communication systems ... (Source:

resettlement plan report by investment consulting co., Ltd and EPC environmental

protection founded in June 2013).

g. Power, water sources for the Works

g1. Water source

For construction: water is mostly used for washing wheels and spraying to prevent

dust in construction area of the Project and in jobsite. It is planned that Project will

work with water supply company of the province to negotiate water source. The

water source will be from a general source through separate connection to the


46

jobsite and construction areas.

For living activities of workers: life water quantity is based on water standard

applicable to construction workers at jobsite according to Standard TC 20TCN

4474 – 87 “water standard used for meal preparation” which is 25 liter/person/day

and according to TC 20TCN33 – 85 “water standard for bathing and washing”,

which is 45 liter/person/day.

g2. Power source for the Works

The construction unit will work with the province electricity company to negotiate

power source for life activities of the jobsite and construction. This power source will

be from general source of the province through separate connection to the jobsite and

construction areas.

1.4.4. Construction Method, Quantity of the Project Works

1.4.4.1. Land Acquisition

According to Article 33, Decree no. 69/2009/ND-CP dated 13/08/2009 of the

Government providing additional regulation on land use planning, land price, land

recovery, compensation, support and resettlement, land acquisition and resettlement

under a Project is separated from the investment project and assigned to relevant

provincial people’s committee to implement independently.

The Employer is responsible to provide timely, sufficiently necessary documents and

project, package schedule, by each construction phase, as well as disbursement plan to

ensure completion of land acquisition as scheduled.

Land acquisition and resettlement funding source shall be provided by PMU2 and

taken from State Budget.

After completion of land acquisition, relevant Provincial People’s Committee will

hand over the site to the Employer to construct work items.

1.4.4.2. Key Construction Measure

a. Site preparation

The work is implemented for construction activities. Main contents are:

Demolition of houses and grading: On the land area recovered by Provincial

People’s Committee and handed over to construct the Works, the Employer will

demolish permanent structures such as houses, irrigation works, etc.

Preparation of job site, service road: Including grading, sand filling; installation of


47

items such as equipment service station, site huts, etc.

Site preparation activities shall be completed before construction of the works.

b. Canal relocation

Before construction of the Works, the Project will carry out adjustment of canal

sections crossing the Project with total length of about 754m (earth canal, in figure

1.8).

Canal relocation will be implemented and completed before farming season;

Temporary canal leads water from upstream to downstream will be set up before

dam is built;

After temporary canal is finished, leading water from upstream to downstream, a

dam will be built to stop the water to create construction site;

Build irrigation works at existing flow location. After completion of the works at in

the position of previous water flow, the flow is diverted to original position, the

temporary canal is filled and recovered to original condition.

c. Traffic diversion option

During construction, the expanded sides of the road will be constructed first, traffic

will be maintained on the existing road. After finishing the expansion parts, the vehicle

flow will be diverted to the expanded lane, and construction will be carried out on the

existing road. Thus, it will limit effect on the traffic thus traffic diversion is still keep

the existing condition.

Besides, the Project also has items designed to ensure traffic safety such as signs,

especially at intersections, locations near residential areas.

d. Construction of expansion road and intersection

Including construction activities in below sequence:

Construction of embankment: Excavation, filling of expanded embankment to the

designed elevation with machines such as clamshell excavator, motor-grader,

compactor, roller, etc. and soft soil treatment;

Pavement construction: Construction of expansion of the existing road first, when

spreading new AC surface course, embankment and pavement of the existing road

will be executed.

e. Construction of Hung Nhan bypass

Hung Nhan bypass will be constructed in following sequence:


48

Construction of embankment: Excavation, filling embankment to designed

elevation with machines such as clamshell excavator, motor-grader, compactor,

roller, etc. and soft soil treatment;

Pavement construction: Spreading crushed stone aggregate base and then spreading

asphalt with equipment such as roller, asphalt spreader, water spraying tank truck,

and dump truck.

f. Bridge construction

f1. Abutment construction

Site preparation: Determination of abutment foundation location; grading and sand

filling; establishment of pile center;

Construction of pile system:

o Earth-drilled piles: Establishment of pile location, lowering casing; drilling to

make hole; lowering the reinforcing steel cage; casting concrete; withdrawing

casing;

o RC pile: Positioning pile location; pile driving with vibratory hammer;

reinforcement with bamboo spikes;

Foundation pit execution: Excavation of foundation pit; hammering pile end;

spreading loose stone, crushed stone; casting concrete;

Construction of abutment footing: installation of formwork, re-bar; casting

concrete, soil filling to the designed elevation;

Construction of abutment body, abutment wing wall: Installation of scaffolding,

re-bar, casting concrete;

Finishing.

f2. Pier construction

Including key construction methods of approaching pier according to below sequence:

Site preparation:

o Sand filling;

o Construction of water prevention enclosure: executing service road; staking

positioning spike; installation of inside support frame; sheet piling;

Construction of earth drilling pile systems: Positioning pile location; lowering

casing; drilling to make hole; lowering the reinforcing steel cage; casting concrete;

withdrawing casing;


49

Foundation pit execution: Excavation of foundation pit; hammering pile end;

spreading loose stone, crushed stone; casting concrete to level;

Construction of pier footing: installation of scaffolding, re-bar; casting concrete,

removal of formwork and scaffolding; soil filling of foundation pit.

Construction of pier body: Installation of scaffolding and formwork, re-bar,

casting concrete;

Finishing: removal of scaffolding, formwork; soil filling, finishing the pier

f3. Construction of superstructure

f3.1. Construction of one-span bridge

Including main steps as follows:

Casting girder; preparation of vehicles and service road behind the abutment;

moving equipment into locations; transporting girders to the service road behind

abutment;

Using girder launching device, installation of scaffolding, formwork, casting

traverse beam concrete;

Construction of deck slab, parapet, finishing.

f3.2. Construction of multi-span bridge

Including main steps as follows:

Casting girder; preparation of vehicles and service road behind the abutment;

moving equipment into locations; transporting girders to the service road behind

abutment;

Moving crane to its position behind the abutment; using crane to install girder in

the first position; installation of scaffolding, formwork and casting traverse beam

concrete;

Preparation of service road at the first installation location; moving the crane to the

new installation location; installation in similar way as the above steps.

Installation of parapet, joints; finishing.

f4. Culvert construction

Box-culverts construction

- Leveling the ground and define the culvert location.

- Filling surrounds the circle to prevent the water


50

- Dig the Foundation hole ceiling to climb by mechanical design in combination with

handwork;

- Construction formwork pile head banging, and installment, poured concrete

basement drain;

- Erection of formwork, reinforcement steel and poured concrete wall drain and a

grate;

- Construction of the wing wall, embankment soil on either side carry the tribute

in order of each layer with the average thickness 30 cm ÷ 50 cm, has a check up

of the class;

- Installation of a transition, the perfect tribute.

Circle culvert construction

Leveling the ground and define the culvert location.

Where the sugar is processed primarily land before construction of the drain claw

is placed on the nature. In those positions do not have the background processing

then proceeded to drain the nail treatment with bamboo stakes or replace surface if

necessary;

The burn drains were built in the factory or the factory and shipped out to the

school;

Stop the crane installation of gas drain;

Dig the Foundation hole ceiling to climb by mechanical design in combination with

handwork;

Wing walls constructed drain, embankment soil on either side carry the tribute in

order of each layer with thickness on average 30 ÷ 50 cm, has a check up of the

class;

Complete the drain.

1.4.4.3. Construction Quantity

Summary of main quantities of major items of the Project is represented in table 1.9 -

1.12 (for bridgework).


51

Table 1.9. Summary of Quantity of Road Work and Intersections

No. Item Unit Road Work

A1 Embankment

1 Soil excavation m3 90.54

2 Organic excavation m3 100460.86

3 Benching excavation m3 8353.30

4 Filling K95 m3 144263.95

5 Filling K98 m3 60475.51

6 Separating geotextile (15kN/m) m2 231955.30

7 Excavation of existing pavement m3 478.16

8 Grading K98 m3 14351.40

9 Road form excavation m3 1669.57

10 Sticky soil filling m3 53722.10

11 Sodding m2 82135.23

A2 Pavement

1 5cm AC surface course m2 246444.74

2 Tackcoat 0.5kg/m2 m

2 246444.74

3 7cm AC binder course m2 246444.74

4 Prime coat 1.0kg/m2***

m2 246444.74

5 Crushed stone class I 15cm m3 35721.70

6 Crushed stone class II 15cm m3 2915.04

7 Crushed stone class II 25cm m3 43483.08

8 Crushed stone leveling class I m3 5576.47

9 Crushed stone leveling class II m3 5265.92

A3 Intersection

1 AC binder course 7cm m2 2262.00

2 Prime coat 1.0kg/m2 m

2 2262.00

3 Crushed stone class I 15cm m3 271.44

4 Embankment K98 thickness 30cm m3 339.30

A4 Drainage

1 RC pipe culvert D0.75 m 8170.00




5 Box culvert BxH=2.0x2.0 m 27.60

6 Box culvert BxH=3.0x3.0 m 54.30

7 Traverse tunnel m 80.50


52

No. Item Unit Road Work

8 Catch basin ea. 344

9 Curb, side ditch m 12328

10 Sidewalk m2 19259


A5 Soft soil

1 Sand replacement m3 74200

2 PVD m 1078.159

3 Geotextile (15kN/m) m2 27

4 Bamboo pile @0.25m, H=2.5m ea. 1665.725

5 Medium-size sand blanket m3 37818

6 Surcharge m3 34.416

7 Pavement structure replacement filling m3 35642

8 Surcharge removal (surcharge + leveling fill for pavement structure) m3 70058

9 Settlement fill (K95) m3 18909

10 Surface settlement measurement ea. 239

11 Settlement depth measurement (2 points following depth) ea. 64

12 Water pressure measurement (2 points following depth) ea. 56

13 Monitoring well ea. 36

14 Measurement of horizontal displacement (wood pile 10x10x170cm) ea. 918

A6 Canal relocation

Soil canal B=1m m 3612

Soil canal B=4m m 620

Table 1.10. Summary of Quantity of Bridge Work

Ord Item Unit Nai bridge Le bridge Nại bridge

Dong Tu

bridge

A Superstructure:

1 Concrete m3 158.01 223.09 429.29 362.70

2 Steel T 26.60 44.16 68.03 54.25

3 Rubber bearing set 52.00 52.00 78 78

B

Substructure

(abutment and pier)

1 Concrete m3 428.16 419.46 324.06 203.38

2 Steel T 33.74 32.55 30.19 21.37

3 Bored pile m 0 0 657 444

4 Excavation m3 2941.06 8203.48 332.6 557.2

5 Filling m3 1499.67 1339.56 1.363 1.536


53

Table 1.11. Summary of Quantity of Go Bridge Work

No. Items Unit Quantity

A Superstructure::

1 Concrete of bridge surface m3

118.8

2 Concrete of curb m3

26.9

3 Concrete of bearing m3

0.9

4 Concrete G-15Mpa m3

9.1

5

Production and installation of bridge prestressed

beams (L=9m) Each 26

6

Production and installation of bridge prestressed

beams (L=20m) Each 13

7

Reinforcement steel of bridge deck, curb, the

transitional d<18mm ton 16.14

8

Reinforcement steel of bridge deck, curb, the

transitional d>18mm ton 0.85

9 Bearings - rubber bearings of a single beam Each 78

10 Asphalt Concrete surface course m2

528

11 Waterproofing layer m2

456

12 Install the drainage pipe Each 14

13 Steel fence Ton 1.57

B Substructure (abutment and pier)

1 Concrete of abutment and pier m3

183.5

2 Bored pile D1,5m m 440

3

Reinforcement steel of abutment and pier

D<=18mm Ton 16.03

4 abutment and pier D>18mm Ton 5.34

5 Excavation of foundation pit m3

425.6

6 Excavation of foundation in water environment m3

160.3

7 Particle material filling m3

810.05

8 Riprap reinforcing m3

165.4

Table 1.12. Summary of Quantity of approach roads of Go Bridge

No. Items Unit Quantity

A Road-bed and soft soil treatment

1 Filling of normal embankment on main road m3 1,221.86

2 Normal embankment m3 1,470.59

3 Excavation of inappropriate materials m3 405.72

4 Road form excavation m3 591.24

5 Creation of grant m3 76.22

B New road surface and strengthen road surface


54

1 Crushed stone of the bottom foundation m3 921.82

2 Crushed stone of the top foundation m3 839.12

3 Prime coat m2 4,209.36

4 Tack coat m2 3,591.40

5 Asphalt Concrete surface course m3 179.57

6 Asphalt Concrete binder course m3 294.66

1.4.5. List of Machinery and Equipment

Machinery and equipment planned to be used in construction of the road, intersections

and bridges are shown in table 1.13 and table 1.14.

Table 1.13. Main Machinery and Equipment for Road Work and

Intersections

Ord Equipment Unit Bypass

road

Main

road Total

1 Bulldozer 110CV shift 1410 10322 11732

2 Grader 110CV shift 59 18 41

3 Dump truck 10T shift 1160 10222 11382

4 Road Sprinkler 5m3 shift 171 25 196

5 Air compressor600m3/h shift 43 201 244

6 Excavator 16m3 shift 9 211 220

7 Tire roller 16T shift 387 1034 1421

8 Tire roller 25T shift - 339

9 Spreader 50-60m3/h shift 15 72 87

10 Vibratory roller 25T shift 171 25 196

11 Steel wheeled roller 10T shift 253 537 790

12 AC finisher 130-140cv shift 39 241 280

13 Shovel 2.3m3/bucket shift 42 260 302

14 Pressurized Bitumen

Distributor 7T shift 87 400 487

Total 3890 24128 28018

Table 1.14. Main Machinery and Equipment for Bridge Work

Ord Item Unit

Nai

bridge Le bridge

Nại

bridge

Dong Tu

bridge

1 Crane 16T Shift 407 353 281 255

2 Crane 25 T Shift 101 67 102 73

3 Crane 30T shift 43 43 43 43

4 Roller 16T shift 5 5 5 4

5 Concrete pump truck

50m3/h

shift 137 119 137 124


55

Ord Item Unit

Nai

bridge Le bridge

Nại

bridge

Dong Tu

bridge

6 Driller ED (bored pile) shift 116 77 116 77

7 Roller 10T shift 2 2 1 1

8 Bulldozer 110CV shift 2 3 2 2

9 Dump truck 10T shift 6 11 56 155

Total 819 680 743 734

1.4.6. Input Material

The quantity of construction material is mainly corresponding to the work items of

roads, intersections and bridges as shown in above-captioned table 1.13, table 1.14.

1.4.7. Implementation Schedule

Estimated construction time for the project road is 24 months, for Nai Bridge and Le

bridge is 9 months, Nại bridge and Dong Tu bridge is 12 months (table 1.15).

Table 1.15. Estimated Implementation Schedule for Work-items

1.4.8. Investment Cost

The project’s total investment cost is shown in table 1.16.

Table 1.16. Total Investment Cost of the Project

No. Work item Cost (VND)

I Total construction investment cost

1 Construction cost

2 Cost of land acquisition

3 Cost of project management

4

Cost of project construction investment

consulting service

5 Other cost

6 Contingency

Work-item First year Second year

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Hung Nhan bypass

NH39-1 expansion and

rehabilitation

Nai bridge and Le bridge

Nại bridge and Dong Tu

bridge


56

No. Work item Cost (VND)

II Environmental cost 2,977,716,984

1 Environmental management program 1,981,000,000

2 Environmental monitoring program 726,015,440

1.4.9. Organization of Management and Implementation of the Project

1.4.9.1. Management and Implementation

Project’s employer (Project owner): Directorate for Roads of Vietnam

Project management: Project Management Unit 3

Project formation consultant: Thang Loi Co., ltd. (TEC).

1.4.9.2. Implementation Procedure

a. Investment preparatory

Project Management Unit 3 has planned the investment project with consultancy of the

TEC and submits to the Ministry of Transportation for approval; at same time,

prepared of an EIA report to submit the Ministry of Natural Resource and

Environment for approval with consultancy of Center for Sustainable Development

Support (CSD).

b. Investment implementation

After the investment decision was issued, the project owner has carried out the detailed

design work of the project in consultation with design consultants. For environmental

aspects, the project owner has prepared an Environmental Management Plan in

consultation with environmental experts. Contents of the Environmental Management

Plan include details of the mitigation measures and design of environmental treatment

facilities which have been mentioned in the EIA report after it is approved by Natural

Resource and Environment. Concurrently, the environmental specification is prepared

as the basis for the construction units building their own environmental management

plan (following the packages). Compensation and resettlement no longer belong to the

project and subprojects shall be established individually conducted by the district

People's Committee under direction of Thai Binh and Hung Yen Provincial People's

Committee. The project owner is responsible to ensure that provide full funding for the

compensation, assistance and resettlement.

In the process of construction, construction units shall implement the environmental

protection measures. The project owner shall supervise that implementation of

environmental protection measures of the construction units and will hire the


57

environmental consultant to carry out environmental monitoring. Periodic monitoring

results are reported to the Department of Natural Resources and Environment of the

Thai Binh and Hung Yen province.

c. After construction completion

After completion, the Project will be handed over to Ministry of Transport, the agency

made the decision of investment.

The environmental quality monitoring during the warranty period will be operated by

operation units and funds shall be from the budget of the Project. Supervision and

monitoring results will be periodically reported to the Department of Natural

Resources and Environment of Thai Binh and Hung Yen province by 6 month/time.


58

CHAPTER II. NATURAL, ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIO-ECONOMIC

CONDITIONS OF THE PROJECT AREA

2.1. Natural Conditions

2.1.1. Geographical and Geological Conditions

2.1.1.1. Geographical Conditions

In terms of nature, the project area’s terrain is characteristic of the Red River Delta

region of Vietnam. The terrain along the route is relatively flat with a slope of less

than 1%, altitude varies from 1-2m above sea level, lower from the Northwest to the

Southeast. The surface is cleaved by canal and river system with flooded dike, ponds

and the terrain is mainly field with developed irrigation system. Altitude of the fields

is relatively low at around 0.5-1.0m. Irrigation system has high shoreline, which is 0.5-

1m higher than the fields. Thus, despite being near the river, the storm-water runoff

drainage in the region is always complex.

In terms of humanity, the project area is located in the territory of 12 communes/

towns of Hung Yen and Thai Binh provinces, including: Thien Phien commune (Tien

Lu district); Tan Le town, Hung Nhan town, Tan Hoa commune, Lien Hiep commune,

Thai Phuong commune, Phuc Khanh commune, Hung Ha town, Minh Khai commune,

Hong Linh commune (Hung Ha district) and Dong Phong commune, Dong Tan

commune (Dong Hung district). Population is gathered in clusters, hamlets along the

roads, mostly in towns and sparser in agricultural areas. Economic activities are

diversified, including such sectors as household business taking advantage of road

surface, agriculture and common labors, etc.

2.1.1.2. Geological Conditions

Comparing the geological drilling results and other reference data in the geological

map of Thai Binh at the rate of 1/200,000 (F-48-XXIX), the strata includes river-sea,

river- swamp sediments and marine sediments of the low-lying areas. The strata of

foundation soil along the route to a depth of 17m can be categorized into six types,

including filled soil. A strata characteristic of the project area is presented in Table 2.1.


59

Table 2.1. Strata Characteristics of the Project Area

No. Strata

layer Allocation Composition Thickness

1 Layer E All drills Clay from solid to very solid 0.6 ÷ 2.5m

2 Layer 1 Km 44+000 ÷

Km 64+000

Brownish grey lean clay of rigid

plastic 0.5 ÷ 3m

3 Layer 2 Km 44+000 ÷

Km 57+000

Sandy lean clay and dark grey mud of

weak to very weak 0.8 ÷ 8.6m

4 Layer 3 Km 44+000 ÷

Km 64+000

Clay sand with dark grey dust of very

weak 2.5 ÷ 13m

5 Layer 4 Lean clay and grey mud of very weak

6 Layer 5 Km 56+000 ÷

Km 64+000 Sand with silty clay, dark grey, weak

7 Layer

TK Dark brown loose sand 2.0m

Source: Interpretation of the Project

Thus, the common formations in the project area are clay from soft to average, organic

or inorganic, medium-density sand, followed by solid clay, then medium-grained to

coarse sand. The area has 2 soft soil layers: layer 2 and layer 4. In which, layer 2 is

allocated at the beginning of the route, and layer 4 is widely allocated on the whole

route.

2.1.1.3. Hydro-geological Conditions

Ground water exists at a depth of 2 ÷ 3 m below the natural ground surface. Water

levels are unstable and subject to seasonal changes. In the rainy season, the water level

may rise close to the surface.

Shallow groundwater can be affected by contaminated surface water during

construction of the foundation piers, abutment.

2.1.2. Meteorological Conditions

2.1.2.1. Features of Meteorological Conditions

The project area is located in the Northern delta climate featured by cold winter with

low rainfall and hot, humid and rainy summer.

The features of meteorological conditions in the project area are analyzed below based

on the statistics of Thai Binh Meteorological Station.


60

Temperature (table 2.1 and figure 2.1): Annual average temperature in the project area

is 23.5°C, maximum monthly average temperature is 29.5°C (July), minimum monthly

average temperature is 14.9°C (January). Temperature amplitude between the hottest

and coldest months is 14.6°C. Typical monthly average temperature is presented in

Table 2.2. Monthly average temperature evolution is illustrated in Figure 2.2.

Table 2.2. Annual/ Monthly Average Temperature (oC)

Year I II III IV V VI VII VIII IX X XI XII Năm

2008 15 13.3 20 23.8 26.4 28 29 28.3 27.1 25.9 21.2 19.2 23.1

2009 15.4 21.4 20.4 23.3 26.1 30.4 29.4 28.9 27.6 25.4 20.8 19.1 24.0

2010 17.4 19.8 20.8 22.4 27.4 30 30.1 27.7 27.5 24.4 23 19.2 24.1

2011 12.4 16.8 16.4 22.6 26 28.8 29.3 28.4 26.7 23.6 22.9 16.8 22.6

2012 14.4 15.8 19.3 24.7 27.9 29.4 29.5 28.4 27.3 25.4 23 18.8 23.7

Average 14.9 17.4 19.4 23.4 26.8 29.3 29.5 28.3 27.2 24.9 22.2 18.6 23.5

Source: Thai Binh Meteorological station (2008 – 2012)

Figure 2.1. Monthly Average Temperature Chart (0C)

Humidity (table 2.2): Air humidity is the factor that influences the metabolism of air

pollutants and microclimatic factors badly affecting human health. The humidity is

relatively high, about 87% on annual average. The wettest period is from February to

April, the spring with average humidity of 88 - 90%. The dry period is only within 2

months (November, December), coinciding with the dry northeast monsoon, the driest

month is November with average humidity of 83%. Monthly average relative humidity

is presented in Table 2.3.


61

Table 2.3. Annual/ Monthly Average Relative Humidity (%)

Year I II III IV V VI VII VIII IX X XI XII Average

2008 87 80 89 91 88 88 82 89 90 87 80 86 86

2009 80 91 91 92 89 91 84 87 88 86 77 83 87

2010 91 89 88 94 91 81 81 90 89 80 86 82 87

2011 79 89 88 89 87 87 87 88 89 88 84 76 86

2012 91 91 90 90 88 81 82 87 85 86 88 86 87

Average 86 88 89 91 89 86 83 88 88 85 83 83 87


Rain and evaporation (table 2.3, table24 and figure 2.2): Annual average rainfall in the

area is 1800 - 1900mm with an average number of rainy days is 140 - 145 days, in

which the number of days of light rain, drizzle is about 60 - 65. The rainy season lasts

for 6 months, from May to October, which accounts for 80% of annual rainfall.

Rainfall increases from the early to mid-season, maximum in September with an

average rainfall of 338 mm. In addition, there are rainstorms in Thai Binh with

unexpected heavy rains accompanied by strong winds and lightning storms.

Rainstorms usually occur from February to November and mainly from May to

September.

The remaining six months, from November to April of the following year, are the low

rainfall season. The months in early winter are the least rainy period. Minimum

rainfall fell in December or January with a rainfall of 28.7 ÷ 30.15 mm. The features

of rainfall, evaporation in the study area are presented in tables 2.4, 2.5 and illustrated

in figure 2.2.

Table 2.4. Rainfall

Year I II III IV V VI VII VIII IX X XI XII Năm

2008 106 16 16 12 83 241 129 166 436 74 193 0 1472

2009 3 1 113 240 120 60 294 148 377 60 377 60 1853

2010 1360 12 18 43 75 123 222 314 160 78 0 9 2414

2011 9 7 88 18 140 261 229 175 718 62 32 27 1766

2012 28 21 22 77 284 142 254 71 1 6 5 14 925

Average 301 11.4 51.4 78 140 165 226 175 338 56 121 22 1686



62

Figure 2.2. Rainfall Chart

Wind and wind direction (table 2.5): In winter (from September to March of the

following year), the wind blows in the northeast direction, in summer (from March to

July), the wind usually blows in the southeast direction. The southeast wind prevailed

during the year, followed by the northeast wind. The other directions only appear

interwoven with low frequency and not forming a system. The annual average wind

speed is 2m/s, the average wind speed during the summer months is 1.9m/s, the

average wind speed during winter months is 2.1m/s. In summer, the strongest winds

occur on the occurrence of thunderstorms and hurricanes. Wind speed can reach

40m/s.

The average wind speed in the months of the year is presented in Table 2.6.

Table 2.5. Average Wind Speed in the Months of the Year (m/s)

Station Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec

Thai

Binh 2.2 2.0 1.9 2.1 2.1 1.9 2.0 1.7 1.9 2.1 2.0 2.1

Source: Thai Binh Meteorological station

Wind is the most important factor that impacts on the spread of pollutants in the air.

The higher the wind speed, the further pollutants are transported away and the smaller

concentrations of pollutants because toxic gas is diluted with clean air. In contrast,

with the low wind speed or windless, pollutants will concentrate near sources of waste.

Atmospheric stability: Atmospheric stability in the Project area is defined as class B

(unstable) during the day, based on the average wind speed (table 2.6); and solar

radiation during the day and cloud cover at night by Pasquill classification (table 2.7).


63

Table 2.6. Atmospheric Stability Classification (Pasquill, 1961)

Wind speed

at

10m high

(m/s)

Daytime incoming solar radiation Nighttime cloud cover

Strong

(ho > 60o)

Moderate

(ho=

35o60o)

Slight

(ho=

15o35o)

Cloudy

with cloud

cover> 4/8

Unclouded,

with cloud

cover <4/8

< 2 A A÷B B÷C - -

2 A-B B C E F

3-4 B B÷C C D E

5-6 C C-D D D D

>6 C D D D D

Note:

A: very unstable.

B: unstable.

C: slightly unstable.

D: neutral.

E: slightly stable.

F: stable.

ho: solar angle.

Atmospheric stability decides the possibility to raise pollutants high.

2.1.2.2. Special Weather Phenomena

Every year, storms and tropical depressions do not directly appear in Thai Binh as they

do in coastal areas, but the impact of rain caused by storms is very large. In October

2012, Son Tinh storms influenced heavily, causing damage on both property and

people of the province. According to the statistics, damage caused by Son Tinh storm

is about 2,662 billion.

Table 2.7. Summary of the Thunderstorm of the Year

Year I II III IV V VI VII VIII IX X XI XII Total

2008 0 0 3 3 6 15 8 9 11 1 6 0 62

2009 0 1 3 4 10 0 7 12 18 0 0 0 55

2010 0 0 0 4 6 8 8 18 10 2 0 0 56

2011 0 0 0 2 5 12 0 0 10 0 0 0 29

2012 0 0 0 0 0 0 12 11 0 1 0 0 24

Average 0 0 1 3 5 7 7 10 10 1 1 0 45

Source: Thai Binh Meteorological station


64

2.1.3. Hydrological Conditions

2.1.3.1. Hydrological Features of Rivers in the Project Area

Thai Binh has four relatively large rivers, namely Hoa river, Luoc river, Tra Ly river

and a downstream part of the Red River.

Hoa River is located in the north and northeast of the province with a length of about

35km

Luoc River (distributary of the Red River) is located in the north and northwest with a

length of about 53km

Tra Ly River (level-1 distributary of the Red River) flows through a half of the

province from west to east with a length of about 65 km.

The Red River downstream is located in the western and southern direction with a

length of about 67 km

These rivers create four large estuaries: Diem Dien, Ba Lat, Tra Ly and Lan. Being

near the East Sea, they are influenced by the tidal regime. In summer, water level

quickly raises with large flow and high silt content; in winter, flow decreased

significantly with little sediment as well as salt water affect inland from 15 ÷ 20km.

Although regional topography of NH39-1 is quite flat, it is not affected by the water

regime in the river because it was protected by dikes.

Flow regime in the river is divided into two distinct seasons, namely flood and dry

seasons. Flood season lasts from June to October, the dry season lasts from November

to May of the following year. Flow in July, August and September accounts for about

60-70% of the annual flow.

In addition, there are also many small rivers and irrigation canals forming flow

networks crisscrossed the province. Most of the irrigation canals have control gates;

when flood flowing into the river raises high, culvert gate is closed so that river water

cannot flow into the fields.

2.1.3.2. Hydrological Features along the Route

The project area mainly includes low-lying fields covered by dykes, so in the rainy

season with strong flood, river water is often higher than field water.

The fields’ ditch system takes the river water through culverts with stop-log gates, so

the water in the rainy season is mainly drained by driving power, and self-drained a

part to the river through culverts under the dykes in case of low river water.

Statistics of results used for bridge design of the project is presented in table 2.8.


65

Table 2.8. Statistics of Results Used for Bridge Design

No. Bridge Section H1%,

(m)

H2%,

(m)

H4%,

(m)

H

clearance,

(m)

Qmax,

m3/s

1 Nại bridge Km52+700 2.00 1.90 1.82 0.41 36

2 Dong Tu Km55+320 1.94 1.84 1.76 0.41 49

3 Nại Briage Km52+700 2.00 1.90 1.82 0.41 36

4 Dong Tu

Bridge Km55+320 1.94 1.84 1.76 0.41 49

5 Gọ Brodge Km88+100

2.1.3.3. Flooding and Floods in the Project Area

The project area is influenced by two major rivers: Diem Hoa and Tra Ly, along which

there is a flooded dike system. The dike system of rivers has created two different

hydrological regimes, which are interior field hydrology and river hydrology. In the

flood season, the floods is big, prolonged, in case of coinciding with heavy rains in the

plains, will cause major flooding in the interior fields because the pumping station

does not work (or is not allowed to operate). However, if the river floods do not occur

simultaneously with rain in the fields, rice paddies will be drought, dikes are flooded

and vice versa.

According to the survey results of flooding in the area carried out in the establishment

of project, interior field flooding is usually caused by heavy rain associated with the

river water levels, which cause slow drainage. The big floods occurred in 1971, 1978,

1985 and 1996. In which, the largest flood was in 1971 with the water level of 6.99 m.

In the remaining years, the water level ranges from 5.5 ÷ 6.0m

2.1.4. Natural Resources

2.1.4.1. Water Resources

The project is not located within national parks or nature reserves. The nearest nature

reserve is Xuan Thuy National Park, about projects (Figure 2.4).


66

Figure 2.3. Xuan Thuy National Park

Flora

In the project area, there is common flora such as:

The agricultural ecosystem accounts for the leading role. The short-term crops such as

rice, vegetables, beans, etc. are main food and foodstuff for people, cattle and poultry.

Alternating agricultural ecosystems in the project area are other species of shrubs,

vegetation’s along the coast and rivers/canals as bill goat-weed, pandanus, etc.; several

trees grown for wood as raw materials for light industry, traditional crafts such as

rattan, bamboo, eucalyptus, etc.; shade trees such as panama berry, Indian almond, and

flamboyant; some fruit trees planted in the garden and around the houses in the

residential areas such as orange, banana, jackfruit, mango, longan, etc.

Importance: the general flora is not diversified, no endemic, mainly banana species

characteristics, longan, etc.

Fauna

In the project area, there are common fauna such as:

QL39-

1

VQG Xuân

Thủ y

45K

m


67

Mammals: including common species living in the rice fields and in residential areas

such as bats, field mice, etc. Some household pets such as dogs, cats, pigs, and

chickens, etc.

Birds: birds who can observe are kingfishers, cuckoo birds, whiskered bulbul, magpie-

robin, munia, etc.

Reptiles, amphibians: the common species of this habitat are lizards, snakes,

amphibians, frogs etc. living in the fields or along the canals. Some species live in the

garden and around the residential areas such as geckos, toads, bull-frogs, etc.

2.1.4.2. Wetland ecosystems

Wetland ecosystems occupy significantly in the project area, including rivers, canals,

ponds and wetlands area. Except the flow of rivers and canals, the ponds are the

natural and artificial water area. Aquatic fauna system has the different behavior such

as eating well, eating at the bottom and living in the middle layer. The threat of this

ecosystem is the migration of invasive alien aquatic species, pollution, eutrophication

and sensitive to a number of environmental changes.... These fragile ecosystems,

vulnerability, tolerance limits, dependent on natural processes, particularly sensitive to

human activities.

2.1.5. Quality and Components of the Physical Environment

The elements regarding natural resources, environmental quality and socio-economic

factors in the project have been also surveyed, measured and analyzed. The

environmental survey chart of project is presented in figure 2.6.

2.1.5.1. Selection of Location, Parameter and Frequency for Measurement,

Sampling

The locations for environmental quality survey in the project area were selected on the

basis of:

Selected locations represent the current environmental state of the area;

Characteristics of emission sources;

Sensitive characteristics of the receiving objects.

The measurement locations are presented in Table 2.7, in which:

Ambient air quality was measured at 03 locations. Measured parameters: Dust (TSP

and PM10) emissions (SO2, NO2, CO) and the micro-climate factors (temperature,

humidity, wind speed, wind direction and pressure). Frequency of measurement:

continuous for 16 hours, from 6 ÷ 22h, measuring every one hour.


68

The noise level was measured at 04 locations, coinciding with the locations for

ambient air quality measurement. Measured parameters: Leq, L10, L90. Frequency of

measurement: 16 hours for each location, from 6 ÷ 22h, measuring 3 times every one

hour.

Vibration level was measured in 04 locations, coinciding with the locations for noise

level measurement. Measured parameters: Acceleration, velocity and frequency.

Frequency of measurement: continuous for 16 hours (from 6 ÷ 22h), 1 hour 1 times,

measuring 3 times every one hour and from 22pm to 6am of the next morning, and

measuring 3 times every two hour.

Quality of surface water was measured, sampled at 4 rivers (1 section, 1 hydro unit, 1

water stratum, once a day. Measured and analyzed parameters: temperature, pH,

turbidity, DO, TSS, oil, Coliform, E. coli (8 parameters).

Sediments were sampled in the same locations for sampling the surface water.

Analyzed parameters: heavy metals (Cu, Pb, Zn, Cd, As). Frequency of sampling: At

each location, samples were taken once.

Ground water quality was measured, sampled at 04 locations being well water in

residential areas. Measured and analyzed parameters: temperature, pH, turbidity, DO,

hardness (CaCO3), TS, Fe, As, Coliform and E. coli (10 parameters). Frequency of

sampling: At each location, samples were taken once.

Quality of the soil sampled at 4 locations being agricultural land along the route.

Analyzed parameters: heavy metals (Cu, Pb, Zn, Cd, As). Frequency of sampling: At

each location, samples were taken once.

Table 2.9 presents the locations for measuring and surveying the environmental quality

and current state at the time of measurement.

Table 2.9. Location of Environmental Quality Survey

Location Symbol Coordinate Weather Period Traffic and socio-

economic features

I. Air, noise, vibration

Trieu Duong

Bridge end

(Km44+000)

KK1

O1; R1

20°38'52"N;

106°07'50"E Sunny

Jan

2013

Paved NH39, 7-9m

wide. Density of traffic

vehicles is not high,

mainly trucks and

motorcars. At Trieu

Duong Bridge end,

people live on the right

Nai Bridge

(Km48+217)

KK2

O2, R2

20°36'24"N;

106°10'36"E Sunny

Jan

2013

Dong Tu KK3 20°35'52"N; Sunny Jan


69


economic features

Bridge

(Km55+360)

O3, R3 106°12'07"E 2013 route, and spare in Nại

bridge and Dong Tu

bridge, at the Go

location the the

population density is

high. Main economic

activities are farming

and small business.

Go Bridge

(Km88+100)

KK4

O4, R4

20o31’08”N;

106o24’44”E Sunny

Jan

2013

II. Surface water sediment

Le Bridge

(Km50+120)

Nm1;

TT1

20°36'23"N;

106°09'14"E Sunny

Jan

2013

Water from rivers and

canals is used for

irrigation purposes.

There is no waterway

transportation.

Nai Bridge

(Km48+217)

Nm2;

TT2

20°36'24"N;

106°10'39"E Sunny

Jan

2013

Dong Tu

Bridge

(Km55+360)

Nm3;

TT3

20°35'54"N;

106°12'02"E Sunny

Jan

2013

Go Bridge

(Km88+100)

Nm4;

TT4

20o31’08”N;


Jan

2013

III. Ground water

Tran Van

Quyen

Thanh Trieu

hamlet, Tan Le

commune,

Hung Ha

district

Nn1 20°38'46"N;

106°8'22"E Sunny

Jan

2013

Bore well, 20 ÷ 30

meters deep.

Nguyen Quang

Hai

Phuc Xa

hamlet, Lien

Hiep commune,

Hung Ha

district

Nn2 20°58'43"N;

106°8'17"E Sunny

Jan

2013

Hoang Thi

Quyen

La Junction,

Minh Khai

commune,

Nn3 20°36'26"N;

106°10'19"E Sunny

Jan

2013


70


economic features

Hung Ha

district

Dong Phong

commune Nn4

20o30’47”N


Jan

2013

IV. Soil

Tran Van

Quyen

Thanh Trieu

hamlet, Tan Le

commune,

Hung Ha

district

Đ1 20°38'46"N;

106°8'22"E Sunny

Jan

2013

Agricultural land,

growing wet rice for

two crops.

Nguyen Quang

Hai

Phuc Xa

hamlet, Lien

Hiep commune,

Hung Ha

district

Đ2 20°58'43"N;

106°8'17"E Sunny

Jan

2013

Hoang Thi

Quyen

La Junction,

Minh Khai

commune,

Hung Ha

district

Đ3 20°36'26"N;

106°10'19"E Sunny

Jan

2013

Dong Phong

commune Đ4

20º31’01”N

106º24’34”E Sunny

Jan

2013


71

Figure 2.4. Location Chart of Environmental Quality Survey


72

2.1.5.2. Ambient Air Quality

a. Comparison Basis

QCVN 05:2009/BTNMT: National technical regulation on ambient air quality.

b. Assessment

Measurement results are presented in table 2.10 and illustrated in figure 2.5. Detailed

results are presented in Appendix 3 – Results of survey of environmental quality.

Table 2.10. Measurement Results of Air Quality

Symbol Location Measurement

period

Average

value

Concentration (μg/m3)

PM10 TSP CO NO2 SO2

KK1

Trieu Duong

Bridge end

(Km44+000)

Jan 2013

1h 0.568 0.676 4.071 0.128 0.161

24h 0.477 0.570 2.945 0.089 0.125

KK2 Nai Bridge

(Km48+217) 1/2013

1h 0.570 0.683 4.150 0.131 0.164

24h 0.487 0.581 2.997 0.091 0.128

KK3 Dong Tu Bridge

(Km55+360) 1/2013

1h 0.597 0.741 4.385 0.135 0.176

24h 0.513 0.617 3.195 0.095 0.136

KK4 Go Bridge

(Km88+100) 1/2013

1h 0.121 0.231 4.211 0.132 0.170

24h 0.104 0.195 3.075 0.093 0.132

QCVN 05:2009/BTNMT 1h - 300 - 300 30.000

24h 150 200 150 200 -

In comparison with QCVN 05:2009/BTNMT, it can be seen that:

Total suspended particles (TSP) and PM10 dust: Average dust concentration per 24h

measured at locations is 2.4 ÷ 3 times higher than the permissible limits.

The concentration of emissions (CO, SO2, NO2) is less lower than the permissible

limits.

c. Cause of pollution

Dust pollution in the measured locations at the measurement time is caused by bad

roads with soil and sand spilled on the roads. Besides, this is the main bus route from

Hung Yen to Thai Binh and vice versa, dust swept up by the tires on the road.


73

Figure 2.5. PM10 Dust and TSP in Project location

2.1.5.3. Noise Level

a. Comparison basis

QCVN 26:2010/BTNMT: National technical regulation on noise.

b. Assessment


results are presented in Appendix 3 - Results of survey of environmental quality.

Table 2.11. Measurement Results of Noise Level

Symbol Location Average

value

Noise level (dBA)

Leq L10 L90

O1 Trieu Duong Bridge

end (Km44+000) 6h ÷ 21h 61.4 72.7 59.3

O2 Nai Bridge

(Km48+217) 6h ÷ 21h 61.9 73.3 59.7

O3 Dong Tu Bridge

(Km55+360) 6h ÷ 21h 60.6 71.6 58.2

Impact screening: Dust and gas emissions will increase during construction along

the route effect on the areas with high of population density.

The road goes into operation will become one source of pollution emissions to the

ambient air environment.


74


value

Noise level (dBA)

Leq L10 L90

O4 Go Bridge

(Km88+100) 6h ÷ 21h 54.7 63.4 45.3

QCVN26:2010/BTNMT 6h ÷ 21h 70 - -

21h ÷ 6h 55 - -

In comparison with QCVN26: 2010/BTNMT, noise level in all measured locations is

lower than the permissible limits. Thus, noise pollution will not happen in the project

area.

Figure 2.6. Actual Noise Level in the Project Area

2.1.5.4. Vibration Level

a. Comparison basis

TCVN 7210:2002 - Vibration and Shock. Vibration emitted by roads traffic.

Maximum limits in the environment of public and residential areas.

b. Assessment


results are presented in Appendix 3 – Results of survey of environmental quality.

Impact screening: Noise will increase in both the construction process and

operation; affect highly populated areas, especially works like temples, schools,

health centers etc.


75

Table 2.12. Measurement Results of Vibration level (dB)


value

Q5e

Laeq Lveq Frequency

R1 Trieu Duong Bridge end

(Km44+000) 6h ÷ 22h

48.5 34.5 1-90Hz

R2 Nai Bridge (Km48+217) 6h ÷ 22h 49.0 33.1 1-90Hz

R3 Dong Tu Bridge (Km55+362) 6h ÷ 22h 48.4 32.6 1-90Hz

R4 Go Bridge (Km88+100) 6h ÷ 22h 50.8 34.4 1-90Hz

TCVN7210:2002 6h ÷ 22h 70 - -

In comparison with TCVN 7210:2002, the vibration level in the project area is lower

than the permissible limits.

Figure 2.7. Actual Vibration Level in the Project Area

2.1.5.5. Surface Water Quality

a. Comparison basis

QCVN 08:2008/BTNMT - National technical regulation on surface water quality.

b. Assessment

Measurement and analysis results of surface water quality in the project area are

presented in table 2.13; and attached in Appendix 3 – Results of survey of

environmental quality.


76

Table 2.13. Measurement and Analysis Results of Surface Water Quality

Location

Parameters

toC pH Turbidity DO TSS Oil

E.

Coli

Total

Coliform

0C - NTU mg/l mg/l mg/l MPN/100ml

Diem

Truong

Bridge

Nm1 31.2 7.2 35 4.62 16 0.12 140 75

Nại bridge Nm2 29.8 7.4 29 4.3 11 0.18 210 39

Dong Tu

Bridge Nm3 30.2 6.8 31 3.89 14 1.14 180 68

QCVN

08:2008/

BTNMT

B1 - 5.5÷9 - ≥4 50 0.1 100 7.500

B2 - 5.5÷9 - ≥2 100 0.3 200 10.000

Note: QCVN08: 2008/BTNMT - National technical regulation on surface water

quality;

Class B1: Using for irrigation purposes or other purposes having similar water

quality requirements or the using purposes as Class B2;

Class B2: Navigation and other purposes with low water quality requirements.

In comparison with QCVN08:2008/BTNMT Class B1, we can see that:

Physio-chemical elements: pH,TSS are within the permissible limits.

Biochemical elements (DO): The concentration of dissolved oxygen (DO) in most of

the samples reached the permissible limits.

Oil: There is incipient oil pollution in the rivers, canals. Oil concentration is 1.2-1.8

times higher than the permissible limits;

Micro-organic elements (E. coli, total coliform): Coliform content at all locations are

less than the permissible limits. Contents of E.Coli are 1.4-2.1 times higher than the

permissible limits for the Class B1 water.

Thus, the surface water quality in the rivers and canals in the project area meets

QCVN 08:2008/BTNMT class B1, except for incipient oil pollution and contaminated

by E. Coli (in the rivers).


77

2.1.5.6. Underground Water Quality

a. Comparison basis

QCVN 09:2008/BTNMT - National technical regulation on underground water

quality.

b. Assessment

Measurement and analysis results of groundwater quality in the project area are

presented in table 2.14; and attached in Appendix 3 – Results of survey of

environmental quality.

Table 2.14. Measurement and Analysis Results of Groundwater Quality

No. Parameter Unit Nn1 Nn2 Nn3 QCVN 09:2008

/BTNMT

1 Temperature oC 31.2 31.4 30.8 -

2 pH - 7.2 7.1 6.8 5.5 ÷ 8.5

3 Turbidity NTU 12 8 10 -

4 DO mg/l 4.23 3.16 2.89 -

5 Hardness mg/l 4.6 4.6 4.8 500

6 TS mg/l 260 200 240 -

7 Fe mg/l 8.12 7.89 9.82 5

8 As mg/l 0.002 <0.001 0.001 0.05

9 E, Coli MPN/

100ml

4 KPHĐ 4 KHP

10 Coliform 21 15 18 3

In comparison with QCVN 09:2008/BTNMT, we can see that:

Physio-chemical elements (pH, TS, hardness: within the permissible limits;

Impact Screening: In the construction stage, surface water at locations near or

crossing roads will be able to be polluted. In the operation stage, the wastewater in

the drainage canal system, may be polluted by oil-waste and will spread into

receiving canal system.


78

Heavy metals: Except Fe with 1.6-2 times higher concentrations than the permissible

limits. Concentrations of heavy metals are lower than the permissible limits;

Micro-organic elements (total coliform and E. coli): Coliform pollution was detected

in all groundwater samples.

c. Causes of pollution

Groundwater taken from the upper aquifer of surface water, rivers, canals. River water

pollution by E. coli is directly caused by groundwater pollution in the project area due

to these elements. Groundwater pollution by Fe is the common state of the Northern

regional groundwater.

2.1.5.7. Sediment Quality

a. Comparison basis

QCVN 43:2012/BTNMT – National technical regulation on sediment quality.

b. Assessment

Analysis results of sediment quality in the project area are presented in table 2.15 and

Appendix 3 – Results of survey of environmental quality.

Table 2.15. Analysis Results of Sediment Quality

No. Location Cu Pb Zn Cd As

mg/100g

1 TT1 3.52 4.35 8.16 0.06 0.72

2 TT2 4.68 4.52 7.32 0.12 0.71

3 TT3 6.74 3.64 7.68 0.09 0.67

4 TT4 3.70 4.64 8.90 0.07 0.77

Sediment Quality

Criteria 8.6 17 54 0.3 1.7

Impact screening: The construction of abutments, piers with bored pile technology

will be able to affect groundwater quality near the construction site by contaminants

spills over walls of drilling pipes


79

In comparison with sediment criteria of QCVN 43:2012/BTNMT – National technical

regulation on sediment quality, concentrations of heavy metals are all lower than the

permissible limits.

2.1.5.8. Soil Quality

a. Comparison basis

QCVN 03:2008/BTNMT – National technical regulations on the permissible limits of

heavy metals in soil.

b. Assessment

Analysis results of quality of agricultural land are presented in table 2.16, detailed in

Appendix 3 – Results of survey of environmental quality.

Table 2.16. Analysis Results of Solid Quality

No. Criteria Unit Đ1 Đ2 Đ3 QCVN 03:2008

/BTNMT

1 Cu mg/100g <0.05 0.08 <0.05 5

2 Pb mg/100g 0.11 0.06 0.09 7

3 Zn mg/100g 0.21 0.15 0.18 20

4 Cd mg/100g <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.2

5 As mg/100g <0.05 0.10 0.08 1.2

In comparison with QCVN 03:2008/BTNMT, we can see that concentrations of heavy

metals are all within the permissible limits.

2.2. Socio-economic Conditions

We have conducted surveys of socio-economic features in the project area of 9

communes/ towns of Hung Ha district, Thai Binh province, including: Tan Le town,

Hung Nhan town, Tien Duc commune, Lien Hiep commune, Thai Phuong commune,

Phuc Khanh commune, Hung Ha town, Minh Khai commune, Hong Linh commune in

September 2012. Statistics of socio-economic features are presented in table 2.17.

Socio-economic investigation sheets are copied and enclosed in the Appendix.

Impact screening: During construction of the road will generate dust, exhaust gas,

waste water site (if are not closely managed) cause poverty soil, reducing crop

productivity along the route area.


80

Table 2.17. Statistics of Socio-economic Features in Communes/ Towns within the Project Area

No. Items Unit

Tan

Le

town

Hung

Nhan

town

Tien Duc

commune

Lien

Hiep

commune

Thai

Phuong

commune

Phuc

Khanh

commune

Hung

Ha

town

Minh

Khai

commune

Hong

Linh

commune

1

Population of

households

- Household household 3,500 1,360 3,350 2,774 1,865 1,775

- Population person 13,508 5,370 10,400 9,800 6,116 7,100

-

Average

person/

household per./household

4 4 3 4 3 4

- Male % 49 50.8 49.5 51.5 50 49

- Female % 51 49.2 50.5 48.5 50 51

-

Natural

population

growth rate %

1.40 1.20 1.50 1.40 0.70 1.10

2 Ethnic group

- Kinh household 3,500 1,360 3,350 2,774 1,865 1,775

- Muong household

- Khmer household

3 Income

Occupation


81

No. Items Unit

Tan

Le

town

Hung

Nhan

town

Tien Duc

commune

Lien

Hiep

commune

Thai

Phuong

commune

Phuc

Khanh

commune

Hung

Ha

town

Minh

Khai

commune

Hong

Linh

commune

- Agriculture household 3325 1088 2000 2220 1585 1420

- Forestry household

-

Commercials

& services household 105 136 335 360 280 266

-

Traditional

crafts household 70 55

- Official household 68 165 55 53

Other household 68 795 139 36

Income

-

Average

income

mil. VND/

per./ month 1,2 5 1,1 1,7 0,8 1,2

-

Poor

household

percent %

7.9 0.8 10 5.7 5.9 5

4 Land use 810.5

- Total area ha 810.5 368 667.78 535 547.9 570

-

Agricultural

land ha 410.5 263 432 385 372 410

- Forestry land ha

- Housing land ha 105 40.8 59 83.2 35.3 53.2


82

No. Items Unit

Tan

Le

town

Hung

Nhan

town

Tien Duc

commune

Lien

Hiep

commune

Thai

Phuong

commune

Phuc

Khanh

commune

Hung

Ha

town

Minh

Khai

commune

Hong

Linh

commune

-

Special used

land ha

- Unused land ha 105

- Surface land ha 190 50 29.6 106.8

Other ha 64.2 126.78 66.8 111

5 Culture

-

Temple/

pagoda works 18 11 10 9 7

- Church works 5 2

- Other works 2

-

Ranked

historical

relic works

2 1 6

6

Living

activities

-

Use of

electricity % 100 100 100 100 100 100

-

Use of tap

water %

- Use of well % 100 100 100 100 100 100


83

No. Items Unit

Tan

Le

town

Hung

Nhan

town

Tien Duc

commune

Lien

Hiep

commune

Thai

Phuong

commune

Phuc

Khanh

commune

Hung

Ha

town

Minh

Khai

commune

Hong

Linh

commune

water

7 Infrastructure works

- School works 5 3 4 10 5 4

-

Medical aid

station works 1 1 1 1 1 1

- Market works 2 1 2 1 1

Source: Socio-economic data investigated by Transport Engineering Design Joint Stock Incorporated (TEDI) in January 2013.


84

2.2.1. Economic Conditions

2.2.1.1. Economic Conditions of the Localities in the Project Area

Localities within the project area mainly do farming, accounting for 80% of which,

rice cultivation activities is essential. In addition to rice, local people also grow many

other agricultural trees as corn, sweet potatoes, cassava, soybean, etc.; vegetables,

fruits as sapodilla, grapefruit, longan, litchi, mango, etc. People raise pigs, chickens,

buffaloes, cows and poultry such as chickens, ducks, etc. In addition to agricultural

activities, local people also deal in commercials & services of 10% (people take

advantage of their house near the road for business, concentrated in Tan Le town,

Hung Nhan town, Hung Ha town), traditional crafts of 5%, the rest are other industries

such as construction, common occupation, etc. accounted for 5%. Average income in

the locals is about VND 1,000,000/month/person, higher than that of the Red River

Delta in 2006 (VND 653,000/month/person).

2.2.1.2. Economic Conditions along the Project Route

Many economic activities take place along the project route, mainly agricultural

activities, accounting for 60%; trading, services are diversified, including vehicle

repairing, café, grocery, construction materials, phone repairing, etc. Business

households earn high income from VND 5-7 million per month. Those who doing

agricultural activities, traditional crafts earn less with VND 2-3

million/household/month.

2.2.1.3. Current State of Transportation

The road transportation in the project area include NH39 and inter-commune road

system.

NH39 started at intersections with NH5 in Noi street, Hung Yen (Km23 +157) and

ends at Diem Dien port, Thai Thuy district, Thai Binh. NH39 passes through Hung

Yen and Thai Binh provinces; and connecting NH5, NH38, NH10, Hanoi-Hai Phong

Expressway, etc. NH39 in project area is the main route in the area, connecting with

other roads. The route is asphalted, 7 ÷ 9m wide. Many section of the road is degraded

with rough surface and many potholes. Traffic density is not high, with the main

vehicles of motorcycles (48.5%), bikes (28.5%), passenger cars and trucks account for

lower proportion (16.4%) (table 2.18).

Environmental Impact Assessment Report

85

Table 2.18 Vehicle Flow on NH39-1

Unit: vehicle/ day

Passenger

car Truck Bike Motorbike Total

Flow 497 186 1188 2022 4171

% 11,9 4,5 28,5 48,5 100

Source: Vehicles counted on the project

The inter-commune road system mainly includes concrete/ brick roads, graded soil

roads, asphalt roads, etc.

In general, the local transportation is quite convenient, ensuring smooth travelling of

local people.

Figure 2.9. Transportation network on the Project area

QL10

QL39

-1

QL39

B

ĐT21

6

ĐT21

9


86

2.2.2. Social Conditions

2.2.2.1. Social Conditions of the Localities in the Project area

Social conditions of the communes within the project area include:

Land: Agricultural land accounts for an average rate of 60% (much higher than that of

the whole country with 28.49%), special used land accounts for about 20% (higher

than that of the whole country with 4.33%); housing land accounts for around 6%

(higher than that of the nationwide residential land with 1.85%), unused land accounts

for 14% (lower than that of the whole country with 15.45%).

Population: In the communes of the project, there are 4 persons per household on

average, population density is about 900 people per km2, which is lower than the

average population density of the Thai Binh in 2008 (1.201 person/km2) . Percentage

of female population is 52% on average, higher than that of the whole country

(50.84%); natural population growth rate is 1.2% on average; each commune has about

1.5 percent of households with disabled person, 2.4% of households subject to

policies.

Living standard and ethnicity: Living standard of people in the project’s communes is

pretty average with about 4% of rich, 32% of well-off, 60% of average and 4% of poor

(less than the poverty rate of the Red River Delta region (2006), about 8.8%). Nearly

100% people in the localities are Kinh people (99%), there are a small number of

households belonging to ethnic minorities, such as: Chinese, etc. In spite of indigenous

peoples, but they are sparse and scattered. Although Kinh and Chinese people later

settled, they account for the relatively large number of ethnic groups. Their settlement

is always associated with the construction of belief and religion in accordance with the

specific cultural practices, however, the number of religious works in this area is not

much.

Culture and religion: about 70% of households follow Buddhism; 30% of households

follow Catholic and other religions. In these localities, there are cultural works,

historical relics such as Linh Son Tu Phu Cau (100m from the project), National

cultural historical relic cluster - Temple worshipping General Tran Thu Do, Temple

for worshipping National Mother Tran Thi Dung, etc.

Educational level of people: The majority of people go to secondary schools, the

number of people with college/ university degrees account for about 10%.

Health, living conditions: The health of people is quite good, with a small number get

infectious diseases, tuberculosis, and eye diseases. Living conditions of the local

people is very convenient with 100% of households using electricity, about 100% of


87

households using water from wells and rainwater. Now when it rains, local flooding

happen less thanks to the fact that drainage works pretty well. Waste generated is

about 6m3/day, daily collected by garbage trucks.

Technical infrastructure: Infrastructure system in the communes in the project area,

including kindergartens, elementary schools, secondary schools, high schools

(percentage of schools in the 1,000 people of the communes in the project area is 0.5

higher than the percentage of schools per 1,000 people in the country (0.47)), offices,

factories, medical aid stations; markets, etc. are all located at convenient locations

accessible to people and 0.1-2km away from the project area.

2.2.3.2. Social Conditions along the Project Route

Population and ethnic minorities: Population is crowded, mainly gather at Km44+000

÷ Km44+200, Km44+400 ÷ Km44 +900, Km45+100 Km45+800 (right route),

Km45+800 ÷ Km46+100, Km47+700, Km47+950, Km51+200 ÷ Km52+200,

Km52+400 ÷ Km52+900, Km53+100 ÷ Km53+700, Km54+100, Km55+100,

Km56+150 ÷ Km56+700, Km56+800 ÷ Km57+500, Km57+650, Km57+800,

Km58+080, Km58+300 ÷ Km59+400, Km59+900, Km61+300 ÷ Km61+600. There

are about 4 persons per household on average; 100% are Kinh people. Female

population accounts for 51%; about 1.5% of poor households live near the project

area.

Cultural-historical works: the project area has such historical relics as Linh Son Tu

Phu Cau (100m from the project), National cultural historical relic cluster - Temple

worshipping General Tran Thu Do, Temple for worshipping National Mother Tran Thi

Dung, etc.

Medical/ educational facilities: There are Pham Kinh An kindergarten, Hung Nhan

town primary school, Tran Thu Do secondary school, Hung Ha town medical aid

station along the project route. These works are 100-200m from the project route.

Agencies, enterprises: There are some agencies, enterprises near the project area such

as Hung Ha district Party Committee, Hung Ha town People’s Committee, Hung Ha

bus station, Hung Ha post office, etc. These works are 0.2-1km from the project area.

Living conditions and community services: In general, technical – social infrastructure

for living activities in the project area is stable and safe. People’s Committees, schools,

markets, medical aid stations, etc. are all located at convenient position easily

accessible to people. 100% of households use electricity, well and rainwater. Waste is

self-treated by people in their garden or collected at local garbage gathering places.

b. Sensitive objects along the project


88

The sensitive objects presented in table 2.19 are those who are likely influenced by the

project’s activities.

Table 2.19. Sensitive Objects along the Project

No. Objects/ Section Distance

(m)

Remarks

1 Residential area Km44+000 ÷

Km44+200 10

Gathered on the right route


Km44 +900 10

Crowded


Km46+100 10

Gathered on the right route

4 Residential area Km47+700 10 Sparse

5 Residential area Km47+950 10

Crowded


Km52+200 10


Km52+900 10


Km53+700 10

9 Residential area Km54+100 10 Scattered


Crowded


Km56+800 10




Km59+400 10



Km61+600 10


89

No. Objects/ Section Distance

(m)

Remarks

17 Residential area at Go bridge

abutment

10

18 Pham Kinh An kindergarten 40

19 Hung Nhan town primary school 50

20 Tran Thu Do secondary school 60

21 Hung Ha town medical aid station 80

22 Hung Ha Party Committee 80

23 Hung Ha town People’s Committee 100

24 Hung Ha post office Km58+040 80 Gathered on the right route

25 Historical relic as Linh Son Tu Phu

Cau

100

26 Temple Km46+900 40

27 Temple Km48+900 80

28 Family temple Km56+620 30 Gathered on the right route

Depending on the specific objects, there will be different impacts generated, including

(without limitation) the followings:

Pollution of air, noise and vibration during the construction and operation in areas with

high population density and special areas;

Intersecting local roads, causing difficulty in travelling;

Affecting the cultural and religious works during construction.


90

Figure 2.10. Images of Received Areas

Hung Nhan residential area


91

Schools along the road

Pham Kinh An kids garden Hung Nhan town Primary school

Tran Thu Do secondary

school

Pham Kinh An secondary school

The objects along the road

Hung Ha town PC office Hung Nhan hospital


92

2.3. Summaries of data base in project area

Based on the collected information, the characteristic of socio-economic and natural

conditions and environmental at the specific section are summarized in the table 2.20.

This information will form the basis for the analysis of impacts and alternatives, and

recommendations for the design of technical.

Table 2.20. Summaries of Database in Project Area

Data items Project database

Commune/town/ward: Thien Phien commune, Tan Le town, Hung Nhan town, Tien

Duc commune, Lien Hiep commune, Thai Phuong commune,

Phuc Khanh commune, Hung ha town, Minh Khai commune,

Hong Linh commune, Dong Phong commune, Dong Tan

commune.

The objects along the road

Dong Tu pagoda Hung Ha bus station

Van Nam pagoda Hung Ha medical center


93


District: Tien Lu/ Hung Ha

Province: Thai Binh/ Hung Yen

Location: From 20°39'5,91"N; 106° 7'46,41"E

to 20°33'35,49"N 106°16'16,35"E

Natural condition

Topography The topography along the route is relatively flat with the

gradient is less than 1%, the variability height is from 1 to 2 m

compared with sea level, lower from North-West to South-

East

Climate Northern Plains climate has the cold winters, low rainfall and

humid summers and rainy

Hydrology The project area is influenced by two major rivers: the Diem

Ho and Tra Ly rivers. Along the rivers there are flood control

dike system.

Inner field canal system is very dense, plays a major role for

irrigation

agriculture.

Geology and

Geotechnical

The project route mainly passing through the area agricultural

land,

The common formations in the Project area is high from soft

clay to the organic clay, sand with medium density, linings by

hard clay and then are medium to coarse grained sand.

Resource Current construction material mining will be used for the

proposed project. The quarry, land, and building sand beach

business also located along the river bank in the project area

average of about 25km.

organisms Natural vegetation, crops and aquatic ecosystems agriculture

plays a key role;

The fauna includes species of pets, birds and reptiles, frogs

Protected Area The Nearest is Xuan Thuy National Park, about 45km from

the project route.

Current status of environmental resources


94


Air quality Polluted with dust pollution exceeds of 2.4 - 3 times permitted

limits

Noise, vibration Noise, vibrations are within permitted limits

Surface water quality Having an early stage of oil pollution, exceeding 1.2 ÷ 1.8

times permitted limits

Ground water quality Pollution of iron at a concentration of exceeding 1.6 ÷ 2 times

permitted limits, Coliform contamination in all groundwater

samples.

Sediment quality Content of heavy metals in sediments are less than permitted

limits

Soil quality Content of heavy metals in the soil are less than permitted

limits

Environmental

management system

at local

Local EMS fairly complete, with the participation of the

Department of Natural Resources and Environment, the

District Unit of Natural Resources and Environment. At the

commune level has also formed part of the staff and / or

specialized issues of urban management and environmental

sanitation.

Socio-economic condition

Population-Income Regarding population scale in the project area average of 4

persons per household. The standard of living of the people

are pretty average with the 4% rich households, 32% of

wealthier households, average household 60% and 4% of poor

households

Land used The dependence on rice fields are still large, mostly

agricultural land (60%)

Infrastructure Pretty complete (electricity, water, garbage collection,

transportation ...)

Profession It is mainly agriculture, business services

Culture Along with a number of temples, churches near the line,

scattered along the route.

Public Health Health care system is divided into two main levels: The

infirmary - medical stations at the town level and the


95


Provincial General Hospital.


96

CHAPTER III. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

3.1. Identification of Environmental Impact

Impact identification has been made on the basis of the assessments of the current state

of the natural environment, socioeconomic conditions in Project area and the opinions

of locals.

The environmental impacts are classified into 3 categories namely strong, medium and

small:

A strong impact could destroy an element of the environment or could make the

environment strongly deformed. Such an impact could affect all components of the

project if the adequate mitigation measures are not likely to be accepted;

A medium impact will partly reduce the value or benefit of an environmental factor

and it will be felt by a part of the community;

A small impact may be a small change in the value or benefit of an environmental

factor and it will be felt by a limited group of individuals.

For each phase (pre-construction, construction and operation), there will be an identity

matrix of impact. In each phase, types of activity create the impacts that will be

determined by each environmental factor. The level of strong, medium and small

impact will be marked respectively with 3, 2 and 1. Positive effects are also mentioned

and the level of impact will also mark with corresponding points but in parentheses.

The identity matrix of environmental impacts in three phases (pre-construction,

construction and operation) of the project is presented in Table 3.1.


97

Table 3.1. Identification Matrix of Project’s Environmental Impacts

Activity of project

Affected subjects

Natural environment Natural

environment Natural environment

Air

envir

onm

ent

qual

ity

Sound e

nvir

onm

ent

Surf

ace

wat

er

Sed

imen

t

Gro

undw

ater

Agri

cult

ura

l la

nd

Res

iden

tial

lan

d

Spec

iali

zed l

and

Ero

sion -

sed

imen

tati

on

Ter

rest

rial

eco

syst

em

Subm

erged

eco

syst

em

Eco

nom

y

Agri

cult

ure

Aquac

ult

ure

Busi

nes

s

Irri

gat

ion

Tra

ffic

Tra

ffic

saf

ety

Publi

c uti

liti

es

Res

iden

tial

Publi

c hea

lth

Inco

me

Qual

ity o

f li

fe

His

tori

cal

monum

ent

Soci

al c

ondit

ion

PRE-CONSTRUCTION STAGE

Clearance -2 -2 -3 -2

Houses demolition -1 -1 -1 -1

Graders for construction

sites preparation and road

service

-1 -1 -1 -1

CONSTRUCTION STAGE

I. Construction of bridge

1.Lower part -1 -2 -2 -2 -3 -2 -1 -2 -2 -1

2.Upper part -1 -2 -2 -2 -2 -1 -2 -1

3. Finishing and clearance -2 -2

II. Construction of NH39-


98

Activity of project

Affected subjects



Air

envir

onm

ent

qual

ity

Sound e

nvir

onm

ent

Surf

ace

wat

er

Sed

imen

t

Gro

undw

ater

Agri

cult

ura

l la

nd

Res

iden

tial

lan

d

Spec

iali

zed l

and

Ero

sion -

sed

imen

tati

on

Ter

rest

rial

eco

syst

em

Subm

erged

eco

syst

em

Eco

nom

y

Agri

cult

ure

Aquac

ult

ure

Busi

nes

s

Irri

gat

ion

Tra

ffic

Tra

ffic

saf

ety

Publi

c uti

liti

es

Res

iden

tial

Publi

c hea

lth

Inco

me

Qual

ity o

f li

fe

His

tori

cal

monum

ent

Soci

al c

ondit

ion

1, Hung Nhan bypass

1. Project section -3 -2 -2 -2 -2 -2 -2 -2 -2 -2 -1 -2 -2 -2 -1

2. Bypass section -2 -2 -2 -1 -2 -2 -2 -2 -2 -2 -2 -3 -1

II. Related activities

1. Storage of material and

waste -3 -2 ? -2 ? ? -2

2. Mixing plant operation -2 -2 -2 -2 -2 -2 -2

3. Construction activities -2 -2 -2 -2 -2 -2

4.Transportation and mining

exploitation activities -2 -3 -2 -2 -2

5.Vehicle maintenance

activities -3 -2 -3 -3 -2

6. Workers gathering -2 -2 -2 -2 -2 -2 -2

OPERATION STAGE


99

Activity of project

Affected subjects



Air

envir

onm

ent

qual

ity

Sound e

nvir

onm

ent

Surf

ace

wat

er

Sed

imen

t

Gro

undw

ater

Agri

cult

ura

l la

nd

Res

iden

tial

lan

d

Spec

iali

zed l

and

Ero

sion -

sed

imen

tati

on

Ter

rest

rial

eco

syst

em

Subm

erged

eco

syst

em

Eco

nom

y

Agri

cult

ure

Aquac

ult

ure

Busi

nes

s

Irri

gat

ion

Tra

ffic

Tra

ffic

saf

ety

Publi

c uti

liti

es

Res

iden

tial

Publi

c hea

lth

Inco

me

Qual

ity o

f li

fe

His

tori

cal

monum

ent

Soci

al c

ondit

ion

Operation of vehicles -1

New bypass and the new

upgrading and expansion

road appeared

+1 +3 -1 -1 +3 -2 +2 -1

Rain water run off -1 -1 -1

Level of impact: strong impact (3); medium impact (2); small impact (1). Negative impact (-); positive impact (+)


100

Based on the above of matrix of environmental impacts, the basically impacts are

identified and will be considered in Table 3.2.

Table 3.2. Classification of Environmental Impacts

Impact Time Scope Importance level

Pre-construction stage

Clearance, resettlement Permanence Regional High

Land acquisition Permanence Regional High

Trees relocation Short-term localized Small

Utilities relocation Short-term localized Medium

Deterioration of ambient air quality Short-term localized Medium

Public health Short-term localized Medium

Landscape Short-term localized Small

Construction stage

Deterioration of ambient air quality Temporary localized Medium

Phát sinh ồn, rung Temporary Regional Medium

Public health Temporary Regional High

Impact on quality of surface water and

sidement Temporary localized Medium

Impact on groundwater quality Temporary localized Medium

Impact on soil quality Permanence localized Medium

Impact on eco-system Temporary localized Medium

Impact on traffic Temporary Regional High

Socio-economic Temporary localized Medium

Impact on eco-tourisms Temporary localized Medium

Impac on house and structure Temporary localized Medium

Wasstes generation Temporary Regional Medium

Damages of public facilities Temporary Regional Medium

Operation stage

Productvie land division Permanence Regional Medium

Dust and noise impacts on residential area Permanence localized Small

Rain water run off Temporary Regional Medium


101

3.2. Impact Assessment in the Pre-construction Phase of the Project

3.2.1. Comparison between Alternatives with and without Project

Implementation (zero-option)

The core issue of Socio-Economic, traveling needs and traffic safety, and environmental

and resettlement issues have been analyzed of comparable performance, and in case the

project is not implemented (zero-option). The comparison results are presented in Table

3.3.

Table 3.3. Analysis of Alternatives with and without Project

Implementation

Key issues With project implementation Without project implementation

Socio-economic The limit on the transport speed,

time for shipping of goods

(agricultural products) increased

the transport cost, not encouraging

socio-economic development of

each location and the whole area.

The Project completion will create

favorable conditions for cargo operations,

circulation (both homeless and time). It

stimulates the activity of the regional

Economic development, thereby improving

people's living standards.

Traveling needs

and traffic safety

In the absence of project

implementation, vehicle traffic

flow through the area continues to

increase over time, the traffic was

going to be difficult due to the

cross section can not meet the

traffic demand on the route . Also

not safe for vehicles to operate.

After rehabilitation, the project will

facilitate travel for work, living and

working in the region; improve transport

capacity and connectivity between localities

in the region; improve traffic safety.

Environment Because the road surface is rough,

narrow and dirty, slow movement

of vehicles will increase the

problem of dust pollution, noise

and the risk of traffic accidents.

During the construction process,

environmental issues will appear such as

dust, noise ... This condition will cease

upon completion of construction.

After the rehabilitation is complete, cars

on the road will run smoothly, reducing

congestion means reducing emissions

thereby mitigating the environmental

problems related to dust and noise from

the absence of real project

The issue of land

acquisition and

resettlement

There is no social problems

caused by land acquisition and

resettlement

Land occupation will result in involuntary

resettlement and other socio-economic

issues.

Comments: If the project is implemented, it will bring many benefits for socio-


102

economic future. During project implementation, a number of issues of environmental

and social will arise. However, it is possible to prevent or limit these issues through

programs (i) environmental impact assessment (EIA), Environmental Management

Plan (EMP), and (ii) Action Plan resettlement (RAP). The proposed project feasibility

and implementation of investment project implementation is essential.

Sources of impacts related to waste and not related to the waste arising from activities

in the pre-construction phase are shown in Table 3.4.

Table 3.4. Types of Waste Generated in the Pre-construction Phase

No Activity Waste / Impact factor Time Space

Sources of impacts related to waste

1 Demolition, clearance Dust, waste (brick, mortar, wood,

leaves, iron), garbage. 1 week Along the project

2 Site pre-construction Dust, waste (packaging, paper bark,

wood chips) 1 month 06 sites

Sources of impacts not related to waste

1 Land occupied Occupation of residential land,

agricultural land and ditches.

Permanent or

temporary (24

months).

Along the project

2 Demolition of existing

construction Noise 1 week Along the project

3 Leveling of site

surface Noise 1 month 06 sites

3.2.2. Impacts due to Land Acquisition

3.2.2.1. Impact factor

According to the Inventory of Loss (IOL) that was conducted by resettlement team in

the first quarter 2013, there are 582 households (HHs) and public works would be

affected by Subproject; of which:

There are 362 household are affected on residential land with a total area of

13,447m2.

There are 8 households would be affected on garden land with a total area of 577m2.

There are 229 households would be affected on productive land with a total area of

20,258m2.

There are 86 households would be affected with more than 10 % of the productive

land.

There is 7 households would be fully affected on house and with total area of

322m2.


103

The project would be affected on pond land with a total area of 538m2

The project will improve 4,212m of irrigation canal.

3.2.2.2 Assessment

a. Impact on population due to emigration and resettlement

Socio-economic characteristics of emigrated households were presented in chapter II.

In general, the living condition of emigrated households is relatively stable. When they

are emigrated and have to resettle, they will face the involuntary resettlement issues

and the loss, including:

Homeless and community relationship: Because of perennial settlement in the

locality so when they are emigrated, they will lose their inherent community and

ethnic relationship;

Loss of livelihood: Current households living along the NH39-1 have good and

stable income by taking advantage of the pavement for business. As of emigration,

many of them will be faced with the change of habit and practice, they might have

to rent business premises so that the business situation of these households will be

more difficult and with higher risk and after a period of time they could not afford

to continue their business.

Loss of community resources: the emigrants are living in peace and the conditions

are very well as road, electricity, water. Access to public facilities such as market,

school, health center, People Committee... is quite convenient. As emigrated, these

resources could be lost;

Disturbance of daily activities: The new immigrants will have to adapt and get used

to the new environment, for students they might have to go further or to change

school.

Survey results also showed that emigrated households were supposed to have adequate

compensation. Due to characteristic of the rural population, each family owns a large

area of land, they can easy resettlement at same place by appropriate compensation cash.

In addition, the number of households are affected the whole house is not large (7

households) and reserve land fund at local is large enough to meet the demand for

household relocation.

Relocation and resettlement is still a need to have a negative impact mitigation measures

accordingly.


104

Figure 3.1. Area Acquire the Residential Land

Impact level: High

b. Reducing of Agricultural Land and Pond

There are 229 households would be affected on productive land with a total area of

20,258 m2. In which, there are 143 households would be affected less than 10% of

area(62.5%), 53 households would be affected from 10 to 30% of area (23.4%), 24

households would be affected from 30 to 70% of area (10.5%), 9 households would

be affected more than 70% of area. There are 8 households would be affected on

garden land with total area is 577 m2.

There are 4 households would be affected on pond with total area is 538 m2 in

Hung Nhan town, Phuc Khanh commune, and Minh Khai commune.

By rapid assessment method, the level of damage caused by permanent occupation of

agricultural land and pond has been identified (Table 3.5 and 3.6). Accordingly the

level of damage is calculated by the product of the following factors: occupied land

area, the productivity of rice (or pond), the occupied time and the announced unit price

of rice (fish pond).

Hung nhan bypass


105

Table 3.5. Estimated Damage Caused by Occupation of Agricultural Land

Area (ha) Loss of production (ton/year) Loss of economy (million dong/year)

Everlasting acquisition 20.26ha 425.46 3,190

Temporary acquisition 0.73ha 5.11 40.88

Note:

Productivity of paddy equivalent of Thai Binh province is 7 tons/ha/season (www.chinhphu.vn);

Rice price in Thai Binh province is from 7500 ÷ 8.000 dong/kg (www.luagao.com,

www.sonnptnt.thaibinh.gov.vn).

Table 3.6. Damage Caused by Permanent Occupation of Pond

Area (m2) Loss of production (ton of fish/year) Loss of economy (million dong/year)

192 0.13 2.86

Note:

Fish productivity of Thai Binh province is 6.8 tons/ha/season.

Average price of fish in the project area is 22,000 dong/kg.

Source: www.thaibinh.gov.vn

Thus, the level of damage of agricultural land occupation is 3.190 million dong/year,

of fish pond occupation is 160.6 million dong/year. So the occupied households would

lose a part of income and also change the structure of industry of localities.

For agricultural households, permanent loss of productive land means loss of

livelihood, not only in the short-term but also in the long-term over generations

because that land is non-replicate productive asset.

It can be seen that the damage caused by reduced income from occupied rice land

area is negligible compared to the socio-economic benefits that the project brings.

If the compensation policy is satisfactory and in accordance with people's wishes

and sympathy, the impacts of agricultural land occupation of the project will be

minimized to the lowest level.

Impact level: High

c. Reducing of green space, impact on local environmental

The project is expected to occupy about 596 fruit (longan, doi, mango, na, banana...)

and all kinds of other trees (teak tree, eagle, sesame buds, peach...).

These plants have economic value than ecological value. Although the area was cleared of

trees are distributed along the alignment and not focusing on specific areas, but the total

area of the greening of the area will be reduced, affecting the environment and landscape.

http://www.chinhphu.vn/

http://www.sonnptnt.thaibinh.gov.vn/


106

Impact level: Small

d. Impact on Irrigation System

The project will relocate 4,212m of irrigation ditch. Irrigation ditches with a width of 1

÷ 4m are for the purpose of water supply for agricultural activities in the project area

and the surrounding area.

Ditch relocation activities will potentially interrupt the irrigation water supply, thus

affecting agricultural activities. However, according to the regulations, the traffic

construction projects are not allowed to interrupt the irrigation water supply.

Therefore, for this project, designing of ditch improving was an investment content.

Accordingly:

Ditch improving activity will be conducted in the period of low rainfall and

completed before the rainy period to minimize the influence of sowing season;

Temporary ditch will be done before the construction of cofferdam that prevent

the flow at the construction site;

Construction of irrigation works in the old flow position. After the completion of

works at the old flow position, the water flow was transferred back to the original

position. Temporary ditches are filled up and the surface is revert as the initial status.

Above contents are the investments content of the project and included in the contract

of construction contractors. This entire operation takes place within the clearance area

of the project. The cost for this activity is under the funding of the project and was

raised in total investment cost. Thus, the supply of irrigation water is almost

uninterrupted by ditch improving operation. Damage caused by interrupting irrigation

water for agriculture has been eliminated.

Impact level: Medium

Figure 3.2. Canal Relocated section along the road


107

3.2.3. Impact due to Demolition and Ground Leveling

3.2.3.1. Impact on Air Environment

a. Waste / waste-generating activity

In the pre-construction phase, the source of the impact on the quality of the air

environment is dust, arising from:

Demolition operation of 6,640m2 of houses (tabernacle, tile roof and building);

Ground leveling works at space at the Site bridges (Nai bridge, Nai bridge, Dong

Tu bridge) and the site roads (Km48+000; Km54+500).

b. Assessment

b1. Degradation of air environment quality due to dust pollution from house

demolition activities - impact requires mitigation measures

Dust arising from the demolition of the old building including the settles dust and

suspended dust, but it is very difficult to quantify due to dependent on demolition

measure, weather condition... Experience shows that, in the demolition area of civil

engineering, the dust usually worth exceed the permissible limit according QCVN

05:2009/BTNMT from 2 ÷ 3 times but settle quickly and exist in a short time.

Estimated range that dust concentration reaches the permissible limit is from 30 ÷ 40m

far from the demolition area. However, Project’s major demolition is a temporary

house and house with one floor so dust emission from demolition is not big. Dust will

be generated from shoveling demolition materials being transported for disposal. Dust

generation time is about 01 weeks in each area.

b2. Degradation of air environment quality due to dust pollution from ground

leveling activities - impact requires mitigation measures

Dust arising from the ground leveling activities: On sunny and windy days, the amount

of dust generated from leveling activities is significant, often exceed the permissible

limit according to the QCVN 05:2009/BTNMT from 1.5 ÷ 2 times, limited in the

bridge construction sites (Nai bridge, Nai bridge, Dong Tu bridge) and the road

construction site (Km48+000; Km54+500). Range that dust concentration reach the

permissible limit is from 25 ÷ 35m, from outer edge of the site and depending on the

weather. Emitting dust time is around 01 month.


3.2.3.2. Impact on Community Health

a. Impact source / source-generating activity


108

In the pre-construction phase, public health can be affected by dust and noise arising from

demolition and ground leveling activities.

b. Assessment

b1. Impacts on public health due to dust from demolition activities.

The remaining households are not relocated that near the demolition area (Km44+000 -

Km44+200, Km44+400 - Km44 +900, Km45+100 Km45+800 (right side),

Km45+800 - Km46+100, Km47+700, Km47+950, Km51+200 - Km52+200,

Km52+400 - Km52+900, Km53+100 - Km53+700, Km54+100, Km55+100,

Km56+150 - Km56+700, Km56+800 - Km57+500, Km57+650, Km57+800,

Km58+080, Km58+300 - Km59+400, Km59+900, Km61+300 - Km61+600) in scope

of 30 to 40m will be affected by dust from demolition activities exceed the permissible

limit according QCVN 05:2009/BTNMT from 2 ÷ 3 times. Dust pollution can create

respiratory and eye diseases. Impact time is in 01 weeks.


b2. Impacts on public health due to dust from ground leveling activities.

The households near the bridge sites (Nai bridge, Nai bridge, Dong Tu bridge, Go

bridge) and the road construction site (Km48+000; Km54+500). In scope of 25 to 35m

will be affected due to dust from ground leveling activities, exceed the permissible

limit from 1.5 ÷ 2 times. Impact time is in 01 month.


b3. Noise from Demolition Activity

Noise arising mainly from demolition activities of houses.

With two types of equipment used are bulldozers and trucks, level of noise arising

from demolition activities has been predicted from 84.8 ÷ 94dBA according to the

following formula:

L = 10lg n

i

Li.1,010

In which:

L is the total noise level.

Li is the noise level of source i.

n the total number of noise sources.

Source: Pham Ngoc Dang 2003. Air environment. Science and Technology Publishing House,

2003

To predict the decrease of noise level by distance from the demolition operation, use the


109

formula:

L= 10 lg )()( 1

1

2 dBr

r a for noise arising from road construction site.

In which:

L: reduction of noise at a distance r2 from the noise source.

r1: distance of the sound level specified for noise-source (r1 = 8 m).

a: coefficients mention the impact of noise absorption of terrain (a = 0.1 - grass ground).


2003.

Calculated results show that, at the distance of 20m, 40m and 80m the corresponding

noise spread level is (77.8 ÷ 87) dBA; (72.8 ÷ 82) dBA and (67.8 ÷ 77) dBA.

Noise concentrated in the demolition area, exceed the permissible limit according to

QCVN26:2010/BTNMT (70dBA) in the range of 60 ÷ 400m and lasted for 01 week at

each site.

The result predicted by the method of rapid assessment shows that noise level from the

demolition activity exceed the permissible limit according to QCVN 26:2010/BTNMT

in the range of 80m. The affected objects are the remaining residential district which is

not emigrated near the demolition area (Km44+000 ÷ Km44+200, Km44+400 ÷

Km44+900, Km45+100 ÷ Km45+800 (right line), Km45+800 ÷ Km46+100,

Km47+700, Km47+950, Km51+200 ÷ Km52+200, Km52+400 ÷ Km52+900,

Km53+100 ÷ Km53+700, Km54+100, Km55+100, Km56+150 ÷ Km56+700,

Km56+800 ÷ Km57+500, Km57+650, Km57+800, Km58+080, Km58+300 ÷

Km59+400, Km59+900, Km61+300 ÷ Km61+600).


b4. Noise from site ground leveling activity

Using graders and rollers for ground leveling. By similar calculation of noise from

demolition activity, the source of these two machines operation is identified from

about 80.8 ÷ 93.1 dBA; simultaneously determined the level of noise reduction in the

distance 20m, 40m and 80m respectively (73.8 ÷ 86) dBA; (68.8 ÷ 81) dBA and (63.8

÷ 76) dBA. The noise level only reached permissible limit in the range of 300m, if

using the equipment that have a large noise emission. Potential noise is in 01 month of

pre-construction phase, but appears only by equipment operating.

Noise level from site pre-construction activity exceed the permissible limit according

to QCVN 26:2010/BTNMT in the range of 40m. The affected objects are residential

districts at Km47+950.


110


3.2.3.3. Impact on the Environmental Landscape

a. Waste / waste-generating activity

Waste-generating activity in the pre-construction phase is the house demolition and

ground leveling of construction site. Table 3.7 presents the forecasting result of the

amount of generated waste and garbage.

Table 3.7. Generated Waste in the Pre-construction Phase

No Activity Content Quantity Generated area Estimated

time

1

House demolition Waste (concrete,

brick, wood..)

3,320m3 House demolition

position along the

project line

01 week

2 Ground leveling,

equipment installation

Garbage (wood,

paper, iron…)

Difficult

to quantify

05 construction

sites

01 month

b. Assessment

The risk of environmental landscape pollution by solid waste - processing required

The types of generated waste, if they're not collected and processed, could be

dispersed into the surrounding environment causing environmental landscape

pollution and create favorable condition for pest species (rat, cockroache... )

development. However, the types of generated waste in this phase are the types of

non-hazardous waste and required to be processed in accordance with the Decree No.

59/2007/ND-CP dated 09/04/2007 on solid waste management, in which:

The amount of waste produced after the house demolition will be stored within the

clearance of the project to re-use for works which do not require high-quality, such

as temporary road or ground leveling in the civil works near the project area;

Waste required to be processed through contract with local environmental units and

transferred to the local landfill.

Impact level: Small

The impacts in the construction preparation phase are summarized in Table 3.8.

Table 3.8. Summaries of Impacts in pre-construction phase

Impacts Location Time/frequency Impact level

Relocation, resettlement Along the road

Temporary High


111

Impacts Location Time/frequency Impact level

Reducing of agricultural

land and production land Along the road

Permanence

High

Impacts on trees Along the road Permanence Small

Impacts on irrigation Along the road Temporary Medium

Impacts on ambient air Along the road, site 1week - 1 month Medium

Impacts due to noise Along the road, site 1week - 1 month Medium

Public health Along the road 1week - 1 month Medium

Landscape Along the road Temporary Small

3.3. Impact Assessment of Subjects Affected by the Impact Sources Arising

from the Activities of the Project in the Construction Phase

According to the requirements specified in Appendix 2.5, Circular 26/2011/TT-

BTNMT, this section content is the analysis and evaluation of the impacts arising from

the activities of construction phase. In the case of this project, the major activities,

including: (1) road construction (road widening, bypass) and intersections, (2) the

bridge construction activities on the line; and (3) the related activities.

Table 3.9 presents a summary of identified result of impact sources related to waste

and non-related to waste in the construction phase.

Table 3.9. Impact Sources Related to Waste and Non-Related to Waste in

the Construction Phase

A Impact sources related to waste

No Activity Type of waste

I Construction of the main works

1 Execution of upgrading, expanding,

renovating, intersections, drainage

dust, soil, waste solid, oil

2 Bridge on the line dust, soil, waste solid

II Auxiliary activities

1 Storage of material/waste soil Dust

2 Equipment maintenance waste oil and sewage

3 Worker camp Sewage and garbage

4 Construction equipment Dust and exhaust gas

5 Material and soil transportation Dust and exhaust gas

6 Mixing plant operation Dust, solid waste and sewage

B Impact sources non-related to waste

I Construction of the main works Impact factor

Execution of upgrading, expanding,


112

renovating, intersections, drainage

Road-bed excavation and filling Digging and road noise, vibration, sedimentation,

local inundation, loss of traffic safety

Culvert construction Irrigation interruption

Bridge construction

Lower part Noise, vibration, sedimentation, turbidity

Upper part Noise

II Auxiliary activities

Storage of material/waste soil Local inundation

Mixing plant operation Noise

Concentration of workers Competition and conflict

Activities of equipment construction

(horizontal construction )

Noise, loss of traffic safety, ground compression

Activities of material transportation

(vertical construction)

Noise, congestion, loss of traffic safety, damage

to public facilities, ground compression

3.3.1. Impact on Air Environment

3.3.1.1. Waste / Waste-generating Activity

Waste-generating activities potentially affect air environment quality, including:

Earthworks of road-bed and foundation pit rise the dust

Related activities, including:

o Activities of storage construction material and waste: Dust generated from the

dump (does not have a defined position dump);

o Activities of construction equipment (horizontal construction ) giving rise of

dust and toxic gases (NO2, SO2, CO and HC);

o Activities of mixing plant in the construction site giving rise of dust;

o Activities of material transportation (vertical construction) giving rise of dust

and toxic gases (NO2, SO2, CO and HC).

a. Dust generated during earthworks

The amount of dust generated from earthwork activities depends on the the excavated

soil component, moisture and weather condition. Estimated concentration of dust

generated from earthwork activities based on:

The total amount of earthwork (Table 3.10);

The dust emission coefficient of the World Health Organization (Table 3.11);


113

Table 3.10. Total Amount of Earthwork

No Item Quantity (m

3)

Excavated soil Filled soil/sand Total

I Road and intersection

1 Hung Nhan bypass 4,687.50 22,147.74 26,835.24

2 NHL39-1 (expanding section) 111,052.43 34,7767.9 458,820.29

II Bridge

1 Nai bridge 2,941.06 1,499.67 4,440.73

2 Le bridge 8,203.48 1,339.56 9,543.04

3 Nai bridge 332.6 1,363 1,695.6

4 Dong Tu bridge 557.2 1,536 2,193.2

5 Go bridge 1,581.9 3,502.5 5,084.4

Table 3.11. Dust Emission Coefficient of Construction Activity

No Impact source Emission coefficient

1 Dust due to excavation, covering the ground being blown up (sand

dust).

1 100g/m3

2 Dust due to the loading and unloading of construction materials (soil,

rock, sand, etc.).

0.1 1g/m3

3 Spillage of sand, soil transporting arising dust. 0.1 1g/m3

Source: Quick assessment document of WHO

Calculated result presents in Table 3.12

Table 3.12. Amount of Dust from Earthwork Activity

No Item Quantity (kg) Space

(1) Time

(2) Amount (mg/m.s)

Min Max m Month Min Max

I Road and intersection (3)

1 Hung Nhan bypass 3 270 200 2 0.011 0.900

2 NHL39-1 (expanding

section) 6 491 200 2 0.019 1.639

II Bridge

1 Nai bridge 5 453 27.10 6 0.044 3.720

2 Le bridge 11 973 32.10 6 0.079 6.749

3 Nai bridge 2 173 50.2 9 0.006 0.511

4 Dong Tu bridge 3 224 44.2 9 0.009 0.751

5 Go Bridge 6 519 420 8 0.003 0.223

Note: (1) The scope of bridge construction including 10m from the bridge abutment


114

(2) Time of foundation pit excavation is by 2/3 of the total execution time

(3) Time of road construction earthwork is about 2 months/200m

b. Dust and toxic gases arising from the operation of construction machinery and

equipment (horizontal construction )

Horizontal construction activity is understood as the operation of means and equipment

used for construction within the clearance area. Forecast of the total volume and dust

load, toxic gases arising from the consumption of the machinery and equipment

(horizontal construction ) based on:

Diesel consumption for construction activities (Table 3.13);

The emission coefficient of the World Health Organization: 1 truck sized 3.5 - 16

tones while consumption of 1 ton of diesel will emit into the atmosphere about 4.3

kg TSP; 20S kg SO2 (S is the sulfur content in diesel, by QCVN 01:2007/BKHCN

S = 0.05%); 55kg NO2; 28kg CO and 12kg HC;

Scope and execution time of each item (Table 3.14).

Table 3.13. Estimated Consumption of Diesel in Construction (Shunt and

Vertical Construction)

No Item

Estimated diesel consumption (ton of diesel)

Horizontal

construction (1)

Vertical

construction (2)

Total


1 Hung Nhan bypass 103 57 160

2 NHL39-1 (expanding section) 666 561 1227

II Bridge

1 Nai bridge 29 7.6 36.6

2 Le bridge 24 2.7 26.7

3 Nai bridge 25 0.3 25.3

4 Dong Tu bridge 21 0.5 21.5

5 Go bridge 88 17.5 105.5

Note: (1) Horizontal construction: operation of construction machinery and equipment;

(2) Vertical construction: operation of transportation.


115

3.14. Amount of Dust and Toxic Gas of Construction Activity (Horizontal

Construction)

No Item

Fuel

demand Space Time

(*) Amount (mg/ms)

(ton diesel) (m) (month) TSP SO2 NO2 CO HC


1 Hung Nhan bypass 103 2030 24 0.012 <0.001 0.155 0.079 0.034


section) 666 20180 24 0.008 <0.001 0.107 0.054 0.023

II Bridge

1 Nai bridge 29 27.10 6 1.024 0.002 1.452 6.669 2.858

2 Le bridge 24 32.10 6 0.716 0.002 2.216 4.660 1.997

3 Nai bridge 25 50.2 9 0.318 0.001 1.415 2.069 0.887

4 Dong Tu bridge 21 44.2 9 0.303 0.001 1.568 1.974 0.846

5 Go bridge 88 440 12 0.109 0.051 0.389 0.707 0.303

(*)Dust arising from the horizontal construction operation takes place mainly during the

earthwork period

c. The total amount of dust and toxic gas from the earthwork and horizontal

construction activity

Because of the items will be constructed at the same time in the same range space,

the total amount of dust and toxic gas generated within each construction item of

the project will be the sum of the amount of dust and toxic gas arising calculated

separately for each activity (Table 3.15).

Table 3.15. Total Amount of Dust and Toxic Gas Generated in the Process

of Construction

No Item Space Time

(*) Amount (mg/ms)

(m) (month) TSP SO2 NO2 CO HC


1 Hung Nhan bypass 2030 24 0.4678 <0.001 0.155 0.079 0.034


section) 20180 24 0.837 <0.001 0.107 0.054 0.023

II Bridge

1 Nai bridge 27.10 6 2.598 0.002 1.452 6.669 2.858

2 Le bridge 32.10 6 3.732 0.002 2.216 4.660 1.997

3 Nai bridge 50.2 9 0.562 0.001 1.415 2.069 0.887


116

No Item Space Time

(*) Amount (mg/ms)

(m) (month) TSP SO2 NO2 CO HC

4 Dong Tu bridge 44.2 9 0.380 0.001 1.568 1.974 0.846

5 Go Bridge 44 12 0.33 0.051 0.389 0.707 0.303

Based on the total amount of dust, gas generated in the construction of each item to

determine the average concentration at any point in the Sutton model.

Sutton diffusion model.

u.

2

hzexp

2

hzexp.E8,0

Cz

2

z

2

2

z

2

(mg/m

3)

In which:

C: concentration of pollutants in the air (mg/m3);

E: amount of contaminants from waste source (mg/m.s);

In case this project, the dominant wind direction is Northeast in winter and Southeast in

summer; create the angle with curve of 45o and 45

o so the pollutant amount is adjusted in

turn is E*=E.sin45o and E.sin45

o;

z: height of the calculation point (m) (z=1.5m);

h: height of the road surface than the surrounding ground (m) (h=2.m);

u: average wind speed (m/s) (winter and summer respectively utb=2.1m/s and 1.9m/s);

z: diffusion coefficient of pollutant under the z (m).

Pollution diffusion coefficient values z according to vertical (z) with the stability of

the atmosphere in the Project area is B, is determined by the formula:

z = 0.53.x0.73

(m)

Where: x is the distance of the point calculated from original sources, with wind blowing, m

Results are presented in Table 3.16.

Table 3.16. Predicted Scope of Dispersal of Dust and Gas from

Construction Activities

Work Item Season Concentration distribution by distance (*) QCVN 05,

06 : 2009 5m 10m 25m 50m 100m

I. Road and intersection

Hung

Nhan

bypass

TSP Winter 0.080 0.064 0.041 0.026 0.016

0.2 Summer 0.093 0.075 0.048 0.031 0.019

SO2 Winter <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

0.125 Summer <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

NO2 Winter 0.005 0.004 0.003 0.002 0.001 0.1


117


06 : 2009 5m 10m 25m 50m 100m

Summer 0.006 0.005 0.003 0.002 0.001

CO Winter 0.013 0.011 0.007 0.004 0.003

5 Summer 0.016 0.013 0.008 0.005 0.003

HC Winter 0.006 0.005 0.003 0.002 0.001

1.5 Summer 0.007 0.005 0.003 0.002 0.001

NH39 - 1

expanded

section

TSP Winter 0.142 0.115 0.074 0.047 0.029

0.2 Summer 0.166 0.134 0.086 0.055 0.034

SO2 Winter <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

0.125 Summer <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

NO2 Winter 0.004 0.003 0.002 0.001 0.001

0.1 Summer 0.004 0.003 0.002 0.001 0.001

CO Winter 0.009 0.007 0.005 0.003 0.002

5 Summer 0.011 0.009 0.006 0.004 0.002

HC Winter 0.004 0.003 0.002 0.001 0.001

1.5 Summer 0.005 0.004 0.002 0.002 0.001

II. Bridges

Nai

bridge

TSP Winter 0.442 0.358 0.229 0.146 0.090

0.2 Summer 0.515 0.417 0.267 0.171 0.105

SO2 Winter <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

0.125 Summer <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

NO2 Winter 0.049 0.040 0.026 0.016 0.010

0.1 Summer 0.058 0.047 0.030 0.019 0.012

CO Winter 1.134 0.918 0.587 0.376 0.232

5 Summer 1.323 1.071 0.685 0.439 0.271

HC Winter 0.486 0.393 0.252 0.161 0.099

1.5 Summer 0.567 0.459 0.294 0.188 0.116

Le

bridge

TSP Winter 0.635 0.514 0.329 0.210 0.130

0.2 Summer 0.740 0.599 0.383 0.245 0.151

SO2 Winter <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

0.125 Summer <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

NO2 Winter 0.075 0.061 0.039 0.025 0.015

0.1 Summer 0.088 0.071 0.046 0.029 0.018

CO Winter 0.792 0.641 0.410 0.263 0.162

5 Summer 0.925 0.748 0.479 0.307 0.189

HC Winter 0.340 0.275 0.176 0.113 0.069 1.5


118


06 : 2009 5m 10m 25m 50m 100m

Summer 0.396 0.321 0.205 0.131 0.081

Nai

bridge

TSP Winter 0.096 0.077 0.049 0.032 0.020

0.2 Summer 0.112 0.090 0.058 0.037 0.023

SO2 Winter <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

0.125 Summer <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

NO2 Winter 0.048 0.039 0.025 0.016 0.010

0.1 Summer 0.056 0.045 0.029 0.019 0.011

CO Winter 0.352 0.285 0.182 0.117 0.072

5 Summer 0.411 0.332 0.213 0.136 0.084

HC Winter 0.151 0.122 0.078 0.050 0.031

1.5 Summer 0.176 0.142 0.091 0.058 0.036

Dong Tu

bridge

TSP Winter 0.065 0.052 0.033 0.021 0.013

0.2 Summer 0.075 0.061 0.039 0.025 0.015

SO2 Winter <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

0.125 Summer <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

NO2 Winter 0.053 0.043 0.028 0.018 0.011

0.1 Summer 0.062 0.050 0.032 0.021 0.013

CO Winter 0.336 0.272 0.174 0.111 0.069

5 Summer 0.392 0.317 0.203 0.130 0.080

HC Winter 0.144 0.116 0.074 0.048 0.029

1.5 Summer 0.168 0.136 0.087 0.056 0.034

Go

bridge

TSP Winter 0.045 0.038 0.028 0.017 0.011

0.2 Summer 0.05 0.042 0.031 0.019 0.012

SO2 Winter 0.007 0.006 0.004 0.003 0.002

0.125 Summer 0.008 0.006 0.005 0.003 0.002

NO2 Winter 0.053 0.044 0.033 0.020 0.013

0.1 Summer 0.059 0.049 0.037 0.022 0.014

CO Winter 0.097 0.081 0.061 0.037 0.024

5 Summer 0.107 0.089 0.067 0.041 0.026

HC Winter 0.042 0.035 0.026 0.016 0.01

1.5 Summer 0.046 0.038 0.029 0.017 0.011

(*) Distance from the edge of construction area

From the quantitative results of concentration of dust and gas arising from the

construction activities and the scope of spread of these substances, we can see that in

the edge of construction area:


119

Construction of Hung Human bypass, NH39-1, Nai bridge, Dong Tu bridge would

give rise of dust and toxic gas with concentrations less than the permissible limit

according QCVN05, 06/2009/BTNMT;

Construction Nai bridge would give rise of dust with concentration exceed the

permissible limit according to QCVN 05:2009/BTNMT about 1.1 - 1.2 times in the

winter, from 1.2 - 2.5 times in the summer; at the construction location of Le

bridge, the concentration of dust exceed the permissible limit as 1.1 - 3.1 times in

the winter and from 1.2 – 3.6 times in the summer. Concentration of dust only

meets the permissible limit in the scope of between 30 - 50 m.

d. Dust from transport activities

The transportation means of material / waste rock usually produces 02 types of waste

sources, including: dust and gases from the engine and the dust swept up from the road.

d1. Dust and exhaust gas arising from the combustion engine

Amount of dust and exhaust gas arising from transport operations of waste and material of

the project is calculated similar to the case of horizontal construction. The average

transport distance is taken by 25km. Calculation results are presented in Table 3.17.

Table 3.17. Amount of Dust and Exhaust Gas from Transportation

Activities (Vertical Construction)

No Item

Fuel

demand

Scope of

transport Time

(*) Amount (mg/ms)

(ton diesel) (m) (month) TSP SO2 NO2 CO HC


1 Hung Nhan bypass 57 25,000 24 0.001 <0.001 0.007 0.004 0.002


section) 561 25,000 24 0.005 <0.001 0.069 0.035 0.015

II Bridge

1 Nai bridge 7.6 25,000 6 <0.001 <0.001 0.004 0.002 0.001

2 Le bridge 2.7 25,000 6 <0.001 <0.001 0.001 0.001 0.000

3 Nai bridge 0.3 25,000 9 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

4 Dong Tu bridge 0.5 25,000 9 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

5 Go bridge 17.5 12.000 12 0.001 0.007 0.01 0.005 0.002

(*)Transport activity concentrate mainly on the earthwork period

The Sutton diffusion model is used to forecast the emission range of toxic gases from

material transport activities similar to earthwork activities and horizontal construction.

Prediction results showed that the concentration of emissions arising from combustion


120

many times less than the permissible limit so it does not cause air pollution.

d2. Dust swept from the road

Dust swept up from road by the tires in transport cannot be quantified due to lack of

input data such as transport volume of each car, the humidity of material, the covering

of material transport, the level of cleanliness of the vehicle (wheel). By the experience

of supervising of construction traffic in operating phase on urban routes showed that

transport activity of material and waste rock-soil give rise to dust, averagely exceed

the permissible limit according to QCVN 05: 2009/BTNMT from 2 ÷ 3 times, on the

windy and sunny day, arising dust could exceed the permissible limit to 4 times, if

there is no effective preventive measures. Dust concentration only reached the

permissible limit in the range > 80m from road transport, by the wind direction.

3.3.1.2. Impact Assessment

a. Degradation of air environment quality by dust from earthwork construction

activity and horizontal construction

Air environment quality in the position of construction of Nai bridge will be reduced by

dust exceed the permissible limit from 1.2 - 2.2 times in the winter, from 1.2 – 2.5 times in

the summer; at the construction location of Le bridge , concentration of dust exceed the

permissible limit as 1.1 - 3.1 times in the winter and from 1.2 – 3.6 times in the summer.

Pollution is not serious (<5 times the permissible limit). Concentration of dust only meets

the permissible limit in the range between 30 - 50 meters from the construction site.


b Degradation of air environment quality by dust swept from the road from

material transport operation

Air environment along the transport route of material (NH39-1, PR224, PR455, PR223,

PR226, other inter-village and inter-communal roads etc) will be contaminated by dust

with average concentration exceed the permissible limit according to QCVN05:

2009/BTNMT from 2 ÷ 3 times, on windy and sunny day, arising dust might exceed the

permissible limit up to 4 times. Dust concentration only reached the permissible limit in

the range > 80m from transport road, down the wind direction.


c. Impacts on residential and agricultural eco-system due to dust pollution

Based on the results predicted dust levels, see that the Residents near the approach

road at Trieu Duong direction of Le bridge and agricultural eco-system along the


121

approach road of Nai bridge (Km48+600) and Le Bridge (Km48+251) will be

affected by dust pollution with less serious conditions (<5 times of permissible limit).

Dust pollution during the construction appeared in summer and winter.

Dust pollution affects people's health, may appear the diseases on the respiratory tract

and eyes. In addition dust pollution can affect productivity and may delay the

germination process of rice plants. The impact can extend beyond during the

construction period.


Figure 3.3. Construction Area of Na and Le bridge

d. Impact to trading and production due to dust contamination

Affected object is the current households living along the 2 on the main project. These

objects will not be relocated and turning into the households near the road after the

New Nai bridge area New Le bridge area

Residential area

Rice field

Rice field


122

Clearance stage finish.

At present, the rate of business activity-trade among these objects has not high.

However, after being turned into the road surface, the households will have the

opportunity to build the business shop to trade in changing the economic structure,

bring substantial revenue stream. According to the investigation results in the project

phase, the business at stores in areas such as catering, cafe, drink, drug stores,

clothing, grocery, mobile phones ... can bring income level from 3 ÷ 10 million per

month. However, the commercial business operations in the project area during the

construction phase will risk being affected by dust pollution with range up to 140 m

from the area digging the road. Dust pollution will hinder business activities –

psychological services ...

Impact Level: Medium

3.3.2. Impacts due to noise and vibration

3.3.2.1. Impact Source / Source-generating Activities

a. Noise arising from the operation of machinery and equipment during

construction

The noise level in the discontinue construction phase, appear only when operating

construction equipment. In the scope of the project, the noise level generated by a

combination of equipment, construction machinery participating in construction of

items, including:

Construction of lines with the combination of bulldozers, compactors, grab

buckets, pavers, rollers, graders, trucks;

Construction of the bridges on the route with a combination of cranes, welding

machines, concrete pumps, vibrators, trucks;

Concrete mixing with combination of mixers and trucks.

Noise arising in the construction of each section of the project is determined based on

the typical noise level of construction equipment (Table 3.18) and the formula for

synthetic noise:

L = 10lg n

i

Li.1,010

In which:

L is the total noise level.

Li is the noise of source i.

n the total number of noise source.


123


2003

Table 3.18. Typical Noise Level of Construction Equipment (dBA)

Grader and compactor

Grader 8093

Roller 7375

Paving

Spreader 8688

Truck 8394

Compactor 7477

Excavation & Transport

Bulldozer 80

Clamshell 7293

Truck 8394

Scraper 8093

Construction

Crane 7577

Welder 7182

Concrete Pump 8184

Concrete vibrator 76

Air compressor 7487

Pneumatic tools 8198

Bulldozer 80

Truck 8394

Source: Environmental Protection Committee of U.S. Noise from construction equipment and

machinery NJID, 300.1, 31 - 12 - 1971.

Table 3.19 presents the results of noise level calculating arising from each principal

and auxiliary items of the project according to the situation of the most concentrated

level of simultaneous facilities and construction machinery.

Table 3.19. Calculate Result of the Noise Level at the Source in the

Construction Phase (dBA)

No Item Main equipment Noise level (dBA)

I Construction of road

- Excavation and transport. Bulldozer, clamshell, truck. 85 96.6

- Grader and compactor. Grader, roller. 80.8 93.1

- Pavement. Scraper, compactor, truck. 87.9 95

- Clearance and landscape. Bulldozer, clamshell, truck. 80.6 93.2

II Construction of bridge

- Structural construction. Crane, welder, concrete pump and

vibrator, pile driver, truck 87.5 96.3

- Clearance and landscape. Bulldozer, clamshell, truck. 80.6 93.2

III Mixing plant operation Mixer, truck 90 ÷ 96

b. Vibration emission from construction activities

Due to vibration are evaluated by desultory events, not the average of the events, so

the vibration source level is taken as the largest vibration level of one of the

machineries, equipments involved. Typical vibration emission level of the construction

equipment presented in Table 3.20.

Table 3.20. Vibration Level of some Typical Construction Equipment

(Distance of 10m)


124

No Type of vehicle vibration level reference (in the vertical direction, dB)

1 Excavators 80

2 Bulldozer 79

3 Freighter vehicle 74

4 Roller 82

5 Air compressor 81


a. Noise impact arising from construction

Noise impact on sensitive subjects determined based on:

The noise attenuation by distance is calculated according to the following formula:

L= 10 lg )()( 1

1

2 dBr

r a (applied to the road source)

In which:

L: reduction of noise at a distance r2 from the noise source

r1: distance of the typical sound-source level (r1 = 8m)

a: coefficient mentioned the impact of noise absorption by terrain (a = 0.1 - ground

grass, no obstruction)

Source: Pham Ngoc Dang 2003. Air environment. Science and Technology Publishing

House, 2003.

The noise attenuation over the range of trees (Section 3.1.3.2); in case of

project, averaging takes z = 4, the distance between the tree length is 2.5m; =

0.15. As a result, Lcx = 7.5dBA.

The noise reduction through a brick wall: Surround of permanent buildings such as

schools, temples ... there’s the brick wall fence, give effect of reducing the noise

impact level of about 12dBA.



125

Table 3.21. Noise Impact Arising from Construction Activities of Project

No Subject / location Distance (**)

(m)

Exceed the permissible limit according to QCVN

26/2010/BTNMT (dBA) Nearest construction

item Min (6-21h) Max (6-21h) Min (21-6h) Max (22-6h)

1

KDC (Km44+000 ÷ Km44+200, Km44+400 ÷

Km44 +900, Km45+100 ÷ Km46+100, Km47+700,

Km47+950, Km51+200 ÷ Km52+200, Km52+400 ÷

Km52+900, Km53+100 ÷ Km53+700, Km54+100,

Km55+100, Km56+150 ÷ Km56+800, Km57+600,

Km58+080, Km58+300 ÷ Km59+400, Km59+900,

Km61+300 ÷ Km61+600)

10 0 2.2 10.1 17.2 NH39-1(expanded

section), bypass line

2 KDC (Km48+250, Km48+600, Km52+700,

Km55+300) 10 0.0 3.5

9.7 18.5 Bridge road

3 Residential are near the Go bridge

10 0 2.2 10.1 17.2 Approach road of Go

bridge

4 Pham Kinh An kindergarten (*) 40 5.0 12.1 - -

Construction of

NH39-1 line

5 Primary School of Hung Nhan town (*) 50 4.1 11.2 - -

6 Tran Thu Do Secondary School (*) 60 3.3 10.4 - -

7 Health center of Hung Ha town (***) 80 2.1 9.2 12.1 19.2

8 Hung Ha District Commissioner (*) 80 2.1 9.2 - -

9 People Committee of Hung Ha town (*) 100 1.1 8.2 - -

10 Hung Ha Post Office Km58+040(*) 80 2.1 9.2 - -

11 Historical monument such as Linh Sơn pagoda, Cau 100 1.1 8.2 - -


126

No Subject / location Distance (**)

(m)

Exceed the permissible limit according to QCVN

26/2010/BTNMT (dBA) Nearest construction

item Min (6-21h) Max (6-21h) Min (21-6h) Max (22-6h)

palace (*)

12 Pagoda at Km46+900(*) 40 5.0 12.1 - -

13 Pagoda at Km48+900(*) 80 2.1 9.2 - -

14 Ethnic church Km56+620(*) 30 6.2 13.3 - -

(*) Special Zone

(**) The distance to the edge of the road

(***) With the exception of hospital, other special areas are inactive at night.


127

Based on the sensitivity to noise, identified two groups affected, including:

Common area: During the day, the residential areas will not be affected by noise

pollution when using machines with low-level sound source, will be affected by

noise impact exceed the permissible limit from 2.2 ÷ 3.5dBA when using high-

level sound source. At night the noise impact these objects exceed the permissible

limit from the 9.7 ÷ 18.5 dBA. In which the noise level caused a strong impact on

residents living in first block, the noise level has been limited in the behind block

due to the front block. The effect does not take place continuously, only when

operating the equipment.

Special area: During the day, special areas will be affected by noise with noise

level exceeding the permissible limit 1.1 ÷ 13.2 dBA. At night, Hung Ha township

health center will be affected by noise with noise level exceed the permissible limit

from 12.1 dBA (when using the machinery with low noise level) to 19.2 dBA

(when using the machinery, equipment with high level of sound sources). The

effect does not take place continuously, only when operating the equipment


Figure 3.4. Specification areas are affected by noise pollution in

construction stage

Van Nam pagoda KDC Km44+200


128

Pham Kinh An secondary school Interchange of Hung Nhan bypass

KDC Km55+300

Dong Tu pagoda


129

b. Due to vibration effects

To predict the level of vibration attenuation with distance, using the formula:

L = L0 – 10log (r/r0) – 8.7a (r – r0) (dB)

In which:

L is the vibration in dB at a distance "r" meters to the source;

L0 is vibration in dB measured at a distance "r0" meters away from the source. Vibration at a

distance r0 = 10m often recognized as vibration source;

a is intrinsic vibration reduction coefficient wit clay foundation about 0.5.

Forecast results are presented in Table 3.22.

Table 3.22. Decreasing Vibration Level with Distance from the

Construction Activity

Item

Maximum value

of vibration at

source (r0=10m)

(dB)

Vibration level at the distance (*)

(dB)

r=10m r=12m r=14m r=16m

Operation of construction

machinery and equipment 82 39.1 29.9 20.8 11.8

TCVN 6962:2001, the permissible level of 75dB from 7 19h and the background level from

22 6 pm.

DIN 4150, 1970 (Germany), 2mm/s: no damage; 5mm/s: mortar damaged; 10mm/s: have the

ability to damage the bearing detail; 20 40mm/s: damage to bearing detail.

(*)The distance from the edge of the road

Compare the results predicted with the permissible limit in QCVN 27:2010/BTNMT

show that the largest vibration arising from construction earthworks is rollers. The

residential areas are located 10m from the edge of the road at least should not be

affected. Impact is negligible.

Impact level: Small

3.3.3. Impact to Water, Sediment Environment

3.3.3.1. Waste / Waste-generating Activities and Impact Factors

The following activities created generated waste with potentially affect to water,

sediment object in the project area, including:

From the construction activities of upgrades, renovation and expansion of the road:

o Construction of earthwork through ponds, channel causing water encroachment

and give rise to TSS, turbidity; causing land overflow and sediment of erosion

products.


130

o Construction of drainage systems cause land overflow and sediment of erosion

products

From active construction of bridges on the route:

o The sediment caused by erosion;

o Drilling mud arising from construction activities of bored pile abutment and

piers located in and close the edge flow (Nai and Dong Tu bridge, Go bridge);

o Construction of the lower part of bridge arising solid waste;

o Construction of the upper part bridge with the risk of spillage of solid waste;

o The required clearance of river after construction by garbage and the solid waste.

From the construction site activities:

o Operation of vehicle maintenance stations generates waste oil;

o Operation of worker camps rise garbage;

o Spillage runoff through surface swept the dirt;

o Operation of cement concrete mixing plant generates waste water.

a. Mud flow caused by erosion at the construction site

In the process of construction of foundation, pavement has been not yet asphalt, slopes

have been not yet planted with grass or stone, the rainfall will cause erosion. On the

basis of the project area rainfall, slope and soil composition, applied the soil erosion of

hill without trees for not reinforced road is 2.5 cm / year and the soil is piled in

construction of the bridge abutment is 0.4% (Nguyen Thi Ngoc An. Ecosystems and

Environment. Agriculture Publishing House, 1997), to predict the relative amount of

potential soil erosion arising in the construction area (Table 3.23).

Table 3.23. Predicted Annual Amount of Soil Erosion, Corrosion by

Rainfall in the Earthwork Land by the Items of Project

No Item Area

(m2)

Pit earthwork

Total of potential

soil erosion

(tons / year)

Potential soil

erosion per

meter

(tons / year)

I Road

1 Hung Nhan bypass 26 3,478 0.89

2 NH39 - 1 expanded

section 12 5,559 0.37

II Bridge


131

No Item Area

(m2)

Pit earthwork

Total of potential

soil erosion

(tons / year)

Potential soil

erosion per

meter

(tons / year)

1 Nai bridge 2,941.06 19

2 Le bridge 8,203.48 45

3 Nai bridge 332.6 4

4 Dong Tu bridge 557.2 5

5 Go bridge 5,084 203.6 0.48

b. Drilling mud arising from construction activities of bored piles

The foundations of the piers of Nai and Dong Tu bridge, Go bridge were constructed

by technology of bored piles using bentonite. Pursuant to the pile size and quantity of

each abutment bored piles and piers, determined the amount of bentonite-mixed soil

and spillage bentonite arising in the process of Nai bridge construction is 1,625m3 and

of Dong Tu bridge construction is 1,098m3, Go bridge is 1,087m

3 (Table 3.24).

Table 3.24. Drilling Mud Arising from Construction Activities of Bored

Piles

No Item Bentonite-mixed soil (1)

(m3) Spillage bentonite

(2) (m

3) Total

1 Nai bridge 1,161 464 1,625

2 Dong Tu bridge 785 314 1,098

3 Go bridge 777 310.8 1,087.8

Total 2,723 1088.8

Note:

(1) Defined as the volume of drilling in the ground;

(2) In the process of construction of bored piles using bentonite by means of reverse circulation

construction there will be about 60% of the original bentonite is recycled through the recirculation

tank, in addition to the small part penetrated into the soil in the drill hole, the 40% remaining is

lost in the form of spillage liquid.

c. Solid waste scattered in the upper part of bridge construction

When construction of the upper part of the bridge there will appear the risk of spillage of

solid waste into the below river. Generally, solid waste includes the following categories:

broken concrete, mortar, wood chips or even scrap iron and steel, plastic, wrapping

equipment, household waste. With such components, the type of solid waste entirely may

cause adverse impact to water quality and sediment of the river or channel.

d. Solid waste that is not collected after construction


132

Including steel crank around piers and materials of works temporarily in the flow, due

to the construction of the upper part... of the Nai bridge, Le bridge and Dong Tu

bridge. These materials are likely to cause pollution of the river and channel sediment.

e. Oil and waste oil arising from the maintenance operation

Oil and waste oil generated at the site is available from three sources:

Waste oil from routine change oil transportation facilities and equipment;

Domestic oil maintenance motorcycle;

Oil cloth from the operation of motorcycles and general maintenance activities.

Waste oil waste oil is expected on every media (7 liters / replace) and cycle instead

(117 car shifts /time change). According to the calculation results, the amount of all

vehicle construction projects is 30,994 cases of car; the amount of waste oil was

1854.34 liters of waste oil with 77.26 liters of waste oil / month. Waste oil will be

contained in the camps where the motorcycle gathering in the site layout.

Vehicle maintenance activities may take place at the yard motor in the field supply of

11 m3 / day wastewater containing oil (table 3.25). Oil content in the permissible limit

according QCVN 40/2011/BTNMT, column B when poured into the water used for

irrigation (Cmax = C x Kq x Kf ).

Hazardous solid waste arising from activities change oil, maintenance of equipment.

The waste is hazardous solid wastes containing oil (oil cloth, cover ...). There are also

a number of hazardous solid wastes such as light bulbs, batteries ... However, this

amount is very small and are also collected. It is difficult to quantify this waste due to

their amount depends on the number of machines and equipment used, the intention of

the contractor has carried out maintenance of machinery and equipment at the site or

not... Experience shows that a large amount of them are not. This type of waste is

generated every day in the public sector construction.

Table 3.25. Wastewater Flow and Load from the Maintenance Operation of

Machinery

Waste type Discharge

(m3/ day)

Concentration of contaminants

COD (mg/l) Oil (mg/l) SS (mg/l)

Maintenance of machinery 2 20 30 – 50 80

Cleaning of machinery 5 50 80 1.0 2.0 150 200

Cooling of machinery 4 10 20 0.5 1.0 10 50

Total 11 30 ÷ 49 0.6 ÷ 1.3 81 ÷ 124

QCVN 40:2011/BTNMT, column A C=50 C=5 C=50

QCVN 40:2011/BTNMT, column B C=100 C=10 C=100


133

Note: A specified column C values of the parameters of pollutants in industrial wastewater is discharged

into the receiving water is used for drinking water supply purposes; column B specified C value of the

pollution parameters in the industrial waste water discharged into the receiving water is not used for water

supply purposes.

f. Domestic sewage

Domestic sewage from worker camps, including water from water used for preparing

meals (VNA) and from water used for washing, cleaning (VTG). Based on the level of

water applied to the construction workers in the field in TC 20TCN 4474 - 87 "norms

water used for preparing meals" is 25 liters / person / day and by TC 20TCN33 - 85

"norms water used for washing "is 45 liters / person / day and 80% of water use will be

discharged into the environment, the amount of sewage in the environment is 2.8 m3

(corresponding to 50 workers).

Based on the load factor of the contaminants in urban sewage of the World Health

Organization, WHO, 1993. Volume 1. "The rapid assessment method of

environmental pollution" has identified the pollutant load in the environment resonate

with 50 workers (Table 3.26) and the concentration of the contaminant (Table 3.27) in

wastewater activities of the project construction workers.

Table 3.26. Load Factor and Amount of Contaminants in Urban Sewage

No Contaminant Load factor (g/person/day) Load (kg/day)

1 BOD5 45 ÷ 54 4,5 ÷ 5,4

2 Total of solid (TS) 170 ÷220 17 ÷ 22

3 Coliform 106 ÷ 10

9 10

8 ÷ 10

11

Table 3.27. Concentration of Pollutants in Sewage

No Parameter Pollutant concentration (mg/l) Cmax (QCVN

14:2008/BTNMT) Non-treatment Through septic tanks

1 BOD5 281.2 337.5 62.5 125 60

2 TSS 437.5 906 31.2 134.5 1,200

3 Total Coliform (MNP/100ml) 0.6.107 0.6.10

10 – 5,000

Note: Cmax = C. K

CBOD = 50mg/l, CTSS = 100mg/l (applied column B, Table 1, QCVN 14:2009/BTNMT - water

not used for drinking water supply)

K = 1.2 - the basis of production of less than 500 people.

We can see, as soon as sanitary wastewater was pre-treated by septic tanks, sewage

contaminants in the from worker camps still exceeded Cmax by QCVN 14:2008 /

BTNMT with K = 1.2 with manufacturing facilities under 500 people many times


134

when waste water type B according QCVN 08:2008 / BTNMT (Table 3.25). Note

that if the septic tank BOD5 concentration is about 4.5 times higher; COD - about

four times; and TSS - about 14 times. This type of waste generated daily in worker

camps in the 24 months of construction.

g. Runoff flow through the surface of the site

In the scope of the project, storm water runoff through the construction area will carry

the dirt on the surface; the mud within the site also can stream storm water runoff and

escape. This is the source of impact on the community. Rainwater runoff through

surface construction sites are limited rainfall intensity method (TCXDVN 51/2008):

Q = q. F. C.N

In which:

Q: calculation discharge (m3/s);

q: rain intensity (l/s.ha);

F: basin surface area (ha), (for the Project F=0,2ha);

C: flow coefficient. c = 0.32 with P = 2; c = 0.34 with P = 5; c = 0.37 with P = 10; c = 0.4

with P = 25; c = 0.44 with P = 50);

N: rainfall distribution coefficient, (on the surface, N = 1);

Rainfall intensity calculated (q) is determined by the formula: q= A(1+ClgP)/(t+b)n

In which:

q: rain intensity (l/s.ha);

t: precipitation calculation time (minutes); in the case of storm water runoff on the surface

of t there is no drainage system in the range of 8 ÷ 12 minutes, averaging 10 minutes;

P: periodic repeat of the calculation rain (year);

A,C,b,n- parameter determined by the local rainfall conditions (under Appendix II,

TCXDVN 51/2008, in the Pacific region: A = 5220; C = 0.45; b = 19 and n = 0.81).

The result of the calculation of storm water runoff at the site shown in Table 3.28.

Table 3.28. Rainwater Runoff Through the Construction Area of Project

Cycle repeat of the calculation rain (P) 2 5 10 25 50

Rainfall intensity q (l/s.ha) 387.5 448.6 494.9 556.0 602.2

Water discharge Q (m3/s) 124 152 183 222 265


a. Risk of spillage land and sediment erosion products in the construction of

earthworks and construction of horizontal drainage system


135

When digging, this risk appears:

Spillage land; and

Sedimentation soil surface products not reinforced to prevent soil at the construction

site background with water (due to rain or water make wet).

Spill potential erosion products entering the pond, ditches will affect the water supply

for irrigation and fish farming in the following aspects:

Reduced water from agricultural land led by heart settle to the bottom of ponds, canals;

Increased suspended solids by diffuse soil sedimentation in water bodies.

Ponds, irrigation canals may be impacted including: pond (Km44+880, Km45+850,

Km45+960, Km47+620, Km47+700, Km48+100, Km48+200, Km51+020, Km51+140,

Km51+240, Km51+340, Km51+400, Km51+840, Km52+080, Km52+900, Km53+460,

Km53+480, Km53+720, Km54+010, Km54+840, Km54+900, Km56+100, Km58+200,

Km58+300, Km58+400, Km61+380, Km61+900, Km62+300), irrigation canal

(Km53+000, Km53+070, Km54+370, Km54+500, Km54+660, Km57+910,

Km59+450, Km59+960, Km61+600).

These are potential risks during the construction of the expansion of NH39 - 1 and Hung

Nhan bypass.



136

Figure 3.5. Ponds and irrigation canals affected by construction of

earthworks and horizontal drainage system

b. The risk of water pollution, sediments and river ecosystems Sa Lung river

and the river Hoang Nguyen, Hoai river by construction of bored piles in and

adjacent flow - required mitigation measures

The foundations of the piers of Nai bridge and Dong Tu bridge, Go bridge will be

constructed by bored piles using bentonite. Soil and bentonite and bentonite spill

arising in the process of building the bridge as liquefied mud by continuous pumping

water in drilling time. Under construction, construction activities abutment cylinder

with a bored pile construction technology that uses bentonite must be conducted within

or by earth or steel fins to ensure no spillage of contaminants into the environment and

all the liquefied soil and bentonite although and spilled bentonite required to be

collected and handled according to recommendations of the following forms:

For unless (open) land: Land and liquid bentonite spite and bentonite spill will be

pre-treated in a yard. Preliminary to dry and transport gradually to dump in the

regulations;

Pond Km51+840 Pond Km52+080

Canal Km51+700


137

For piers in or adjacent flow: Land and liquid bentonite despite and spilled bentonite

or will be transferred to barges transferred or posted to the dump yard on the banks

to dry and then transported transfer to pour in the prescribed place.

However, in many cases, due to failure to adhere to the construction, drilling mud

spilled into the environment, even being discharged directly into the environment. Soil

and bentonite and bentonite spill if the infiltrated water Sa Lung river and Hoang

Nguyen river, Hoai river will increase the suspended solids in the water. Aquatic

organisms in the region will die due to asphyxiation. Due to poor mobility, benthic risk

of asphyxiation caused not only death but also can be destroyed by burying;


Figure 3.6. Construction area of Nai Bridge and Dong Tu bridge

Thai Su river Nai Bridge


138

c. The risk of water pollution, solid waste sediments by rivers in the bridge

construction - required mitigation measures

When construction on the bridge will appear the risk of spillage of solid waste flow at

the bottom. Generally, solid waste includes the following categories: broken concrete,

grout, wood chips or even scrap steel, plastic, wrapping equipment, household waste.

With such components, the type of solid waste entirely may cause adverse impacts to

water quality and sediment of river flow when they enter.


d. The risk of pollution of surface water and sediment of the river by solid waste

not collected after construction

After construction, reverting the river flows, including the collection's steel crank

around the piers in the flow of materials and temporary works in the river, across the

construction of the lower part, the part due to the construction of the ... is not a

complete implementation will be causing water pollution and river sediments. This

risk is only lost when the revert is done perfectly.


e. The risk of penetrating oil and waste oil from motorcycle maintenance stations

Dong Tu bridge


139

in the layout - required mitigation measures

As stated above, due to the concentration of waste oil in waste water maintenance in

permissible limit by QCVN 40:2011 / BTNMT the risk of oil pollution will be

evaluated according to two sources:

Waste oil from routine change oil;

Rags from maintenance activities.

With a reason Project waste oil from entering the river will flow because his look

water pollution. Rag top after a time will settle to the bottom, outside pollute bottom

sediments, oil from rags to come out from and diffusion out of the water, make

strawberry wine on the surface of the water, pollute the water. Source of waste oil is

toxic to aquatic species in the country. Through the food chain, the oil will accumulate

from the low-level organisms (algae, phytoplankton) to the high-level creatures (fish

species, fish ...).

In addition, because the project area irrigation ditch systems are connected with each

other so as to penetrate the river water, the oil will spread and spread out the field area

through the irrigation ditch system. Water pollution by oil causing damage not only to

objects adjacent farming, but also more distant objects.

The risk of pollution-long lifetime to serve the construction site, even longer lasting if

no measures to collect clean oil and oil rags when detected they appear in the heart of

the river.


f. Risk of waste water penetration from worker camp area - required mitigation

measures

At each worker camps in the site layout will be about 50 workers. Estimated at each

camp will be respectively 2.8 2,8m3 of waste water and solid waste 25kg activities

(for details see section waste management). Wastewater concentrations of BOD5,

COD and TSS exceed Cmax by QCVN14: 2008/BTNMT with K = 1.2 for production

facilities less than 500 several times when waste water B QCVN 08:2008 / BTNMT.


g. Risk of spills of contaminants from the surface of the site due to stormwater

runoff - required mitigation measures

When surface runoff, with a flow of 0.124 ÷ 0.265 m3/s, rain likely that swept away

many of the contaminants down to the lower area outside the site, including water

resources. With diverse waste components on the surface of the site, surface water in


140

the river (the Sa Lung river, Hoang Nguyen river, Le rivers, Nai river), water channels

and ponds near the contaminated site risk by oil, organic matter, solids, heavy metals

and floating objects. Effects appear in the rainy period of the year.


3.3.4. Environmental Impact to Groundwater

3.3.4.1. Waste / Waste-generating Activities

Foundation for Nai bridge and Dong Tu bridge and Go bridge will be by bored piles

bentonite technology. As work progresses the abutment piers located in the and flush

flow will use U, I, V-shaped steel sheet piles to form a blockade to prevent water and the

layout of machinery and equipment for construction carried out within fin. Water exists

in the siege during construction with small volume, containing the contaminants from

the construction of bored piles, such as oil, grease, etc.


Groundwater pollution by sewage overflows wall drill and impacts require the

mitigation measures

Layers of water of good quality and high volume caught at depths of about 20 - 40m.

This is drinking water of the local population in the project scope.

To protect the geology below the floor collapsed when the impact from construction

activities taking place at the top, will use the casing. Diameter of the casing will be

larger borehole diameter 5 - 10cm. Length deep in the soil of the casing will be about

5m - 7m. During construction, surface water contamination in the siege will overflow

gap between the casing and drill down deep plot. When entering the ground water, the

contaminants will leach stumbled complex and polluting local groundwater in place pile

construction and can also be dispersed in the groundwater from the construction site

pile.

Effects appear during the construction of bored piles in the abutment piers Nai bridge

and Dong Tu bridge, Go bridge from within and along the flow.


3.3.5. Impact on the Soil Environment


The following activities create impact factors likely to influence the soil environment in

the project area, including:


141

Digging and storing materials: Erosion by rain, local flooding, land spill;

The school's activities and operation of media: soil pollution, soil compaction;


a. Soil pollution by waste oil, require mitigation measures

Land occupied temporarily the site and the land around the construction area (Nai

Bridge, Nại Bridge, Dong Tu Bridge, Go bridge) and construction area (Km48+000;

Km54+500) at risk of pollution by waste oil and waste oil if a spill occurs. When

agricultural land has been intensive in-law will interfere with the absorption of the

food of the roots. Modification these lands for cultivation for safe products can be very

expensive in terms of money and time. Potential risk of oil spill treatment during the

24 months of construction, but the consequences of the oil spill to the long-term if

there is no appropriate treatment measures.


b. Soil Pollution by solid waste - require mitigation measures

Also limited in land occupied temporarily the site and the land around the construction

area. Normal solid wastes not leave hazardous and long-term consequences for the

environment as land for waste oil and oil waste. However, for the purpose of use of

land for cultivation, the appearance of solid waste or construction waste can cause land

degradation, to break the structure of the upper layer of the soil, changing the

mechanical properties of soil or cause odors or create conditions for insects,

pathogenic micro-organisms developed. Spatial extent of the impact is not large as for

cases of contaminated soil in the early time range extending similar, a comment is

subject to the indirect effects the growth of plants on land.


c. Product sedimentation potential soil erosion caused by rain in the digging area

and material storage, soil type - required mitigation measures

Agricultural land is very sensitive to the state of sedimentation. When the cover layer 10

cm thick rice crops, especially young rice can damage and even premature death.

Potential for soil erosion in road construction if sediment down the cultivated lands, the

extent of damage (10cm thick coating) and the incidence according to the width of about

3m each party. Potential impacts during construction of the road, concentrated in the

rainy season.

For agricultural land


142

The agricultural land around the dump materials will be buried by the spill (fields at the

stations of Km44+000 ÷ Km44+400, Km45+080 ÷ Km45+280, Km51+000 ÷

Km52+480, Km53+900, Km54+500 ÷ Km54+900, Km59+600, Km59+900 ÷

Km61+300, Km61+900 ÷ Km62+180, Km62+300), fruit gardens at the stations of

(Km46+300, Km46+900 ÷ Km47+500, Km54+220, Km54+700, Km58+640,

Km59+300, Km61+400, Km61+400, Km62+550, Km62+780 ÷ Km63+000).

Although the limited scope of influence than in the case of potential sediment erosion

products due to rain, but the impact is larger due to the materials buried structured

should not just kill plants but also alter the mechanical properties of soil. Their potential

impact extends throughout the period of construction of embankment. Due to the

specific location of the dump material can not be clarified in step up investment projects

should not determine the type and location of land affected

For residential land

Limit in residential areas is lower than the construction of roads within the project

route. Sedimentation potential soil erosion will result in wetlands of residential land,

not only adversely affect the environmental landscape but also interfere with

community activities.


d. Degradation of agricultural land due to local flooding

Agricultural lands are at risk of local flooding as the land is located along the route,

which is limited by the high road and the bank.

Risk of flooding takes place when and when not enough rain water drainage system.

Time of the flooding does not extend the project area due to dense canal system, the risk

of soil acidity, reduced fertility, reduced soil microorganisms and affect the balance of

soil biochemical cycle by flooding lasted unlikely. But, in terms of deadly flooding rice

in construction fields Business Activities was serious. Will take measures to minimize

the impact.



143

Figure 3.7. Area with risk of locality flooding

e. Impact due to operation of construction means creating the risk of ground

Construction activity on the surface of the growth and movement of the transporter

along the external land for the project will create availability compacted soil. In the

construction process, is difficult to avoid completely the construction means

encroachment into the adjacent agricultural land corridor clearance causing the

ground. Compacted soil becomes recession, pet bottle broken by the structure, porosity

and permeability reduction. Location probability compressed high land is arable lands

along regional lines and construction sites.


3.3.6. Impact on Ecosystems


The activities of the project to create the type of waste generated is likely to affect

wetland ecosystems, including:

Construction activity levels in dust;

Works construction Nai bridge, Le bridge, Nai bridge, Dong Tu bridge, Go bridge

rise scattered solid waste;

Works of construction sites give rise to waste oil, waste water, waste water, waste

oil,

Flooded area

Rice field

Hung Nhanh Bypass


144


Impacts on terrestrial ecosystems due to dust pollution are present in Items 3.3.1. Air

pollution. In this items only present the impacts on aquatic ecosystems due to the

construction of the bridge and construction site.

a. Affect aquatic ecosystems due to solid waste generated during the construction

of the bridge’s superstructure - required mitigation measures

When construction horizontal beam dump, beam assembly and pour the deck will

appear the risk of spillage of solid waste flow at the bottom (not counting risk

incidents collapsed). Generally, solid waste includes the following categories: broken

concrete, grout, wood chips or even scrap steel, nylon, wrap equipment, waste The

solid material accumulate on sediment surface to create a favorable environment for

pests, ecological degradation in river water and sediment Le river, Nai river, Sa Lung

river, Hoang Nguyen river, and Hoai river.


b. Affect aquatic ecosystems due to waste oil from the operation of construction

site - required mitigation measures

Waste oil and waste oil is a hazardous waste disposal. Waste if an oil spill occurs,

although the probability of no greater or more likely to happen is spreading oily rags

containing and especially wastewater containing oil discharged into the aquatic

environment near the construction area will affect wetland ecosystems. Wetland

ecosystems may suffocate due to lack of oxygen or poisoning. Source of waste oil is

toxic to aquatic species in the country. Through the food chain, the oil will accumulate

from the low-level organisms (algae, phytoplankton) to the high-level creatures (fish

species, fish ...).


c. The risk of penetration wastes from worker camps in schools

At each worker camps in the water near the site layout will be about 50 workers.

Estimated at each camp will be respectively 2,8m3 of waste water and solid waste

25kg activities (for details see section waste management). Wastewater

concentrations of BOD5, COD and TSS exceed Cmax by QCVN14: 2008/BTNMT

with K = 1.2 for production facilities less than 500 several times when waste water B

QCVN 08:2008 / BTNMT. Component of many solid waste to decompose organic

matter (food scraps) and persistent type (shell, plastic).

Solid waste and waste water are common and waste will be collected and handled in


145

accordance with Decree 59/2007/ND - CP on solid waste management. However, if

this waste into surface water sources are not only organic contaminants but also

floating objects. Areas where polluted waste water are at risk of eutrophication, toxic

or die for wetland ecosystems.


3.3.7. Traffic

3.3.7.1. Impact Factor

Road activities in the project area may be interrupted or accident occurs due to factors

arising from the following activities:

Construction to expand, upgrade and renovate the project;

Execute from Hung Nhan bypass;

Construction the new bridges near the old ones;

Construction 02 intersections of the line to Hung Nhan bypass;

Transportation of materials and soil type in QL39-1 and the local roads.


a. Affect the traffic on existing alignment

The project will be constructed sequentially in the form of extended lane before

construction, transportation is arranged on its present course, after finishing the

extension, construction projects in a half of the cross road, traffic are arranged on the

other half and expand new lanes. Then, the traffic continues to be transferred to the

half-finished road construction and new lane to continue construction of half-remain of

road.

Thus, construction activities of widening the road-bed will occupy a part of existing

road, cause of traffic congestion and latent risk of traffic accidents. The excavation

activities may also cause soil spills, mud on the road, when it rains will cause of

slippery and not be safe the traffic. In addition, the mud spilled into the street cause by

dust and obstruct the vision will be also risk of the traffic unsafe.

The activity that has great impact on transport on the road is construction o road-

surface by concrete cement. This activity is expected to execution by each side and

follows each section to ensure the traffic. However, during the construction stage of

the road, more than half of road will be occupied and the rest is very narrow. Thus

traffic congestion is forecasted to happen even is severely if the passageway is not

ensured and does not have guidance.


146

Impact level: High

b. Impacts on movement and living activities of people along the roadsides

The roadbed earthwork activities through the residential areas will obstruct the movement

of the people living along the roadside. The drainage ditches are not complete with full

cover may cause the risk of accidents and affect the lives and health.

The impacts may have potential rick at the residential area (Km44+000 - Km44+200,

Km44+400 - Km44 +900, Km45+100 Km45+800 (right side), Km45+800 -

Km46+100, Km47+700, Km47+950, Km51+200 - Km52+200, Km52+400 -

Km52+900, Km53+100 - Km53+700, Km54+100, Km55+100, Km56+150 -

Km56+700, Km56+800 - Km57+500, Km57+650, Km57+800, Km58+080,

Km58+300 - Km59+400, Km59+900, Km61+300 - Km61+600, Abutment of Go

bridge), especially in some administrative agencies as: Hung Ha town Medical station,

Hung Ha district Party Committee, Hung Ha town PC, Hung Nhan primary school,

Tran Thu Do secondary school etc.


c. Impacts due to construction of 02 intersections

Encroachment of traffic during the construction corridor intersections to arrange the

items as Posts construction materials, vehicles & construction brings up the risk of

traffic jams even unsafe traffic. In addition to increased volume of the project involved

the construction vehicles at intersections and existing roads makes traffic congestion

worse. Potential impacts are during all of construction stage.


Figure 3.8. Are around the interchanges of Hung Nhan bypass

Beginning Interchange Ending Interchange


147

d. Impact due to the construction of the new bridge

05 new bridge are proposed to construct at downstream or upstream of the old bridge.

During the construction of the new bridge, remains the old bridge to ensure traffic.

However, due to the flow of car traffic is quite large, in the process of construction of

bridges are hard to avoid completely the construction equipment across the range of

construction and affect the traffic, which can cause traffic jams and traffic safety in the

construction of the bridge.


e. Impact on production and trading

The traffic jams would hinder business activities of trade due to the mentality of

people when passing through the area just wanted to go fast to avoid causing traffic

jams so the amount the client will decrease. Besides, traffic jams and increase the wait

time of traffic participants, affects their work and activities. The risk of jams just

terminate non-operating construction equipment.


f. Impact on road transport activities due to material handling

f1. Increase the risk of traffic accidents due to transportation activities spilled material

to cause mud, slippery

Vehicles for materials, construction waste from the area when the traffic on the route

will glue to put adhesive on the tires. Fall and land on the road will be born of dust and

contact with water will liquefy. Liquid mud on the road surface creating slippery

conditions and increases the risk of traffic safety. Not only collision occurs between

vehicles on the road and construction vehicles, but also can occur between the vehicles

together. This risk may occur in the transport road NH39-1, PR224, PR455, PR223,

PR226, and inter-village roads etc.).


f2. Transportation on low-level road damage to public utilities

In step up investment projects because it is not possible to accurately determine the

inter-village or remote is used to transport waste to the impact on public utilities in

transit are only predictions. Accordingly if you use or remote areas related to transport,

the impact on public utilities mainly:

Damage, sugar degradation during construction;

Damage completely if after construction not revert.

Or damage, indirect damage to local people use daily deal. This frustrating place for


148

the duration of construction and longer lasting if or no refund at least as the initial

state.


3.3.8. Impact on the Landscape of the Historical


The value of the Historical monument of Linh Son pagoda Cau palace and National

historical culture area of Tran Thu Do Great tutor and Tran Thi Dung Temple of the

country’s mother near the Project can be harmed by the construction forces.


Affecting the Historical monument of Linh Son pagoda Cau palace can be

harmed by the construction forces

The historical monument of Linh Son pagoda Cau palace and National historical

culture area of Tran Thu Do Great tutor and Tran Thi Dung Temple of the country’s

mother near the Project. Labor force of the project accidentally or unintentionally

cause harm to the value of action historical relics, including cutting down trees,

damaging the value of the object by:

No respect for the tangible and intangible value of the relic;

Not fully educated on the requirements brought to legally protect the historical

value, especially historical relics have been classified;

Labor management plan of the project closely.


3.3.9. Impact by Concentration of Workers


With a concentration of about 50 workers in each construction site during construction

stage will give rise to problems such as:

Generating infectious diseases;

Generating the conflict;


a. The risk of spread disease

Sanitary conditions are not good in the tabernacle; the tent in the public sector will

lead to diseases such as dengue fever, eye ... of the workers, then spread into the


149

surrounding residential areas. In addition, there is the possibility of the risk of spread

of infectious diseases such as HIV/AIDS have indiscriminate sex with prostitutes.


b. Arising conflicts risk

In the project area, in addition to local residents with traditional culture highly local, and

force workers to construction workers for the plant, the company ... Due to the

difference differences in culture and lifestyle, income, food consumption, food should

be easy to give rise to a conflict between the above objects, especially the youth.


3.3.10. Waste and Waste Processing Requirement

3.3.10.1. Type of Arising Wastes

Activities in the process of construction projects generate different types of waste,

including waste and hazardous waste services i.

Common wastes:

o Waste, solid waste from building construction activities;

o Solid waste and waste water from the operation of the worker camps.

Hazardous waste:

o Waste, solid waste from building construction activities;

o Solid waste and waste water from the operation of the worker camps..

These wastes are required to be treated in accordance with the decrees and circulars to

the State's regulations.

3.3.10.2. Assessment

a. The risk of pollution caused by conventional waste-processing requirements

Details about the number, type and composition of the common types of waste

generated are presented in Table 3.29.


150

Table 3.29. Common Waste Generated in the Construction Phase

No Activities Arising waste Processing

requirement Type Component Location Time

1 Construction Waste, solid

construction

waste.

Waste rock and

soil and

bentonite –

mixed soil,

paper, scrap

wood,

concrete,

garbage…

Along the

project

24 months.

Decree

59/2007 /

ND-CP

2 Worker

activities

Solid waste

and waste

water

Bottle, cans,

food waste,

organic matter,

suspended

solids, micro-

organism...

Construction

site

24 months.

Common types of waste in construction are classified as follows:

Soil, organic mud from excavation, dredging topsoil may be used to fill the area of

growing tree;

Gravel soil, solid waste from construction materials (brick, tile, mortar, concrete,

adhesive material in excess of the time limit) can be recycled or re-used as backfill

material for the construction works;

The solid waste in the form of glass, steel, wood, paper packaging, reusable.

They will be collected, stored and transported in accordance with the contract between

the Project Owner and the Urban Environment Company. The time of solid waste

storage is not more than 2 days. The solid waste will be transported by specialized

equipment to ensure the requirements of technical and safety standards, which has

been inspected and licensed by the authorities.

During the transportation of solid waste, it must not leak, spillage of waste, causing the

dust, odors emission.


a1. The risk of environmental pollution caused by waste rock and soil - request is

processed

Waste rock and soil is only incidental to construction items excavation and

construction of bored piles, including:


151

The roads and intersections: road-bed excavation

The bridges: construction of lower part of bridges on the route.

Table 3.30 Total volume type arise and have to dismantle the construction of above

items.

Table 3.30. The Total Volume of Waste Soil Should Discard

No Item

Volume of waste soil (m3)

Time

(month)

Excavation and filling balance Bentonite

mixed soil

(3)

Bentonite

overflow

(4)

Total Excavated

soil Re-use

(1)

Waste soil

(2)

I Road and intersection 4,687.50 4,218.75 468.75 – – 468,75 24

II Hung Nhan bypass 111,052.43 99,947.19 11,105.24 – – 11,105.24 24

II Bridges

1 Nai bridge 2,941.06 2,646.95 294.11 – – 294.11 9

2 Le bridge 8,203.48 7,383.13 820.35 – – 820.35 9

3 Nai bridge 332.6 299.34 33.26 1,161 464 1,625 12

4 Dong Tu bridge 557.2 501.48 55.72 785 314 1,098 12

5 Go bridge 1,581.9 1,424 157.9 777 310.8 1,245.7 12

Total 12,935.33 2,723 1,088.8 16,747.1

Note:

(1). Reuse of land for the road based on the Demonstration Project; work for the remaining

estimated 90% of the excavated soil arising;

(2). Soil type should be emptied after digging and leveling;

(3). Is determined by the volume of drilling in the ground;

(4). In the process of construction of bored piles using bentonite by means of reverse circulation

construction will be about 60% of the original bentonite is recycled through the recirculation tank, in

addition to the small penetration into the soil in the remaining holes nearly 40% is lost in the form of

liquid spill. Bored pile construction scheme is presented in Appendix 2.

As a result, the entire project will generate approximately 16,7471.1 m3 soil type of

weight lifting, including the following types of land digging and leveling about

12,777.43 m3 of soil and bentonite around 2,723m

3 and liquid spillage bentonite of

1,088.8m3.


a2. The risk of environmental pollution caused by solid waste in construction

This waste arising in each category of construction of the Project, including the

construction activity the lower part and the upper part of the question, complete the


152

road, intersections ... this waste composition varied as sludge mill, wood chips, slag,

residue of mortar, concrete legacy ... The predicted amount of waste in each category

of construction is almost impossible to depend on many factors. Construction

supervision experience shows, they are not large but appear daily throughout the

construction period.


a3. The risk of environmental pollution caused by domestic solid waste

Will arrange three cases in the scope of construction. In each case, about 50

construction workers involved. On average, each day each emit 0.5 kg of solid waste,

solid waste activities incurred by the forces of construction waste which is 25kg / 1 the

field. The composition of this waste consists of biodegradable organic waste (food

scraps) and other persistent waste such as cans, plastic, paper ... This type of waste

generated daily during the construction phase.


a4 . The risk of environmental pollution caused by domestic waste water

Domestic waste water from worker camps, including water from water used for

preparing meals (Vna) and from water used for washing, cleaning (Vtg). Based on the

level of water applied to the construction workers in the field in TC 20TCN 4474 - 87

"norms water used for preparing meals" is 25 liters / person / day and by TC 20TCN33

- 85 "norms water used for washing "is 45 liters / person / day and 80% of water use

will be discharged into the environment, the amount of wastewater in the environment

is 2.8 m3 (corresponding to 50 workers).

Based on the load factor of the contaminants in urban sewage of the World Health

Organization, WHO, 1993. Volume 1. "The rapid assessment method of

environmental pollution" has identified the pollutant load in the environment resonate

with 50 workers (Table 3.31) and the concentration of the contaminant (Table 3.32) in

wastewater activities of the project construction workers.

Table 3.31. Load Factor and Load of Contaminants in Urban Sewage

No Contaminant Load factor (g/person/day) Load (kg/day)

1 BOD5 45 ÷ 54 4.5 ÷ 5.4

2 Total of solid (TS) 170 ÷220 17 ÷ 22

3 Coliform 106 ÷ 10

9 10

8 ÷ 10

11


153

Table 3.32. Concentration of Pollutants in Waste Water

No Parameter Concentrations of contaminant (mg/l) Cmax (QCVN

14:2008/BTNMT) No treatment Through septic tank

1 BOD5 281.2 337.5 62.5 125 60

2 TSS 437.5 906 31.2 134.5 1,200

3 Total of Coliform (MNP/100ml) 0.6.107 0.6.10

10 – 5,000

Note: Cmax = C. K

CBOD = 50mg/l, CTSS = 100mg/l (applied column B, Table 1, QCVN 14:2009 / BTNMT - water

not used for drinking water supply)

K = 1,2 - the basis of production of less than 500 people.

We can see, as soon as sanitary wastewater was pre-treated by septic tanks, sewage

contaminants in the from worker camps still exceeded Cmax by QCVN 14:2008 /

MONRE with K = 1, two manufacturing facilities under 500 people many times

when waste water type B according QCVN 08:2008 / BTNMT (Table 3.25). Note

that if the septic tank BOD5 concentration is about 4.5 times higher; COD - about

four times; and TSS - about 14 times. This type of waste generated daily in worker

camps in the 24 months of construction.


a5. The risk of environmental pollution caused by waste water from cement

concrete mixing station

At the construction sites will be arranged mixing station with capacity of 50m3/h.

According to norms with capacity 50m3/h, it is required 87m3 of water to wash the

aggregate and 10m3 to mix concrete; 80% of water volume will be reused afer one

time of washing material. Thus, for each batch will generate 0.55 m3 of wastewater

with a high pH (> 12).

With the concrete volume of Project of 118,544.47 m3, it is estimated:

Demand for water use: 64,962m3;

The volume of wastewater: 41,323m3;

The volume of suspended solid waste generated in wastewater: 33.06 tons (estimated

volume of solid suspended solid waste in water from mixing station is 0.08%).


b. The risk of environmental pollution caused by hazardous waste - request is processed

Waste oil waste oil is expected on every media (7 liters / replace) and cycle instead

(117 ca car / time change). According to the calculation results, the amount of all

vehicle construction project is 30,994 cases of car, the amount of waste oil was


154

1854.34 liters of waste oil with 77.26 liters of waste oil / month. Waste oil will be

contained in the camps where the motorcycle gathering in the site layout.

Vehicle maintenance activities may take place at the yard motor in the field supply of

11 m3 / day wastewater containing oil (Table 3.33). Oil content in permissible limit

according QCVN 40/2011/BTNMT, column B when poured into the water used for

irrigation (Cmax = C x Kq x Kf = 10 x 1.2 x 1.2 = 14.4).

Hazardous solid waste arising from activities change oil, maintenance of equipment.

The waste is hazardous solid wastes containing oil (oil cloth, cover ...). There are also

a number of hazardous solid wastes such as light bulbs, batteries ... However, this

amount is very small and are also collected. It is difficult to quantify this waste due to

their amount depends on the number of machines and equipment used, the intention of

the contractor has carried out maintenance of machinery and equipment at the site or

not... Experience shows that a large amount of them are not. This type of waste is

generated every day in the public sector construction.

Table 3.33. Wastewater Flow and Load from the Operation and

Maintenance of Machinery

Type of waste water Discharge

(m3/ day)

Concentrations of contaminant

COD (mg/l) Oil (mg/l) SS (mg/l)

Maintenance of machinery 2 20 30 – 50 80

Cleaning of machinery 5 50 80 1.0 2.0 150 200

Cooling of machinery 4 10 20 0.5 1.0 10 50

QCVN 40:2011/BTNMT, column A C=50 C=5 C=50

QCVN 40:2011/BTNMT, column B C=100 C=10 C=100

Note: A specified column C values of the parameters of pollutants in industrial wastewater is discharged

into the receiving water is used for drinking water supply purposes; column B specified C value of the

pollution parameters in the industrial waste water discharged into the receiving water is not used for water

supply purposes.

Impact level: High

The impacts during construction stage are summarized in table 3.34:

Table 3.34. Summaries of impacts during construction stage

Impact Location Time/Frequency Impact level

Air pollution due to dust

and exhaust gas

New Nai bridge area (Km48+600)

Le bridge (Km48+251); 9 months Medium

Road to transport the materials

(QL39-1, ĐT224, ĐT455, ĐT223,

ĐT226, and inter-village roads etc.);

24 months Medium


155


Bridge sites (Nai bridge, Nai bridge, Le

bridge, Dong Tu bridge, Go bridge) and

Road construction sites (Km48+000;

Km54+500)

24 months High

Impacts due to noise,

The residential areas and objectives

along the road 24 months Medium




Km54+500)

24 months Medium

Impacts due to vibration The residential areas and objectives

along the road 24 months Small

Water surface pollution

Ponds, irrigation canals along the

road; Medium

Cau le river (Km48+251), Sa Lung

river (Km48+600), Thai Su river

(Km52+700), Hoang Nguyen river

(Km55+320), Hoai river

(Km88+100)

9 - 12 months Medium

Groundwater pollution Nai bridge (Km52+700) and Dong

Tu bridge (Km55+320) 12 months Medium

Soil pollution




Km54+500) 24 months

Medium

Agricultural lands, garden lands,

residential lands along the road. Medium

Impact on eco-system

Cau le river (Km48+251), Sa Lung

river (Km48+600), Thai Su river

(Km52+700), Hoang Nguyen river

(Km55+320), Hoai river

(Km88+100)

9 - 12 months Medium

Along the road 24 months Medium




Km54+500)

24 months Medium

Issues on traffic

Along the road 24 months High

02 interchanges of Hung Nhan

bypass 24 months Medium


156


Road to transport the materials

(QL39-1, ĐT224, ĐT455, ĐT223,

ĐT226, and inter-village roads etc.)

24 months Medium

Impact on landscape, and

historical monuments

Areas of Historical monument of

Linh Son pagoda Cau palace and

National historical culture area of

Tran Thu Do Great tutor and Tran

Thi Dung Temple of the country’s

mother

24 months Medium

Spread of infectious

disease and conflict 11 commune/town 24 months Medium

Environment in the

mining and transportation

of materials

Along the road, minning area, along

the 24 months Small

Waste arising Along the road, Construction site 24 months Medium

3.4. Impacts in the Operation Phase

The main activities within the project are sources of impacts in the operational phase,

including:

Operation of vehicles;

Operate vehicles;

Improve the road and appear the Hung Nhan bypass.

Table 3.35 summarizes the sources of impacts related to waste and waste related

operational stage.

Table 3.35. Summary of the Sources of Impact Incurred in the Operation

Phase

No Related to waste Type of waste likely to arise

1 Activity of vehicle Dust, toxic gases (CO, NO2, SO2, VOC).

2 Activity of vehicle operation Roll-in dust

3 Overflow runoff Dirt on road

No Non related to waste Impact factor

1 Activity of vehicle Noise, vibration;

2 Appear the Hung Nha bypass Separation, local inundation

3.4.1. Air Environment

a. Generated waste


157

Activities giving rise to the waste, potentially affecting ambient air quality, including:

Activity of vehicle (dust; toxis gases CO, NO2, SO2, HC);

Operation of vehicle (Roll-in dust).

b. Assessment

b1. Dust and emissions released from the operation of motor vehicles

The estimated amount of environmental pollutants from the air by burning fuel from

the operation of vehicles on the road are made on the basis of:

Cars the forecast data of the project in 2030. In which the traffic flow during peak

hours is equal to 15% of car traffic day and night (Table 3.36).

Table 3.36. Forecast Traffic Through Trieu Duong and Hung Ha Section

Year Type of vehicle Unit Trieu Duong Hung Ha

2030

Car Cars/day 891 659

<16 seats Cars/day 841 601

>16 seats Cars/day 824 302

Light truck Cars/day 1,404 1,107

Medium truck Cars/day 796 541

3 alxes Cars/day 95 196

>3 alxes Cars/day 14 50

Bicyle Cars/day 2, 660 8,139

Motorcycle Cars/day 1,391 3,538

Total PCU 10,542 10,105

Pollution coefficient of the World Health Organization (WHO) (Table 3.37)

Table 3.37. Coefficient of Air Pollution Due to Traffic WHO

Type of vehicle Unit (U) TSP

(kg/U)

SO2

(kg/U)

NOx

(kg/U)

CO

(kg/U)

HC

(kg/U)

1. Car (car and bus)

- Engine <1400 cc

- Engine 1400-2000 cc

- Engine >2000 cc

1000 km

Ton of gasoline

1000 km

Ton of gasoline

1000 km

Ton of gasoline

0.07

0.80

0.07

0.68

0.07

0.06

1.74S

20S

2.05S

20S

2.35S

20S

1.31

15.13

1.33

10.97

1.33

9.56

10.24

118.0

6.46

62.9

6.46

54.9

1.29

14.83

0.60

5.85

0.60

5.1

Medium 1000 km 0.07 2.05S 1.19 7.72 0.83


158

Type of vehicle Unit (U) TSP

(kg/U)

SO2

(kg/U)

NOx

(kg/U)

CO

(kg/U)

HC

(kg/U)

2. Truck

- Gasoline truck > 3.5 tones,

- Minivan, diesel engine < 3.5 tones

- Large truck, diesel engine 3.5 -16

tones

- Huge truck, diesel engine >16 tones

- Large bus, diesel engine >16 tones

1000 km

Ton of gasoline

1000 km

Ton of oil

1000 km

Ton of oil

1000 km

Ton of oil

1000 km

Ton of oil

0.4

3.5

0.2

3.5

0.9

4.3

1.6

4.3

1.4

4.3

4.5S

20S

1.16S

20S

4.29S

20S

7.26S

20S

6.6S

20S

4.5

20

0.7

12

11.8

55

18.2

50

16.5

50

70

300

1

18

6.0

28

7.3

20

6.6

20

7

30

0.15

2.6

2.6

2.6

5.8

16

5.3

16

Average 1000km 0.9 4.76S 10.3 18.2 4.2

3. Motorcycle

Engine <50cc, 2-stroke cycle

Engine >50cc, 2-stroke cycle

Engine >50cc, 4-stroke cycle

1000 km

Ton of gasoline

1000 km

Ton of gasoline

1000 km

Ton of gasoline

0.12

6.7

0.12

4.0

0.36S

20S

0.6S

20S

0.76S

20S

0.05

2.8

0.08

2.7

0.30

8

10

550

22

730

20

525

6

330

15

500

3

80

Average 1000km 0.08 0.57S 0.14 16.7 8

Source: WHO, 1993. Assessment of source of air, water and land pollution. A guide to rapid source

inventory Techniques and their use in formulating Environmental control strategies. Part one: Rapid

Inventory Techniques in Environmental Pollution.

National technical regulation on gasoline and diesel (QCVN 1:2007 / BKHCN)

defined S sulfur content in gasoline and diesel used in transport is S = 0.05%


Table 3.38. Emissions from Cars by 2030 Forecast Peak Hours (mg / ms)

Year Section Unit CO NO2 SO2 HC TSP

2030 Trieu Duong mg/m.s 2.877 0.117 <0.001 0.441 0.058

Hung Ha mg/m.s 3.395 0.066 <0.001 0.497 0.041

Sutton model applied to the source line has been used to predict emissions of

pollutants from vehicles. Solution of the equation is calculated for the continuous

emission sources and infinite length (while x ) of the form:


159

u

hzhzE

Cz

zz

.

2exp

2exp.8.0

2

2

2

2

(mg/m

3)

In which:

C: concentration of pollutants in the air (mg/m3);

E: load of contaminants from waste (mg/m.s);

z: height of the calculation point (m) (m);

h: height of the road surface than the surrounding ground (m) (m);

u: average wind speed (m/s);

z: diffusion coefficient of pollutant under the z z(m).

Meteorological conditions and other input data used in the model are presented in

Table 3.39.

Table 3.39. Meteorological Conditions and the Input Data Used in the

Calculation

No Item Thai Binh province

Summer Winter

1 Wind direction NE SE

2 Wind angle 45o 45

o

3 Height on road above ground 2.5m 2.5m

4 Average wind speed 1.9m/s 2.1m/s

Diffusion coefficient values pollutant z z vertical (z) with the stability of the

atmosphere in the Project area is B, is determined by the formula:

z = 0.53.x0.73

(m)

In which: x is the distance of the points calculated from original sources, with the wind

blowing, m

Forecast results are presented in Table 3.40.

Table 3.40. Forecast Distribution Pollutants from Vehicle Operations

Section Parameter Season Distribution of concentration by distance (mg/m

3) QCVN 05,

06 : 2009 5m 10m 25m 50m 100m

Trieu

Duong

CO Winter 0.33 0.289 0.208 0.145 0.094

5 Summer 0.365 0.32 0.23 0.16 0.104

NO2 Winter 0.013 0.012 0.008 0.006 0.004

0.1 Summer 0.015 0.013 0.009 0.007 0.004

SO2 Winter <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

0.125 Summer <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001


160

Section Parameter Season Distribution of concentration by distance (mg/m

3) QCVN 05,

06 : 2009 5m 10m 25m 50m 100m

HC Winter 0.051 0.044 0.032 0.022 0.014

1.5 Summer 0.056 0.049 0.035 0.025 0.016

TSP Winter 0.007 0.006 0.004 0.003 0.002

0.2 Summer 0.007 0.006 0.005 0.003 0.002

Hung

Ha

CO Winter 0.390 0.341 0.246 0.171 0.111

5 Summer 0.431 0.377 0.272 0.189 0.123

NO2 Winter 0.008 0.007 0.005 0.003 0.002

0.1 Summer 0.008 0.007 0.005 0.004 0.002

SO2 Winter <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

0.125 Summer <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

HC Winter 0.057 0.050 0.036 0.025 0.016

1.5 Summer 0.063 0.055 0.040 0.028 0.018

TSP Winter 0.005 0.004 0.003 0.002 0.001

0.2 Summer 0.005 0.005 0.003 0.002 0.001

Compare the results predicted with the PERMISSIBLE LIMIT in the QCVN 05:2009 /

MONRE and QCVN 06:2009 / MONRE found that the concentration of dust and

gases (CO, NO2, SO2, HC) arising from the combustion of less than the permissible

limit very many times.

Impact Level: Negligible

b2. Entrained dust tires of cars running on the road

Based on the traffic flow forecast (Table 3.27) and the emission of dust swept from the

World Health Organization (Table 3.32) have identified dust load arising from the

operation of vehicles on the road, the during peak hours (Table 3.41).

Table 3.41. The Emission of Dust Swept from the Road

No Type of road Unit (U) TSP (kg/U)

Paved road

1 Urban road (width < 10m, traffic < 500 cars/day) 1000 km 15

2 Urban road (width >10m, traffic 500 ÷ 10,000 cars/day) 1000 km 10

3 National highway (traffic >10,000 cars/day) 1000 km 4.4

4 Highway (traffic >50,000 cars/day) 1000 km 0.35

Source: WHO, 1993. Assessment of source of air, water and land pollution. A guide to rapid source

inventory Techniques and their use in formulating Environmental control strategies. Part one: Rapid

Inventory Techniques in Environmental Pollution.


161

Table 3.42. Dust Load from Operating Vehicles

Year Section Cars in rush

hour (car/h)

emission of dust swept from

the road (kg/1000km.car)

Load of dust swept from

the road (mg/m.s)

2030 Trieu Duong 625 4.4 0.764

Hung Ha 700 4.4 0.856

Using the Sutton similar model in case of dust emissions from vehicle operations have

determined the concentration of dust and emissions arising from the operation of the

line car (dust swept from the road) (table 3.43).

Table 3.43. Forecast Distribution Pollutants from Vehicle Operation

Year Section Season

Distribution of concentration by distance

(mg/m3)

QCVN05:2009

/BTNMT 5m 10m 25m 50m 100m

2030

Trieu Duong Winter 0.088 0.077 0.055 0.039 0.025 0.3

Summer 0.097 0.085 0.061 0.043 0.028 0.3

Hung Ha Winter 0.098 0.086 0.062 0.043 0.028 0.3

Summer 0.109 0.095 0.069 0.048 0.031 0.3

Compare the results predicted with the PERMISSIBLE LIMIT in QCVN05:

2009/BTNMT found that the concentration of dust arising from the book value less

than the permissible limit many times.

Impact level: Small

3.4.2. Impact on Sound Environment

a. Impact factor

Activities operated vehicles on the road rise to noise.

b. Assessment

Noise emissions from vehicles - negligible impact

Formula predicted source noise level:

LA7 = LA7 TC + LAi . (dB) (*)

In which:

LA7 is the average equivalent noise level of the car (at a height of 1.5 m and flow axis 7.5

m);

LA7 TC is the average equivalent noise level of the vehicle at the height of 1.5 m and a flow

axis 7.5 m in standard conditions are driving on a straight and flat road. while 60% are

cars trucks and passenger cars and average running speed of 40km / h.


162

LAi s the sum of the corrections for the other cases with these conditions. In the

framework of the project. coefficients of LAi are taken as follows:

o Increase or decrease 10% of trucks and passenger cars LAi = ± 0.8dBA;

o Increase or decrease average speed of vehicle by ±10km/h then LAi = ±1.5dBA;

Source: Pham Ngoc Dang, Air Environment, Science and Technology Publishing House,

2003.

From the vehicle data, the design speed (section 1.4.2.1) and the equivalent noise level

panel of the car with the standard conditions (Table 3.44) predicted source noise level

of the vehicle at a height of 1.5m and how axis lanes 7.5 m in 2035 (Table 3.45).

Table 3.44. Average Equivalent Noise Level at Standard Conditions (LA7 TC)

Vehicle flow (vehicle/h) 40 50 60 80 100 150 200 300 400 500

Noise level LA7 TC (dB) 68 68.5 69 69.5 70 71 72 73 73.5 74

Vehicle flow (xe/h) 700 900 1000 1500 2000 3000 4000 5000 10000

Noise level LA7 TC (dB) 75 75.5 76 77 77.5 78.5 79 80 81

Source: Pham Ngoc Dang, 2003, Air environment. Science and Technology Publishing House

Table 3.45. Predicted Noise Levels from Cars

Section Predicted noise level LA7 (dB)

Trieu Duong 81.5

Hung Ha 80.4

Predicted noise levels decrease with distance is based on the methods mentioned above

(details of the method are presented in Section 3.1.2.2). The results presented in Table

3.46.

Table 3.46. Results Predicted Decline with Distance (dBA)

Year of 2030

Distance (*)

5m 10m 25m 50m

Trieu Duong 78.9 77.3 74.4 71.7

Hung Ha 77.8 76.2 73.3 70.6

(*)The distance from the edge of the road.

According to the results predicted noise levels decrease with distance and decrease

over the range of trees and brick walls (the formula stated in Section 3.1.2.2. Among

them, the number is 4 strips; distance between the strip tree 3m; smoking and diffuse

sound level of greenery is 0.15; noise reduction through brick walls is 12dB) identified

noise impacts to these subjects (Table 3.47).


163

Table 3.47. Noise Impact on Residential Areas in the Operational Phase

No Subject Distance (*)

Noise level (dBA) QCVN 26:2010

1

Residential areas at: (Km44+000 -

Km44+200; Km44+400 - Km44

+900; Km45+100; Km46+100;

Km47+700; Km47+950; Km51+200

- Km52+200; Km52+400 -

Km52+900; Km53+100 -

Km53+700; Km54+100; Km55+100;

Km56+150 - Km56+800;

Km57+600; Km58+080; Km58+300

- Km59+400; Km59+900;

Km61+300 - Km61+600), Go bridge

(Km88+100)

10 68.4 70

2 Pham Kinh An kindergarten 40 51.7

55 3 Primary School of Hung Nhan town 50 50.8

4 Tran Thu Do Secondary School 60 50.1

5 Health center of Hung Ha town 80 48.8

6 Hung Ha District Commissioner 80 60.7

70 7 People Committee of Hung Ha town 100 59.7

8 Hung Ha Post Office Km58+040 80 60.7

9 Historical monument such as Linh

Sơn pagoda, Cau palace

100 47.9

55 10 Pagoda at Km46+900 40 51.7

11 Pagoda at Km48+900 80 48.8

12 Ethnic church Km56+620 30 52.8

(*)The distance to the edge of the road

Compare the results predicted with permissible limit in QCVN 26:2010 / BTNMT

found that: noise level emissions from cars less than permissible limit. Impact is

negligible.

Impact level: Small

3.4.3. Impact of Overflow Runoff

a. Impact factor

In the operation phase, storm water runoff will be caught up in the dirt and heavy

metals in contaminated soil on the road.

c. Assessment


164

Environment and water ecosystems contaminated by dirt and metals from

overflow runoff

Besides the dirt on the road, the amount of heavy metals in the dirt on the ground layer

detection is dependent on the mode of transport and traffic density proportional to

(Clark and colleagues studied the characteristics chemical layer of dirt on the road).

Table 3.48 presents the results of research on the chemical content in the layer of dirt

on the road.

Table 3.48. Chemical Characteristics of the Contaminated Soil on the Road

No Parameter Content (mg/ kg) No Parameter Content (mg/ kg)

1 pH 6.7 7.6 7 Cr 2 35

2 Oil 5 73 8 Cu 24 310

3 Clo 0,1 4 9 Fe 24 65

4 NO3- 3 386 10 Pb 19 553

5 SO42-

34 2700 11 Ni 2 73

6 Cd 1.3 (average) 12 Zn 90 577

Source: Clark and colleagues, the chemical properties of the contaminated soil on the road, 2000, Journal

of CIWEM

Activities in the operational phase impacts on water quality and the results presented

in Figure 3.2.

It has been calculated that the amount of dirt on the surface due to dry weather

accumulation will reach equilibrium after 10 days. After 10 days, the rate of deposition

similar movement speed caused by the turbulence of the air. The balance is maintained

until appear the phenomenon of "clean". This phenomenon is defined as the wind

speeds exceed 5.8 m / s or rain beyond 7mm/h. Rainfall cleaned very fast dirt on the

road. After 20 - 30 minutes, the concentration of contaminants in runoff when there

will not be significant. By the action takes place in a long period and build up the

quality of water, sediments of rivers and canals along the route are at risk of

contamination.


165

Figure 3.9. The Impact of Activities in the Operational Phase to Water

Quality and the Consequences


3.4.3.1. Impacts of Agricultural Land Fragmentation

a. Impact factor

Hung Nhan bypass crosses agricultural land causing fragmentation of agricultural

land.

b. Assessment

Fragmentation of arable fields

Fragmentation caused by Hung Nhan bypass crosses cut through her cultivated fields

fragmentation as states cut through, the farmers in a party very difficult to to the other

side of the way to cultivate daily. In addition, farmers have to invest more resources to

protect as well as to take care of things on it compared to a plot of the same area but

not fragmented. Impacts require mitigation measures.

Public health / Economic development

Bio-productivity

Ecosystem quality

Exhausted

dust Tires Leakage Retrograd

e

Means Asphalt pavement

Pb, Ni Rubber, Zn,

Cd, Pb, PCBs Oil,

grease Ni, oil

Activity in

the

operation

phase

Physical

and

chemical

impact

Ecologic

al

impact

Human impact


166

Fig 3.10. Area ofAgricultural Land Fragmentation


3.4.3.2. Local Flood Impact

a. Impact factor

New route is higher up than the old way.

Appear the Hung Nhan bypass.

b. Assessment

The risk of local flooding occur routes - negligible impact

Project of the lower area of Thai Binh province, in periods of heavy rain occurred

inundation in areas along the river. New route is higher up than the old road from 1.5

÷ 2.5 m will prevent water runoff from the area to the other side. Besides, the

appearance of Hung Nhan bypass will create a triangle with the existing road, the

land area is limited by the bypass and existing road, which may be flooded if it rains.

In the design process, project layout and calculate the length as well as the number of

drains (horizontal and vertical) of each region to ensure adequate drainage flow. In

addition, the consultant working with the local position, the drain aperture ensure

drainage requirements. Local flooding impacts are negligible.

Hung Nhan Bypass

Rice field

Rice field


167

Impact level: Small

3.4.3.3. The positive impact of project

The project in operation will produce some benefit such as:

The project in operation, traffic in the areas will be more favorable, increasing of

vehicle speed, avoid congestion, reduce time for passenger and shipping products

are convenient, reduce traffic accidents on the existing road. This is a great benefit

that brought by project;

Saving operation cost of vehicles: Operation cost of vehicles depends on the speed

of vehicles and length of the road. This benefit is compared between 02 plans

(Improvement or not improvement of the road). Vehicles must be operated through

the existing traffic system in the region and is calculated based on the difference

between the operating speed of Improvement road and existing road. Average

currently operating speed of the vehicles on the NH39-1 is estimated about 40 -

50km/h and will down to 20 - 30km/h in 2030 when project is not construction.

The speed of vehicles on the road when the project was upgraded is estimated from

60 to 70 km/h in the last year of the project. The increase the speed will save

significant operating costs of the vehicles on the route;

The project should help to improve more transport network of the province;

Project is put into operation will contribute to improve living conditions, develop

the cultural and education due to easily access to public facilities of the people:

People can easily go to the region nearby; pupils can easily go to school...

Contributing to change the environment and landscape of community life. People

would be easier to shipping the products, thereby saving time shipping the products

between localities in Project area, improve the community living standards.

Transport development will promote the industrial development of regional

development projects are more investment, create more jobs and reduce

unemployment. Tourism network development, contributing to improve all forms

of traffic in the region, promoting the process of urbanization and industrialization.

Land along the road will be changed of used purpose and mobilize on land price,

the formation of new residential areas or spontaneity markets, trade and service

area for passers, the plan for socio-economic development of the region. The

evolution of the land areas along the road will have the fast and complex changes if

there is not strategic direction of long-term usage.

Route after putting into operation, a significant portion of agricultural land, farm

land will be transferred to other uses may be business, industrial services, urban


168

residential market. The uncontrolled development as the development of

commercial or industrial belt can lead to inefficient use of land along the route.

The impacts in operation stage of project are summarized in table 3.49:

Table 3.49. Summary of impacts during operation stage of project


Environment pollution

due to dust, exhaust gas Along the road Permanence Small

Impact due to noise and

vibration Along the road Permanence Small

Rainwater runoff Along the road Permanence Medium

Agricultural land division Hung Nhan bypass area Permanence Medium

Locality flooding Hung Nhan bypass area Permanence Small

3.5. The impact of the Risks and Incidents

3.5.1. Technical Issues

The construction of the berth on the potential risk of incident fueled the work of

engineering, especially in the installation of scaffolding and construction of piers in

the river. Technical problems if there will be a disaster not only a threat to the lives of

the forces participating in the construction.

3.5.2. Risk of Fire and Explosion

During the construction phase, oil is used for the operation of construction equipment.

Gasoline is composed mainly compound carbuahydro (96 ÷ 99%) should be able to

evaporate very fast transient surface. Ignition so easy, especially when mixed into the

air and see the sparks.

3.5.3. Labor Safety

Occupational accidents can happen in any activities in the construction process with

the employer if you fail to comply with on labor safety procedures.

In the process of building the bridge bored pile construction technology, the accident-

prone stage of labor include:

Installation of casing with vibrators;

Drilling machine.

The group main cause of occupational accidents include:


169

Deficiencies in the design of technological measures: deficiencies in design

technology measures such as measures to support shuttering, anti-erosion measures

earthen walls... may lead to collapsed construction, labor accidents;

shortcomings in the organization of construction: irrational allocation of shifts,

work arrangements are not in the correct order, overlapping, use of non-standard

materials, cut the construction process...;

Technical shortcomings: machinery, vehicles, tools and a complete lack of

structure or damaged as lack of safety, lack of cover, lack of preventive warning

system...;

Violation of procedures and technical safety;

The risk caused by: transport by car accidents, slip fall on scaffolding, electrical

accidents... On rainy days increasing the risk of accidents is high due to the

slippery ground, prone to electrical problems, subsidence-prone ...

3.5.4. Natural Disasters (Storms, Heavy Rain)

As described in Chapter 2, the annual project area and tropical storm landfall directly

into the coastal provinces, but affected by rain caused by the storm is very large. These

natural disasters can cause problems at construction sites, in particular:

To increase the probability of an accident in the case of construction workers on

the bridge; especially life-threatening construction workers by lightning;

threat to the stability of the structures on high, particularly fueled new structural

construction of a rain storm;

In case of floods, if no preventive measures all construction sites located outside

the river will be flooded. Flooding not only causes damage to the project which

will create huge losses to the surrounding environment due to pollutants (oil,

gasoline, etc.) in the field under flood waters spread over a wide area.

3.5.5. Incident Caused by Detecting Mines

After implementing the clearance and prior to starting construction, the entire Project

will be detected the mine. This activity is potentially explosive incidents, threatening

human lives and their property.

3.6. Commenting on the Level of Detail, the Reliability of the Assessment

3.6.1. The Level of Detail of the Assessment

Identify the impact of the project has been built on the basis of access at each


170

operation of the project in three phases of pre-construction, construction and operation

of the Project in the receiving environment project with the specific conditions nature,

natural resources and socio-economic areas. If implementation of the project will

appear the impact of temporary land occupation permanently and occupied and

encroached infrastructure; affect ambient air quality, noise, vibration, water quality,

land ; impact on traffic; impact by focusing workers and waste management control

issues; incidents due to collapsed and flooded ... In the case of non-implementation of

the Project will not appear, but the impact but limited to the socio-economic

development of the project communes.

The level of detail is also reflected in the calculation of emission sources based on data

on vehicles, machinery, materials used; applied technology; personnel comply with

project and according to the standards, standards and norms prescribed in the

legislation of Vietnam, international organizations, experience in construction of the

building society..

3.6.2. Reliability of the Assessment

3.6.2.1. Of the Forecasting Methods

List and the matrix method is used to determine the impact object and the object

affected, and indicate the level of impact, according to set requirements minimized.

Methodology and method is the basis of scientific and realistic.

Forecast-based waste facilities, machinery, materials used; applied technology;

personnel comply with the norms set by the State of Vietnam, the international

organization.

Predicting the impact and scale of the impact is determined based on the sensitivity of

the receiving object and the size of waste source. Assess the level of contamination is

done by the method of comparison between the predicted results with VNS

environment since 1998 and the Environmental QCVN 2008 as well as international

standards provisions applicable to countries development. Methodology is reasonable.

However, because there are many small changes in the implementation of the

contractor's construction and the weather changes ... In addition, a number of

quantitative and semi-quantitative methods applied in the report is the fast method,

together with the input of relative quantitative level, the results of high-precision .

Therefore, the monitoring results from the pre-construction of construction and during

construction will add less predictable impact and adjust the impact has been predicted.

3.6.2.2. About the Method

a. For emissions to air pollution


171

Using Sutton model applied to the source line to predict the pollution level in the

estimated amount of dust and waste gases typical for traffic projects in regional

meteorological conditions made for Project both during construction and during

operation of the project is the traditional method. The results predict the concentration

of contaminants in the operational phase has been verified with real data measured at

the time of setting up the project. In general, the observed and predicted data is

relatively consistent. The results predict the toxic emissions from the operation of

vehicles on the road in the forecast is reliable. However, due to a number of input

parameters such as meteorological conditions are taken as the average annual values

??should the relative forecast results. The observed changes in ambient air quality in

the operational phase to the actual car will adjust forecasting results and appropriate

behavior.

b. For noise pollution emissions

Predicted source noise level and noise attenuation by distance follow textbook named

"Environmental Engineering" by Prof., Dr. Pham Ngoc Dang - Science and

Technology Publishing House, 2003. This is the method with high reliability, widely

recognized and applied in Vietnam.


172

CHAPTER IV. MEASURES FOR PREVENTION, MITIGATION OF ADVERSE

IMPACTS; RESPONSE TO ENVIRONMENTAL INCIDENTS

4.1. Measures for Prevention, Mitigation of Adverse Impacts of the Project

on the Environment during the Pre-Construction

4.1.1. Mitigation of Impacts due to Land Acquisition, Relocation and

Resettlement

4.1.1.1. Regarding Impacts due to Relocation and Resettlement

a. Description of mitigation measures

In order to mitigation adverse impacts caused by relocation and resettlement, besides

implement the Plan on Compensation, Support and Resettlement, Project owner need

consider to aspirations of displaced persons.

a1. Implementing the Compensation, Support and Resettlement Plan

The most effective mitigation measures are implementation plan for compensation,

assistance and resettlement. In this measure, the compensation policy is composed in

the manner of taking priority of the donor (WB) with the compensation and support

which will be done for all impacted persons in the compensation list prior to the date

of land acquisition and price is based on the replacement cost.

- Responsibility of the units in relation to land acquisition and resettlement and

implementation budget.

o Following Document No. 1665/TTg-CN on 17/10/2006 of the Prime Minister

on the implementation of land acquisition for transportation project

construction, land acquisition will be separated as sub-projects from project by

People's Committees of Hung Yen and Thai Binh province. People's

Committees of Hung Ha, Dong Hung and Tien Lu districts will implement

these sub-projects under direction of People's Committees of Hung Yen and

Thai Binh provinces through the Board of compensation, assistance and

resettlement of People's Committees of above districts which is established with

chairman of Boards shall be leader of above districts and members must be staff

from the affected communes, and representatives of the affected persons.

o The Project Owner shall assist the Chairman of the Board compensation,

assistance and resettlement to make plans for compensation, assistance and

resettlement; securing adequate budget for timely payment of compensation,

assistance and resettlement (cost for land acquisition is from State Budget


173

Fund).

General plan of compensation, assistance and resettlement

o The general plan of compensation, assistance and resettlement of the project has

been made in to a resettlement action plan (RAP). The overall objective of RAP

is to determine the compensation and resettlement program for the project to

ultimately limit the number of people and assets affected by the project to

ensure that all affected people will be compensated for damage with

replacement cost; and, there will be recovery measures to help them improve or

at least maintain the standard of living and their ability to generate income as

before the project.

o The plan of compensation, assistance and resettlement is briefly shown in the

summary table of compensation, assistance and resettlement policies, and

matrix of rights.

o Measures to mitigate the impacts of land acquisition will be applied during land

acquisition period and completed before starting construction.

a2. Consideration of aspirations of displaced people

Taking consideration in arrangement of resettlement areas near the former place for

the involuntary displaced households.

Compensating by money to self-resettlement households, and supervision their

self-resettlement process to ensure that their compensation money is spent right

purpose.

b. Objects and implementation time

Applicable objects: displaced households.

Implementation time: completed before commencement of the project.

4.1.1.2. Regarding Impacts due to Permanent Acquisition of Agricultural Land


Households who agricultural land are permanently acquired face not only income

damage, income loss, but also the difficulties in production recovery or earning new

income sources. Therefore, it is not enough to be compensated by the cost replacing

the acquired land area. Measures for production support and income restoration plan

shall be established and implemented to ensure that the households who are taken their

land can restore their minimum income like before the acquisition. The specific

measures include:

Compensation: total area of permanently acquired agricultural land, as well as


174

trees and crops on the land will be compensated with the price calculated at the

time of inventory.

Support for living stabilization:

o For households who lost 30 ÷ 70% of their production land: support for six

months for non-displaced households and 12 months for displaced ones;

o For households who lost more than 70% of their production land: support for 12

months for non-displaced households and 24 months for displaced ones.

Support for agricultural land in residential areas:

o For garden/ pond land in residential areas: support more with 30 ÷ 70% of the

price of the adjacent land plot;

o For agricultural land in residential areas: support more with 20 ÷ 50% of the

price of the adjacent land plot.

Support for career change and job creation: the households who lost their

agricultural land will be supported for career change and job creation in cash with

1.5-5 times higher than the compensation for the agricultural land.

Recruitment: for some simple jobs with low technical requirements, the project’s

Owner encourages the contractor to recruit local labors, in which households losing

their agricultural land will be preferred.


Applicable objects: households whose land for rice growing and ponds along the

route are permanently acquired.

Implementation time: completed before commencement of the Project.

4.1.1.3. with regard to the impact caused by temporary misappropriation of land for

agricultural production.


Purpose is reimbursement of the damage caused by temporary misappropriation of

farmland for construction site layout will apply these measures: compensation under

the agreement: Project Owners land lease agreement for the land owners as agreed.

Land rents will be charged for both time constitute the ground temporarily for

construction and land recovery timeout (about 2 years). Revert: When no longer in

use, the temporary loan of land will be cleaned and renovated, restored according to

the original commitment before handover to the owner. Commitment: unite the

commitment to the clean-up, revert or renovating to serve other purposes. This


175

commitment will be notarized at the village to secure legitimacy.


Applicable objects: Owners of temporary acquisition agricultural lands

Implementation time: need to be finished before constructing the Project.

4.1.1.4. Regarding Impacts due to Relocation of Irrigation Ditches


Aiming to prevent unnecessary impacts that disturb the production activities due to

relocation of irrigation ditches, the project is committed to:

Follow the design procedures: the relocation of drainage will be carried out and

completed prior to construction of the project’s items. While building a new

irrigation ditch system, the old ones is still used to ensure no disruption to people’s

production activities. After the construction is completed, directing the water flow

from the old ditch system to the new ones. Then, the old system will be demolished

to hand over the site for construction.

Provide adequate funds: the project ensures to provide full funds for ditch

improvement (already included in the total investment of the project).


Applicable objects: 4,212m improved ditches;

Implementation time: completed before commencement of the Project.

4.1.1.5. Assessment of the Efficiency of Mitigation Measures and Residual Impacts

To the best of our knowledge, at any scale, the land acquisition often makes long-term

social impacts, especially in case of relocation and resettlement, although the land is

recovered for national and public interests and the compensation is implemented

according to the compensation, support and resettlement plan with the consent of the

affected person. The fact shows that social contradictions shall be solved if the

Compensation Council can implement the followings well:

Extensively propagating about economic development policy and the compensation

policy of the state to the affected households as well as their obligations and rights;

Publicly notifying compensation price with the details of each affected assets.

Publicly posting the compensation amount for each household;

Making policies to support poor households and those under policies;


176

Making policies to reward those who do hand over their site earlier than scheduled;

Establishing job creating and vocational training plan for the affected households at request;

Establishing plans to vulnerable households in dismantling and relocating to new places;

For common labors (usually unskilled ones with unstable jobs): organizing

vocational direction, training with classes for both vocational training and general

education in place to meet the need of employers in the project area. For

disqualified labors that end the age for both learning and working, they will be

requested for low-requirement jobs such as guards, vehicle keepers, cleaners, etc

and learn more at these units. However, these labors cannot be employed at the

same time, so vocational training schools with educational support shall be opened

to form groups of skilled labors.

Guiding the way of spending compensation money: most of people, upon receiving

a large amount from compensation, cannot know how to use such amount properly,

which cause waste and risk of new evils burdening the society. As a result, specific

instructions will be provided on the use of capital, especially instruction on

investment in business and production or savings suitable to each object in order to

stabilize their lives for a long time.

Clearly stating information about the project, the construction schedule to local authorities

and affected households, policy/ plan on compensation, support and resettlement;

Forming mechanisms for affected people to propose their wishes in compensation

as well as complaints and feedbacks;

The settlement of administrative procedures related to relocation is also a matter of

concern because there are still many obstacles that cause people’s lives cannot be

in order, such as: applying for conversion of business type, business licenses,

school transfer for their children, making family register, etc. The facilitation of

administrative procedures is imperative to get the proper concern from leaders to

help people stabilize their lives after the land recovery;

The project ensures adequate and timely budget for site clearance and resettlement.

In addition, in the case of the Project, (i) because local reserve land is abundant, the

most feasible and optimal measure is that households shall be relocated for

resettlement in place according to their aspirations and funds shall be provided timely

for their own resettlement; (ii) measures for minimize the impacts of infrastructure

encroachment are the commitments of the project in accordance with the construction

process not interrupting production activities; the costs for this this task have been

prepared and included in total investment of the Project.


177

4.1.2. Mitigation Measures for Impacts of Site Demolition and Levelling

4.1.2.1. Dust Control during Demolition of Houses

a. Description of measures

Spraying water: when demolishing the works on the hot dry days;

Covering by canvas: Canvas shall cover the house demolishing area to prevent

dust from spreading into the surrounding area;

Transporting waste: Non-recycled waste shall be treated under the contracts

signed environmental companies.

b. Location and implementation time

Location: at house demolishing area (along the project route);

Implementation time: 1 week.

4.1.2.2. Dust Control during Site Levelling


Spraying water: spraying water at least 2 times per day. Water shall be taken from

rivers, canals near the construction site and from groundwater in the project area.


Location: at 6 construction sites, including bridges (Nai bridge, Nại bridge and Dong

Tu bridge) and roads (Km48+000; Km54+500).

Implementation time: 1 month.

4.1.2.3. Noise Control during Demolition of Houses


With the aim of reducing noise pollution in the residential area, the following measures

shall be simultaneously implemented:

Not demolishing and transporting scrap at night: from 10pm to 6am

Using equipments with low noise emission.


Location: at residential areas (Km44+000 ÷ Km44+200, Km44+400 ÷ Km44 +900,

Km45+100 Km45+800 (the right route), Km45+800 ÷ Km46+100, Km47+700,

Km47+950, Km51+200 ÷ Km52+200, Km52+400 ÷ Km52+900, Km53+100 ÷

Km53+700, Km54+100, Km55+100, Km56+150 ÷ Km56+700, Km56+800 ÷


178

Km57+500, Km57+650, Km57+800, Km58+080, Km58+300 ÷ Km59+400,

Km59+900, Km61+300 ÷ Km61+600);

Implementation time: 1 week.

4.1.2.4. Noise Control during Site Levelling


Limitation on levelling time: not levelling the site at night from 10pm to 6am near

sensitive areas.

Limitation on simultaneous operation of equipments: operating only one machine,

roller or grader for levelling. Stopping the engine of unnecessary machines.


Location: at residential areas Km47+950;

Implementation time: 1 month.

4.1.2.5. Mitigation of Impacts on Environmental Landscape


Performing proper categorization and disposal: upon demolition, waste will be

categorized. Those which can be reused as crushed scrap, milled wood will be

collected for fuel.

Collecting and selecting temporary gathering points: the wastes generated shall be

collected and gathered at some points on the construction site. The project will sign

a contract with the environmental unit in charge of waste collection, treatment and

transportation.


Location: the house demolishing area along the project route and bridges (Nai

bridge, Nai bridge and Dong Tu bridge) and roads (Km48+000; Km54+500).

Implementation time: during the demolishing time (7 days) and preparation of

construction site (1 month).


These measures are highly effective and feasible by simple techniques, dust is no

longer spread; not organizing construction at night shall eliminate noise generated at

source; turning machines off in case of unnecessary under workers’ awareness shall

make noise level at sensitive objects lower than the permissible limits in accordance


179

with QCVN 26:2010/BTNMT.

The waste categorization, collection and treatment will limit the amount of soil, rocks

dumped at disposal areas. The waste collection is reasonable and solid waste treatment

measure is consistent with the requirements of the Decree No. 59/2007/ND-CP. The

proposed measures are feasible, effective and residual impacts are insignificant.

4.1.3. Request for Completing Preparatory Work for Official Construction


For the purpose of providing information about the project, the environmental

protection measures of the project for the local community where the project is located

in order to get social consensus, the following measures will be applied:

Disclosing information: After the EIA report of the project has been approved by

the Ministry of Natural Resources and Environment, the project’s owner will

establish, approve and publicly post the environmental management plan at the

headquarters of the People's Committee of the communes for community

consultation. Contents of the environmental management plan shall comply with

Article 22 of Decree No. 29/2011/ND-CP dated 18 April 2011 of the Government

on providing strategic environmental assessment, environmental impact assessment

and environmental protection commitment. Thereby, local people will update the

project’s information and participate in inspection and supervision of

implementation of the project’s environmental protection measures.

Installing signs: Signs on construction range shall be installed at the entrance of the

project to inform people and not encroaching safe construction corridor. Warning

signs shall be installed on the construction sites to prevent unexpected risks, accidents.

b. Location and application time

Location:

o Disclosing information in 12 communes/ towns.

o Installing signs at the boundary of site clearance and construction site.

Time: before construction.

4.2. Measures for Prevention, Mitigation of Adverse Impacts of the Project

on the Environment during Construction

4.2.1. Mitigation of Impacts on Ambient Air Quality

4.2.1.1. General Regulations


180

Aiming is provided the required contents applicable to construction activities in order

to comply with legal requirements on environment protection during construction.

Requirements for vehicles: Vehicles ensure emission standards "TCVN 6438 -

2005 - Road vehicles. Maximum permitted emission limits of exhaust gases."

Through the contracts, the project’s owner requires the contractor to apply this

standard to manage construction vehicles.

Requirements for applicable standards: Limit 0.3mg/m3 of QCVN

05:2009/BTNMT - National technical regulation on ambient air quality is the

criteria applicable to safety of dust concentration at sensitive objects with dust

generation activities of the project during the construction phase.

4.2.1.2. Control of Dust Spread in Digging Access Road to Bridges and Storing

Materials


With the aim to prevent and mitigate dust spread from digging access road to bridges,

the following measures shall be applied:

Spraying water the areas with dust spread: Spraying water to prevent dust spread.

Water shall be taken from surface water in rivers, canals and ponds near the

construction site.

Technical solutions:

1. Spraying water at least 02 times a day.

2. Using standard nozzle instead of normal ones to make the surface equally wet and

prevents muddy condition. Spraying water in multiple times instead of once in large

quantities.

Preventing dust spread at temporary storage yards: Temporary soil storage years

with volume of over 20m3 will be covered to prevent dust spread.


1. Covering canvas is made of thick nylon fabric and towards sensitive objects

(residential areas, schools, temples, etc).

2. The canvas is 30cm higher than the yard’s surface.

3. The canvas should be reinforced with pile driven in the ground at least 20cm deep not

to be fallen.


Location: construction sections of the road foundation along the route, temporary

waste material/ soil yard


181

Implementation time: applicable during the construction of road foundation on the

sunny and dry days.

4.2.1.3. Control of Emission from Construction Vehicles (Horizontal)


With the aim of mitigating dust pollution, toxic gases emitted from construction

machines in the project area, the following measures shall be applied:

Using vehicles that meet emission standards as defined in the general regulations.

Maintenance for construction machines and vehicles as in term.

Setting transportation areas: vehicles are only allowed to be used in the

construction scope as regulated (site clearance, service road).


Location: entire scope of the project and at the site.

Implementation time: within 24 construction months.

4.2.1.4. Regarding Dust Arising during Transporting Waste Materials or Soil


With the aim of mitigating air pollution due to dust generated from vehicles, the following

measures shall be applied:

Using vehicles that meet emission standards and transportation requirements:

o Vehicles must ensure emission standards as defined in the general regulations.

o Transported materials must be covered to prevent dust spread.


1. Transported materials will be moistened to enhance dust reduction.

2. Using vehicles with lid for transportation.

3. In case vehicles have no lid, using canvas to cover materials. Using oil canvas and tying

into the truck frame to avoid flying.

Controlling and managing the environment at which vehicles enter/ exit the

construction site: each construction site has a number of gates for transportation.

Vehicles are only allowed to enter at these gates.

Cleaning roads near the entrance to construction sites: vehicles, before

transporting, shall be cleaned from mud, soil on tires at the exit gates by

mechanical methods.

Spraying water at areas with dust spread: spraying water to avoid dust spread.


182

Water is taken from rivers, streams near the project area. Spraying frequency is

adjusted at the request of the supervising engineer suitable to each dust generating

source; possibility of cumulative impacts and dependence on sun/ wind level to

ensure that dust generated in the construction sites shall not exceed the permissible

limits.

Using standard nozzle: Using standard nozzle to wet surfaces at which dust can be

generated, but not make the surrounding areas muddy.


Location: construction sites and material transportation routes

Implementation time: within 24 construction months

4.2.1.5. Monitoring of Dust Pollution


Environmental monitoring during construction: selection and implementation of

monitoring dust at the densely populated or potentially affected places by dust

accumulation. If the dust concentration is beyond the permissible limits, implement

additional measures including: Considering the level of dust emissions of each activity,

enhance control measures from the largest dust activity until the dust at sensitive objects

reaches the permissible limits.


Location: measure of “Environmental monitoring during construction” is

implemented in the residential area along the Nai bridge (Km48+600) and Le

bridge (Km48+251).

Implementation time: maintaining this activity throughout excavation.


The proposed measures are based on the principle of minimizing dust from the source

not only reduce dust effectively, but also reduce the dust pollution (if any) at sensitive

objects, being residential areas. The proposed measures are highly feasible and

effective. To increase the feasibility of the proposed measures, the cost of

implementation will be included in total investment of the project and content made to

the contractor as well as supervision content of consultant will be based on bidding

terms; under terms in the economic contract, the project will implement control measures

to require contractors as well as the supervision consultant to follow the contract.


183

4.2.2. Mitigation of Impacts on Community due to Noise Pollution

4.2.2.1. General Regulations

With the aim of providing the required contents applicable to construction activities to

comply with legal requirements on environmental protection in construction activities;

offering implementation contents to ensure noise reduction without spending

additional cost.

Requirements for applicable standards: Limit on 70dBA and 55dBA during the

day QCVN 26:2010/BTNMT - National technical regulation on noise is the criteria

applicable to safety of noise of impacts generated from the project’s operation

during the construction phase.

Complying with regulations on construction organization: including:

o Arranging machinery/vehicles generating noise at a location with suitable distance

so that the noise spread to residential areas not exceed 70dBA and schools,

temples, etc. no more than 55dBA. Rapid decrease noise level is calculated on the

principle of a double increase in the distance, the noise level reduces 3dBA.

o All vehicles parked at the site will stop the engine;

o All construction equipments and machines will be checked every 3 month on the

noise level and make the necessary repairs and adjustments to ensure safety and

not cause noise exceeding standards under the guidance of United States

Environmental Protection Agency. Noise from construction equipments and

machines - NJID, 300.1, 31 – 12 – 1971;

o Prioritizing the use of machines and vehicles with low sound emission source

object to construction near sensitive to noise;

o Drivers must be well educated to act properly as shutting down vehicles when not

necessary and avoid unnecessary noise action as pressing the air horn when not

needed while the driving vehicles.

o Normally, the fixed equipments such as generators will be place far away from

residential areas, if not they will be placed in the tight box to reduce the noise

(recommended the brick box).

4.2.2.2. Mitigation Impacts due to Noise


Complying with general regulations.

Controlling source noise level, including:


184

o Limit to construction at night in the residential areas;

o In the daytime, when the construction is executed at the site 200m from

residential areas, select equipments/ machines with low sound sources;

o Vehicles used for transportation will be limited at the speed of 5km per hour at

positions of material discards and material gathering yards.

Monitoring noise level: monitoring noise level at these sensitive objects -

concentrated residential areas. When the measurement result shows that the noise

level in this area beyond the permissible limits on daytime, strengthening measures

to control noise at source and comply with the general provisions for the

construction activities that cause noise in order to set additional measures, even

temporarily stop working to adjust the measures until the noise level at sensitive

objects reached the permissible limits on daytime, then continue construction work.


Location:

o Along the construction route of roads, intersections;

o Sensitive objects are residential areas and other objects along the project route

(table 2.17, chapter 2).

Implementation time: 24 months.

4.2.2.3. Assessment on the Efficiency of Mitigation Measures and Residual Impacts

The reduction of the noise at sensitive objects is highly effective through the

implementation of the general regulations as well as measures to reduce noise at

source and monitoring noise at receiving objects to take appropriate corrective

measures. In order to ensure the feasibility of the proposed measures, the contents of

the proposed measures for contractors as well as supervision contents for consultant

will be included in bidding terms; according to the terms of economic contracts, the

project will implement control measures to require contractors as well as the

supervision consultant to follow the contract.

4.2.3. Mitigation of Impacts on Surface Water Environment and Sediment

4.2.3.1. Regarding Impacts Generated from the Construction of Routes, Access

Road to Bridges

a. Control of risk of sedimentation or soil spillage during excavation of road

foundation, horizontal drains and material storage


185

a1. Description of mitigation measures

With the aim of controlling risk of surface water pollution and reduced irrigation

capacity in the irrigation ditches and located adjacent to or land routes cut through by

sedimentation and erosion during excavation of road foundation, horizontal drains and

material storage, especially for the ponds partly acquired.

Limiting the construction scope: the construction area is limited within site

clearance scope. The temporary organic soil yard will be re-used or soil for

construction of road foundation shall be stored in this area. Arranging soil/ material

yard at least 50m away from water sources during road construction.

Organizing reasonable construction: in case of rain, temporary yard will be

covered with geotextile to prevent rain from causing erosion. The road foundation

shall be executed and calculated to be compacted before the rain.

Placing mud-collecting barriers: at the construction cut through the ponds and

canals, placing barriers to keep sediment just let the water run out. Mud barrier is

placed between the construction location and water sources. The barriers are made

of geotextile, buried deep into the ground at least 10cm and reinforced to avoid

falling. Mud was stopped before the barrier will be cleared so that it will not be

spilled and allow water to drain easily, this kind of mud shall not be used for road

foundation, but treated as disposed soil. In rainy season, the barriers should be

regularly maintained at least every two day to be operated effectively. The barriers

will be removed after the ground has been cleaned.

Creating temporary drains to collect water runoff: arranging temporary drains

between the road construction site and water from ponds, canals and ditches to

collect rainwater runoff. The drains must be large enough to contain all rainwater

runoff; placing nets inside the drain at suitable distance to collect sedimentation.

a2. Location and implementation time

Location: Along the Project route, especially at the ponds, irrigation canals nearby

the construction areas, such as: ponds at the station of Km44+880, Km45+850,

Km45+960, Km47+620, Km47+700, Km48+100, Km48+200, Km51+020,

Km51+140, Km51+240, Km51+340, Km51+400, Km51+840, Km52+080,

Km52+900, Km53+460, Km53+480, Km53+720, Km54+010, Km54+840,

Km54+900, Km56+100, Km58+200, Km58+300, Km58+400, Km61+380,

Km61+900, Km62+300); irrigation canals at the station of Km53+000, Km53+070,

Km54+370, Km54+500, Km54+660, Km57+910, Km59+450, Km59+960,

Km61+600;


186

Implementation time: these measures shall be implemented during the excavation

period (16 months)

4.2.3.2. Regarding Impacts Generaged from Construction of Bridges

a. Control of bore mud during construction of bridge abutment, pier with bored

piles technology that use bentonite

a1. Description of mitigation measures

With the aim of preventing the risk of surface water pollution in the project area and

damage to wetland ecosystems because bore mud - soil mixed with bentonite and

betonite spilled in the construction of bored piles using bentonite of bridge abutment,

piers, especially for piers adjacent to the flow edge.

Complying with general regulations: it is strictly forbidden to dispose to the

surrounding environment the bore mud – soil mixed bentonite and bentonite spilled

during the construction of bridge abutment, pier with bored pile technology that

uses bentonite.

Making partitions to prevent the spillage into the surrounding environment:

making steel partitions in the flow direction (for the pier on the flow edge) and soil

partitions on land. The partitions must be higher than the ground so that dirt cannot

be spilled out. Area of the partition frame must be large enough to implement the

entire construction process of the pile of foundation and abutment.

Strictly following soil mixed bentonite and bentonite spill treatment: under

construction process, each pile will have pit storing bentonite for reuse. After each

construction of one pile, holes need to be filled. Therefore, soil and bentonite arise

when drilling holes will be collected and buried in the pits. Bentonite spill and a

soil mixed residual bentonite will be transferred into temporary yard, near the

foundation construction area, abutment within the site clearance, preliminary

drying for easy transport. Then treated as ordinary solid waste, details are presented

in the waste management section below.


Location: on the construction site of abutments, piers of Nai bridge, Dong Tu bridge

and Go bridge;

Implementation time: the measures shall be implemented and maintained during the

bored pile construction of each abutment/ pier and all abutments/ piers of Nai

bridge and Dong Tu bridge and Go bridge.

b. Regarding risk of spillage of solid substances during upper part construction


187

of bridges

b1. Description of mitigation measures

With the aim of preventing risk of pollution of surface water, wetland ecosystems and

damage to irrigation, the measures for prevention and processing solid substances

dropping during upper part construction of bridges shall be implemented as follows:

Treating garbage, waste during upper part construction of bridges: it is strictly

forbidden to dispose garbage, waste arising from the construction activities to

surface water flow. Arranging trashes, temporary dump near the construction area

for collecting garbage and waste. Then, moving to the centralized waste storage area

of the site for further treatment as stated in the "waste management" section below.

Cleaning the concrete slabs before assembling: the joint positions of the beams,

concrete slabs will be cleaned on land before assembling by breaking and pieces of

excess concrete (mavia). These pieces of concrete are waste collected and treated as

mentioned in the "waste management" section below.

b2. Location and implementation time

The mentioned measures shall be applied on the construction site of bridges as Nai,

Le, Nai, Dong Tu and Go, throughout the upper part construction on bridges (4-8

months).

c. Regarding the risks of scattered solids when construction on the upper part

bridge

c1. Describe the mitigation measures

In order to prevent the risk of contaminating surface water and wetland ecosystems,

damage to irrigation irrigation will apply the preventive measures regard the scattered

solids when construction work on the bridge. In particular:

- Waste disposal, waste as the construction work on the bridge: prohibits the

dumping the waste and waste arising from construction activities flow down

surface water sources. The trash, makeshift dump will be arranged near

construction areas to contain garbage and waste. Then, turning toward the waste

concentration area for further processing such as regulations referred to in section

"waste management" below.

- Clean the concrete slab before suture: The location of the suture of the beams, the

concrete will be cleaned on the shore before installation by smashing and made

those pieces of concrete acknowledges (mavia). The pieces of this concrete is

waste to be collected and disposed of as provided for in the above mentioned


188

"waste management".

c2. Location and implementation time

The measures to be applied in the construction of bridges as Nai, Le, Nai, Dong Tu

and Go during construction work of the upper part (4 ÷ 8 months).

d. Clearance, restoration of river beds and banks at bridge construction area

d1. Description of mitigation measures

With the aim of preventing the risk of long-term pollution of river water environment

during bridge construction, the following measures shall be applied:

Cleaning river bed upon construction: removing all the temporary works including

iron, steel, cofferdam, excess concrete by equipments such as excavators, bucket,

crane, etc. After removal, waste will be collected and treated as solid waste at the

site. Details are presented in the waste management section below.

Removing and stabilizing the riverbank after construction: removing all scattered

rocks, cofferdam around piers, along the river and the bridge area and reinforced

the banks in accordance with the design.

d2. Location and implementation time

The said measures shall be applied on Sa Lung river, Hoang Nguyen river, Cau Le

river, Nai rive and Hoai river, after finishing of construction.

4.2.3.3. Regarding Impacts Generated from the Activities of the Construction Site

a. Regarding risk of water pollution by oil in oily discharge from machines and

vehicles maintenance station on the construction site

a1. Description of measures

With the aim of controlling and managing waste oil as hazardous waste in accordance

with current regulations and preventing oil in wastewater from machine and vehicle

maintenance stations on the site; the following measures shall be applied:

Managing waste oil: machine oil shall be periodically replaced, stored in labelling

barrels and placed in the roofed house with high floor to avoid flooding and

waterproof, having barrier bank to easily collect in case of spilling outside. Waste

oil will be further treated as described in the "waste management" section below.


The said measures shall be applied on construction sites of Nai bridge (Km48 +600);

bridges Nai, Dong Tu and Go (Km88+100), construction sites of bypass (Km48 +000),


189

construction sites of upgraded and expanded road (Km54+500) during the construction

period.

b. Regarding domestic waste from worker camps on the construction site

b1. Description of measures

With the aim of preventing risk of water eutrophication and toxicity of wetland

ecosystems on rivers, canals due to waste from the site huts on each construction site,

the following measures shall be applied:

Treating washing wastewater: washing wastewater will be reused for moisten road

surface or the places where dust can spread on site.

Treating domestic wastewater: on each site, in addition to washing wastewater reused

as mentioned above, the wastewater from canteens will be pre-treated not to create

pollution sources forming organic matters in natural water by the decomposition of

uneaten food. Wastewater from the canteens will be directed to the shallow sand tank

(about 70cm deep), about 10m2 wide to avoid absorbing down the underground water

system after through manholes with nets for collection of solid substances and waste in

holes. After permeable through the sand to flow into the drainage system of the site

before joining the flow. Replace the sand every week. 3m3 of sand replaced each

week can be considered waste after preliminary washing and treated as waste soil.

Using portable toilets: using portable toilets at each site. Waste from portable toilets

will be collected under economic contracts with the urban environment company of

the districts in the project. The contract will be carried out before the project is

prepared for construction.

b2. Location and implementation time

The said measures shall be applied on construction sites of Nai bridge (Km48 +600); bridges

Nai, Dong Tu and Go (Km88+100), construction sites of bypass (Km48 +000), construction

sites of upgraded and expanded road (Km54+500) during the construction period.

c. Regarding risk of pollution from rainwater runoff on the surface of the site

c1. Description of measures

With the aim of controlling dirt penetrated into natural waters by rainwater runoff on

the surface of the site. In addition to measures of "Making temporary drains for

collection of water runoff during the construction near sensitive objects" as section a,

subsection 4.2.3.2, the following measures shall be also applied:

Drainage on site: the elevation of the site will be designed to ensure the collection

of rain water on the surface of the site, not flowing through the area with surface


190

contaminants such as petroleum store and does not cause flooding. Surface

drainage system on construction sites includes ditches, canals and manholes.

Rainwater shall be collected and directed to the ditch through manholes with nets

for garbage collection. After water in manholes shall be over flown through the

grass before flowing into the water in the canals.

Inspecting the location of the irrigation ditches and canals: inspecting the location

of irrigation ditch, canals and irrigation system every week to measure the solid

waste collection and other contaminants, to ensure that the contaminants from the

site shall not follow the water infiltrated into irrigation water when opening

culverts. Collected waste will be treated in the order presented in "waste

management" section below.

Clean the surface of the land: collecting the dirt on the ground to prevent the

contamination of the surrounding water.

The surface of the construction site should be sprayed by a crushed stone layer, this

layer reduce dust while being able to filter the dirt on the surface as raining.

c2. Location and implementation time

The said measures shall be applied on construction sites of Nai bridge (Km48 +600);

bridges Nai, Dong Tu and Go (Km88+100), construction sites of bypass (Km48 +000),

construction sites of upgraded and expanded road (Km54+500) during the construction

period, especially in the rainy season.


Most measures are highly effective because they are established on the basis of

prevention eliminating the risk of increasing levels of water pollution by TSS, floating

objects. The measures are also highly feasible because the area is large enough, the

amount of waste is not much. Water flowing from canteens to the environment only

through preliminary treatment to capture the decomposed organic substances is a

appropriate and feasible measure because the construction of wastewater treatment in

aerobic tank in the field is not feasible due to large expenditures on construction and

demolition after construction and create unpleasant odors on site. However, the water

flow were pre-treated and joint into drainage flowing through the grass field before

jointing into surface water have increased cleaning efficiency of organic matters in

wastewater. Many measures comply with regulations on work safety, sanitation and

construction organization. Therefore, the implementation contents for the contractor as

well as the supervision consultant will be included in bidding terms; under the terms of

economic contracts, the project will implement inspection measures to ask the


191

contractor as well as supervision consultant to follow the contract. The feasibility of

the proposed measures, thereby, are sure.

4.2.4. Regarding Impacts on Groundwater

4.2.4.1. Description of Mitigation Measures

With the aim of preventing the risk of groundwater contamination in the process of

bored pile drilling using bentonite, another measure shall be also applied:

Using barriers to prevent dirty water overflow the casing: barrier is installed

surrounding the pile of casing when drilling to make the casing of each pile and

maintain in the construction of piles in order to preventing dirty surface water from

casing façade penetrate into drilling hole.

4.2.4.2. Location and Implementation Time

Location: Nai bridge, Dong Tu bridge and Go bridge

Implementation time: during the construction of bored piles.


Mitigation measures are easy to implement. Making barriers will prevent the overflow

casing affecting the groundwater quality. Residual impacts are insignificant.

4.2.5. Regarding Impacts on Soil Environment

4.2.5.1. Regarding Risk of Soil Pollution due to Oily Discharge and Solid Waste


Risk of soil pollution caused by oily discharge and solid waste generated from the

construction site could be prevented through solid and toxic waste management

measures (presented in below item “waste management”).

b. Location and Implementation Time

Location: at the construction sites of Nai bridge (Km48+600), Nai bridge, Dong Tu

bridge and Go bridge (Km88+100), bypass (Km48+000) and upgraded and

expanded road (Km54+500).

Implementation time: in 24 months.

4.2.5.2. Regarding Risk of Soil Spillage and Sedimentation of Eroded Soil due to

Rain during Excavation


192


In order to prevent risk of burying arable land or causing slippery, muddy soil in

residential areas due to soil spillage or mud sediment due to rain during excavation and

temporary storage of materials, rocks, the following measures shall be applied:

Finishing construction and compacting tightly: in the rainy season, from May to

September, finish construction on each foundation and compacting to avoid erosion by

rain, check the foundation before the rain, if case of erosion, reinforcing more.

Collecting and transporting immediately waste soil/rock to leveling area: collecting

soil / rock on the dump within the permissible limits. Waste soil shall not be stored at

each yard until finish construction, but gradually moving towards the designated

leveling position. Especially, in the rainy season, from May to September,

immediately transport to the leveling positions as defined; the rest shall be continued

covering from rain.

Creating proper dumping sites:

Dumping sites are not allowed at the residential areas or areas with high concentration

of economic activities of which elevation is lower than the construction site elevation.

Within the site clearance, separate dumping sites will be arranged within the organic

soil stored for reuse and waste soil waiting for transportation to the filling positions as

defined. Area of each dump area shall not exceed 25m2 and stored soil shall not higher

than 1.5m to facilitate covering to avoid erosion in case of rains and dust dispersion in

strong winds. The temporary dumping sites of soil and waste soil shall be surrounded

with fences made of geotextile. The geotextile fence shall be buried on the ground of

15cm to 20cm deep and supported by the poles driving deep down firmly.

Installing of mud barrier: not only in the rainy period, the installation of mud barriers

for prevention of sedimentation and soil spill to surrounding area shall be

implemented. Mud barried are installed at the outer edge of the site clearance border to

surrounding land, according to the section of the route not to interfere the construction.

Barrier made of geotextile, buried deep into the ground at least 10cm and reinforced to

avoid falling. After finishing each section, the barrier is taken up, cleaned and re-used

for the next stage.

Cleaning areas with spilled soil: in the event of the mud spill to agricultural land along

two sides of the new route, these areas will be cleaned and returned to the original

state.


Location: at the construction areas which is placed near the agricultural areas such as


193

fields at the stations of (Km44+000 ÷ Km44+400, Km45+080 ÷ Km45+280,

Km51+000 ÷ Km52+480, Km53+900, Km54+500 ÷ Km54+900, Km59+600,

Km59+900 ÷ Km61+300, ruộng Km61+900 ÷ Km62+180, Km62+300), garden of

tree at the stations of (Km46+300, Km46+900 ÷ Km47+500, Km54+220,

Km54+700, Km58+640, Km59+300, Km61+400, Km61+400, Km62+550,

Km62+780 ÷ Km63+000) and residential land along the both sides of Project route.

Implementation time: shall be applied during the excavation of road bed, foundation

pit and area of material storage.

4.2.5.3. Regarding Local Flood Risk caused by the Excavation/ Storage of Material,

and Wasted Soil, Rock of the Project


Preventing the risk of local flooding in the lowlands near the material storage area and

near the digging through the following measures:

Checking the operation of the horizontal drain: the horizontal drain near the

material storage area and the excavation area should be checked and cleaned to

ensure the drainage of water from the flooded rice fields with flooding risk in case

of heavy rains.

Construction of horizontal drain: building horizontal drain in the locations

according to the design before filling the foundation of access roads.

Filling the foundation at the appropriate time: foundation filling should only be

performed after the horizontal drain is found work well.


These measures will be applied at the lowlands near the material storage area and near

the excavation area during construction.

4.2.5.4. Prevention and Treatment of Soil Compression


Preventing the risk of soil compaction: limit the scope of construction in the scope

of site clearance and service roads by piles. Vehicles are allowed to operate within

this limit only.

Handling in case of negligence: in case of negligence, vehicles encroach beyond

the limited scope, loosen land by ploughing the abused land at least 0.3m deep.

Disposing land acquired temporarily after construction: After construction, in the

area which construction sites are located and service roads on site, in addition to


194

cleaning surfaces, loosen land by ploughing it at least 0.5 m deep before handing

over to the owner.


The said measures shall be applied on construction site and agricultural land along the

project.


Mitigation measures developed on the basis of causes and impacts for the purpose of

reducing immediately from source simultaneously with the processing of the

consequences will be highly effective. Simple techniques are simple, suitable to the

contractors’ capacity. Residual impacts are acceptable.

However, it is inevitable that vehicles shall encroach beyond the defined boundary. In

this case, the project is committed to restoring this land as stated above. On the other

hand, during construction, contractors often avoid implementing many environmental

measures if not directly influence the construction contents due to concerns about the

progress and increased costs. Therefore, to increase the feasibility of the proposed

measures, implementation costs will be calculated to be included in total investment of

the project and the implementation contents will be included in the bidding terms. In

terms of economic contracts, the project will monitor and ask the contractor to comply

with the contract, ensure the feasibility of the proposed measures.

4.2.6. Regarding Impacts on Ecosystems

Measures for mitigation of the impacts on the ecosystem are those for mitigation of

dust pollution, measures for mitigation of solid waste spillage from construction on the

bridge, measures for mitigation of waste oil from the activities on construction sites;

waste from workers’ living activities as mentioned above.

4.2.7. Regarding Impacts on Transportation

4.2.7.1. Regarding the Risk of Road Traffic Disruption during Construction of

Expanded Route and Intersections with Hung Nhan Bypass


With the aim of preventing and limiting traffic disruption on the existing road in case

of old road expansion and the construction Hung Nhan bypass, the following measures

shall be applied:

Complying with general regulations:


195

o Only building the old road construction when the new road has been completed,

to ensure the safety of vehicles.

o Do not gather the construction machines of the project on the existing road.

o Do not let the temporary storage area as material, soil/ rock as waste. They are

arranged within the site clearance of the project and at least 7m away from the

existing road. In the case of sedimentation or soil spillage on the existing road,

immediately cleaning and clearing.

o Every day, during the construction of intersections, the existing road within the

project and in a wide range from the edge of the project road on the two sides

will be cleaned. This wide range will be defined by field supervisor based on

stains of t exhe project’s vehicles causing on the existing road.

o The drivers of the project and the construction workers must understand and

comply with regulations on traffic safety and alcohol and drug use.

o Coordinating with local traffic police control of the car on the road.

Regarding the section constructing on the existing NH39-1 (According to the

Circular No.39/2011/TT-BGTVT on May 18th, 2011):

o Execute permission on the existing road: before constructing the NH39-1, the

Project need to agreement in written document of road management agency

(The Road Manager).

o Guaranteed traffic on the alignment: in the course of construction to ensure

smooth traffic on the alignment, the material must be arranged so that they do

not obstruct the vision. With the current alignment, make sure at least one lane

traffic still being on the road during the carpet face and arranged signage, traffic

supervisor either end position.

Placing signs: Signs on guarding the construction area will be located on two sides

along the existing road in the driving position easily observed by the drivers and at

a minimum distance of 150m. Traffic signs are stable under normal traffic

conditions as well as when there are high winds and reflective panels for drivers

easily recognizable at night. Scratches, lacerations, punctures on reflective panels

will be remedied soon to always promote its reflective effects. After the end of

intersection construction, all guarding signs will be removed.

Installing piles and alarm lamp: The piles are placed to limit the scope of the

construction of the existing pavement. is the piles are 75cm high at minimum with

wide base to ensure no damage by travelling vehicles. All the piles are arranged in

white and reflective panels to ensure a clear view both day and night. Pile stable

under normal traffic conditions as well as when there are high winds. On the


196

marker lights are blinking A (low flashing lights), B (fast flashing lights) will be

supervising engineer for approval prior to use according to the actual conditions.

Guiding traffic:

o Guide traffic to ensure the rational traffic flow during the existing pavement.

Arrange for the flag bearers, the main responsibility of these people is to guide

the pedestrian in and around the construction area.

o Temporary wooden/concreted bridges are built at the deep excavation places, at

the roads and lanes of the residential areas to people moving conveniently.

o When project implement the construction in the different existing road need

different traffic diversion option and construction time to avoid traffic

congestion.

o It is necessary to making the temporary road in case of could not be

implemented accordance with the traffic diversion option.


The measures shall be implemented during the construction of upgraded and expanded

section of the route and 2 intersections with Hung Nhan bypass, residential areas

(Km44+000 ÷ Km44+200, Km44+400 ÷ Km44 +900, Km45+100 Km45+800 (at right

alignment), Km45+800 ÷ Km46+100, Km47+700, Km47+950, Km51+200 ÷

Km52+200, Km52+400 ÷ Km52+900, Km53+100 ÷ Km53+700, Km54+100,

Km55+100, Km56+150 ÷ Km56+700, Km56+800 ÷ Km57+500, Km57+650,

Km57+800, Km58+080, Km58+300 ÷ Km59+400, Km59+900, Km61+300 ÷

Km61+600, especially at administrative agencies as Health station of Hung Ha town,

Communist Party Committee of Hung Ha District, People Committee of Hung Ha

Town, Hung Nhan Elementary school, Tran Thu Do Secondary school… during

construction time of project.

4.2.7.2. Regarding the Risk of Road Traffic Accidents and Damage to Public

Facilities during Transportation of Materials, Soils and Rocks


In order to prevent and control the risk of unsafe traffic caused by the spilled material

causing slippery on the national highways and provincial roads and the risk of damage

to the local road with low solid level when the road is used to transport material or

soil/ rock.

For the provincial road and national highway:

o Arranging reasonable transportation time: during peak hours from 6am-8am and


197

4pm-6pm;

o Not transporting over the maximum speed;

o Cleaning: spilled soil, rocks shall be cleaned immediately, ensuring not slippery in

case of rain.

When inter-commune roads are used for transportation:

o Asking permission from local authorities: obtaining written consent from local

authorities on temporary use of inter-communes for the right transportation

purposes.

o Organizing reasonable transportation: not transporting materials and soil types

in the winter time people using contemporary and holidays. Project

responsibility to learn, but this time around and is committed to avoid shipping

but this time with a particular region;

o Implementation of sanitary measures and return to original state: make sure you

clean, safe in the process of using and maintaining the road, make sure people go

back to normal, safe and restored to its original state before assigned to the local

board.


The measures shall be implemented on transportation routes (NH39-1, Province Roads

224, 455, 223 and 226) and inter-hamlet, inter-commune roads during the construction

(24 months).


In fact, it is hard to eliminate the impacts on traffic, especially in areas with high

traffic density. The measures are based on the content of construction, traffic status

every area and level of impact can minimize traffic jams, especially to ensure the

absolute safety of traffic. - Negligible residual impacts.

Measures to minimize the impact of active transport of materials recommended

simple, feasible and highly effective. However, in order to ensure the residual impact

acceptable, the project will work with local authorities publicize contractor's

transportation plan so that people have found not compliant enough plan attached to it

required the construction company strictly implement the mitigation measures have

been approved as well as additional measures as appropriate.

The mitigation measures for the utility community are committed to the project. The

progress of the project depends on the implementation of this commitment. The

feasibility of the proposed measures, therefore, is considered quite high. Residual


198

impact is negligible.

4.2.8. Regarding the Impacts on Historical Relic Linh Son Phu Cau and

National Historical Culture on Mausoleum and Temple of Chancellor of Tran

Dynasty Tran Thu Do and his Wife - Linh Tu Quoc Mau Tran Thi Dung


In order to enhance the sense of protection and contribute to improving the relic value,

including material and non-material value of the historical relic, the following

measures shall be implemented:

Education and propaganda: In order to enhance knowledge of historical value of

Linh Son Tu Phu Cau and National historical culture on mausoleum and temple of

Tran dynasty’s chancellor Tran Thu Do and his wife Linh Tu Quoc Mau Tran Thi

Dung (Mother King of Tran dynasty) near the Project, and the respect as well as

protection of material and non-material values of the relic, we will invite

responsible officer of the relic to give a speech to workers who are directly

construct bridge piers on the following contents:

o History of the relic;

o Value of the relic;

o Contents related to relic protection as prescribed in 2001 Cultural Heritage Act;

o Contents related to principles for identifying scope of protection area of the relic as

regulated in Decree No. 92/2002/ND-CP dated 11 November 2002;

o Violations that distort cultural heritage as regulated in Decree No. 92/2002/ND-

CP dated 11 November 2002.

Disseminating construction rules: the construction rules will include the terms

prohibiting violations to the relic and the provisions related to the discipline and

reward. The rules shall be disseminated to each worker in charge of this area.


The measure is implemented during the construction of the route near the historical

relic Linh Son Phu Cau, and National historical culture on mausoleum and temple of

Tran dynasty’s chancellor Tran Thu Do and his wife Linh Tu Quoc Mau Tran Thi

Dung (Mother King of Tran dynasty) near the Project.

c. Assessment on efficiency of mitigation measures and residual impacts

The advocacy organization educate employees about the value of relics, the provisions

relating to the protection of the heritage values of the State, besides, the rules of


199

construction project refers to the prohibitions workers violations with sanctions

implementation will create viable conditions prevent harming the value of ruins.

4.2.9. Regarding Impacts due to Concentration of Workers


Managing workers: Project offers conditions in camps, water, electricity will

ensure that workers living in camps in the health care field during construction.

Registration of temporary residence for workers; education construction workers

respect cultural, religious, and local beliefs prohibit drinking while performing

construction, prohibits gambling in public school and scheduling (hours and hours

of leisure) for workers.

Coordinating with local authorities:

o Coordinate with local authorities, including the Committee of the Vietnam

Fatherland Front and the women for the purpose of promoting public

understanding of social evils, prostitution, and HIV epidemics in the region...

o Coordinate and work closely with local community hygiene as well as

symptoms of the disease appear in the region;

o Coordinate and cooperate with local authorities in preventing and combating

social evils;

Employing local labors: Use the unskilled workers, both women and men, local to

do the job easy. For some jobs require training, the contractors will be selected

from among local workers hired to train for new skills so they can do a good job.


The measures are implemented during the construction of the project (24 months).

c. Assessment on the efficiency of mitigation measures and residual impacts

These mitigation measures are also the regulations on work safety and sanitation

project in the construction process should be included in the bid contract. This legally

binding will help to implementation fully of the proposed measures.

4.2.10. Waste Management and Treatment

4.2.10.1. Establishing and Implementing Waste Management Plan during

Construction


Establishing waste treatment plan: the project will be responsible for materials


200

management and waste generated during the construction of a waste management

plan (QMP). QMP built for regular waste (construction waste, waste) and

hazardous waste (waste oil). During the construction phase, QMP will be the

construction units to use as a construction material for detailed procedures for

managing and reporting on waste generated and moved to the materials used for the

project. QMP is one of the test objects according to the requirements stated in the

environmental monitoring program.

Managing waste: waste is organic soil, excess concrete mortar, soil and bentonite

balance after the re-use and is stored temporarily in the dump or switch to leveling

in the waste dumps will be identify and deal with a local following in the steps of

the project.

Managing garbage and domestic waste: Garbage and solid waste activities after

collection will be categorized and stored at each site. Through economic contracts,

the project will require the contractor to handle all kinds of waste according to

Decree 59/2007/ND-CP dated 09/04/2007 on solid waste management and in

accordance with local economy.

Managing waste oil and oily waste: collected and stored according to the

instructions of the staff are trained in hazardous waste management in the

construction field. Waste oil will be collected and handled in accordance with

Circular 12/2011/TT-BTNMT dated 04.14.2011 on hazardous waste management.


The measure of “establishing waste treatment plan” “managing waste” and “managing

garbage” is implemented within 24 months of the entire project.

The measure of “managing domestic waste”, “managing waste oil and oily waste” is

implemented within 24 months on 6 construction sites.


Develop and implement waste management plan during construction of project

commitments and regulations on work safety, sanitation and organization of

construction of a transportation project. Therefore, the project to ensure the

implementation of previous commitments the state management agencies in each local

environment and perform content for contractors as well as content supervision

consultant will be taken on a Terms recordings; under economic terms in the contract,

the project will implement control measures to require contractors as well as the

supervision consultant to comply with the contract. The feasibility of the proposed

measures, so be sure.


201

4.3. Measure for Prevention, Mitigation of Adverse Impacts of the

Project on Environment in the Operation Phase

4.3.1. Regarding to the Impacts on Water Quality and Aquatic Ecosystem


Storm water runoff is an indirect object which creates impact sources related to waste

and not related to waste on basin when it run through the basin surface. Normally, the

amount of dirt on the basin surface is accumulated due to dry weather, which will

reach equilibrium after 10 days. After 10 days, the deposition speed is similar to the

movement speed caused by the turbulence of the air. The balance is maintained until

appear the phenomenon of "clean". This phenomenon is defined according to the

condition of the wind speeds exceed 5.8 m / s or rain exceeds 7mm/hour. Rainfall

cleaned very fast dirt on the surface of the basin. From 20 30 minutes later, the

concentration of contaminants in storm water runoff is negligible.

Thus, the following measures will be applied to prevent the impact caused by storm

water runoff which brings dirt on the road surface to the basin causing water pollution

during operation phase:

Clean the surface periodically and before raining: implement regular cleaning

surface periodically to collect dust and dirt. Thus, the level of pollution in the

runoff from the first rain is very small;

Implementation time: Mitigation measures is maintained in Project’s warranty

period (2 years)

b. Assessment on mitigation measures and residual impacts

Clean the streets to ensure the safety and well operation, profit is one of the goals of

the Project owner. To ensure that the residual impacts may be acceptable, in the

operation phase, the monitoring of surface water quality will be carried out to take

appropriate corrective measures.

4.3.2. Mitigation of Impacts causing Fragmentation of Production Land

a. Description of mitigation measure

Encouraging localities properly consideration and arrangement of land plots: the

measure aim to minimize the impacts of fragmentation of agricultural land. The

project will encourage localities to consider and arrange fragmented plots properly so

that an owner only cultivates their land to one side of the road (figure 4.1).


202

Figure 4.1. Sitemap of Mitigation Measures of Impacts Causing

Agricultural Fragmentation


The measure is implemented on the divided agricultural land.

c. Assessment on the efficiency of mitigation measures and residual impacts

The said mitigation measure is a part of design contents of the Project, so it is highly

feasible and prevents division at source. Residual impacts are insignificant. However,

the measure depends on the ability of land change and land use planning of each

locality.

4.4. Measures for Prevention and Response to Risks and Incidents

4.4.1. Response to Technical Incidents

With the aim of preventing technical incidents when assembling girders, the following

measures shall be applied:

The construction unit must submit the construction organization methods to the

project’s owner for consideration. The project’s owner shall consider details of

such plans based on specialized regulations and approve the most optimal and

safest plan. The construction activities must strictly comply with the construction

process as approved.

The project’s owner shall establish plan on vehicles and equipments for addressing

technical incidents, including rescue team; organization and plans (leaders,

implementation order) and necessary address to be contacted in case of emergency,

Plot 1

Plot 2 Plot 3

The project route

House

Potential impacts - households must cross

the roads to do farming at all plots

Plot 1

Plot 3

House

Plot 2

The project route

Mitigation measure - Household receive

new plot and without crossing the roads


203

including hospitals in Thai Binh province.

The prevention measures shall be implemented during the construction of bridges.

4.4.2. Prevention of Fire/Blasting Incidents

The following measures shall be applied:

Petroleum, oil used for construction equipments shall be stored in separated

warehouses, away from potential sources of ignition; these warehouses are

equipped with temperature monitoring devices and fire-alarming devices.

Arranging extinguishers, fire water tank, oxygen tank regularly on the site. Fire

prevention/ fighting facilities shall be regularly inspected and maintained.

Training, propagating to enhance workers’ awareness and capacity of fire safety.

The measures shall be implemented during the construction (24 months).

4.4.3. Prevention of Safety Labor

With the aim of preventing accidents during construction, the following measures shall

be applied:

The project’s owner shall set out the rules on labor safety during construction.

Periodic health examination for officers and employees.

Training and providing information on Safety hygienic programs.

Equipping fully for worker with necessary protective equipments;

Using the communication system to ensure labor safety during the project

implementation.

Rescue Plan includes Rescue Team (name and mobile of team leader), Guide on

implementing process and hotlines, emergency addresses in Thai Binh and Hung

Yen province area.

Measures for prevention and response to safety labor shall be conducted for the

project during the construction (24 months).

4.4.4. Prevention of Incidents due to Natural Disasters (Storms, Heavy Rains,

Floods, etc.)

The following measures shall be applied:

Prevention of incidents due to storms, heavy rains:

o Stopping all construction activities in case of rain, storm of level 5 or higher;

o Covering newly-built structures in case of rain, storm by nylon canvas;

o Using the lightning-resistant, earthling system for scaffolding, steel structure

for construction of bridge to avoid lightning.


204

Prevention of incidents due to floods:

o In case of flooding (heavy rain, water rises quickly), quickly moving all

construction facilities out of the site. Transporting petroleum, oil, chemicals

first, then machines and equipments.

o Plan on response flood. Detail is preparation the stores for assets, goods in case

of moving.

o Meteorological information is always watched to ready implement the response

plans.

o Contact regularly with rescue units of Army, Police and local Government.

Implementation time: 24 months.

4.4.5. Demining

According the Decision No. 96/2006/QD-TTg issued on May 4, 2006 of the Prime

Minister on management and performance on demining and explosive materials and

Circular No. 146/2007/TT-BQP on guiding the implementation Decision No. 96

2006 QD-TTG; in order to safety in the process of demining, demining work will be

carried out in and around the construction site and implemented by Army Unit which

task on demining through economic contracts with the Project owner.

The area, depth and safety corridor of demining and explosive materials for Project

is implemented to Decision No.95/2003/QD-BQP issued by Minister of Defence

dated August 7, 2003 on promulgating “Technical Standard on detecting, demining

and explosive material”.

Implementation time: before the construction time.


205

CHAPTER V. ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING AND MANAGEMENT

PROGRAM

5.1. Environmental Management Program (EMP)

5.1.1. Objectives

The purpose of The Environment Management Program of Project is to set out a

program to manage environmental issues in the preparation and construction of the

works and during the operation phase of the project; including:

Provide a management plan for implementation of the environment impact

mitigation measures which have been approved environmental management agencies

and converted into the terms of the Specifications of the Project;

Ensure a sound management of waste, provide rapid response structures to

environmental issues and incidents and urgently manage and deal with

environmental problems;

Continuously collect the information about changes of environmental quality in

implementation of the Project, in order to timely detect additional negative

environmental impacts and propose proper measures to prevent and mitigate

environmental pollution, according to the TCVN 2001, 2002; QCVN 2008, 2009,

and 2010.

The information collected in the course of environmental management of the

Project must have following basic properties:

The accuracy of the data: the accuracy of the monitored data is assessed by the

similarity between the data and the fact;

The characteristic of the data: data collected at a monitoring point represents a

certain space;

Homogeneity of data: data collected at different locations at different times of

the Project area has the ability to be compared with each other. The

comparability of the data is called the homogeneity of the data;

The ability of continuous tracking over time: to be performed in compliance

with environmental monitoring programs which was identified during the

project implementation;

The synchronization of data: data include enough information about that

element itself and relative elements.


206

5.1.2. Summary of Environmental Management Program

The Environment Management Program of the Project is summarized in Table 5.1.


207

Table 5.1. Summary of Environmental Management Program of the Project

Ord Project

activities Environment impacts Environmental protection measures and utilities

Expense of Environmental

protection measures and utilities

Time of execution

and completion

Responsibility

for

implementation

Responsibility

for supervision

I Pre-construction of the Project

- Acquisition of

residential

land

364 households are acquired the reasidential land, in which

there are 20 households are affected due to lost a part of

houses and 7 households must be relocation and resettlement.

Compensation as the resettlement action plan, including:

- Compensation for acquired land and utilities at market prices;

- In-place resettlement;

- Resettlement assistance;

- Assistance to recovery of income from agriculture.

Expense for land acquisition is

included in the total investment

cost.

To be completed

before

commencement date

of the project

District

Compensation

and Site

Clearance

Council.

PMU3 and

The

independent

supervision

organization.

- Acquisition of

agricultural

land and ponds

Income damage from agriculture and aquaculture on the

land and ponds acquired.

Permanent loss of income from agriculture and

aquaculture on the land and ponds acquired.

Carry out compensation following the Plan of compensation and

resettlement assistance, including:

- Compensation for acquired land at market prices;

- Assistance to households;

- Assistance to the agricultural land in residential areas;

- Support career change and job creation;

- Recruitment of local labor to the simple tasks of project.

-ditto- -ditto- -ditto- -ditto-

- Relocation of

irrigation

ditches

Interruption of water to irrigate the fields in the project area

and surrounding areas.

Implementation of measures to prevent impacts, including:

- Construction following the schedule and design;

- Make sure providing adequate and timely fund for implementation.


- Demolition of

houses

Dust pollution resulting from house demolition area

exceeding permissible limits from 2 to 3 times in the range of

30 - 40 meters.

Implementation of dust control measures:

- Watering;

- Covering with canvas;

- Transporting waste.

Cost for implementing mitigation

measures have been included in the

total investment cost of the Project.

Budget for monitoring work is shown

in the table 5.10.

1 week for

demolition

Contractor(s),

under the

contract with

the Employer

PMU3 and

The

independent

supervision

organization.

Noise pollution arising from demolition area exceeding the

permissible limits in the area of 80m affecting residential

who are not relocated near the demolition area.

Implementation of noise control measures include:

- No demolition and transportation of waste at night time: from 22:00 to

6:00.

- Using equipment with low noise emissions.





in the table 5.10.

-ditto- -ditto- -ditto-

Environmental pollution due to waste arising from

demolition.

The proposed measures, include:

- Carrying out appropriate classification and treatment.

- Collecting and selecting the temporary dumping points.

- pollution due to waste arising from demolition





- Leveling work Dust pollution arising from the leveling area beyond the

permissible limit from 1.5 to 2.5 in the range from 25 - 35m.

Implementation of dust control measures: Water moisturizing: water

spraying at least 2 times per day.





1 month of leveling -ditto- -ditto-


208

Ord Project




Time of execution

and completion

Responsibility

for

implementation

Responsibility

for supervision

in the below supervision section.

Noise pollution arising from the leveling area beyond

permissible limit in the range of 40m affecting the residential

area close to the site (Km47+950).

Implementation of noise control measures, including:

- Limiting time for leveling: no leveling work at nighttime from 22:00 ÷

6:00 at the residential area near the construction site.

- Limiting operation of the equipments at the same time.







Environmental pollution due to waste arising from grading

work (waste, papers, etc.)

The proposed measures, including:

- Carrying out appropriate classification and treatment.

- Collecting and selecting the temporary dumping points.





- Information

Disclosure

- Request for information

- Social safety.

- Disclosure of information through the Environmental Management Plan

at the offices of the People's Committees at the communes where

community consultation is done.

- Installation of sign boards to identify the scope of construction safety

corridors, avoiding violations, warning and prevention of risks and

accidents.

-ditto-

Before official

construction

implementation

-ditto- -ditto-

II Construction phase

1 Air environment

- Excavation and

backfill

activities and

the leveling

equipments

Dust pollution generating from excavation period of

foundation pits at Nại bridge and Le bridge, in which:

- Nại bridge area: dust concentration exceeds the

permissible limit from 1.2 ÷ 1.5 times in the winter and

from 1.4 ÷ 1.7 times in the summer.

- Le bridge area: dust concentration exceeds the permissible

limit from 1.1 ÷ 2.1 times in the winter and from 1.3 ÷ 2.5

times in the summer.

Dust concentration only reaches the permissible limit in the

range of 30 ÷ 50 meters from the construction site.

Proposed preventive measures, including:

- Watering on the surface of the excavation and backfill areas.

- Water spraying 2 times per day.

- Using standard water jets instead of normal ones to evenly moisten the

surface and avoid creating muddy conditions.





in the Table 5.10.

Construction of

embankment and

foundation pits.

Contractors,

under

contracts with

the employer.

PMU3,

Environment

al

supervision

consultant,

State

agencies

- Material

transportation

activities

Dust concentration exceeds the allowed limit from 2 ÷ 3

times, on the strong windy and sunny days, dust generation

may exceed the allowed limit to 4 times. Dust concentration

is only within the permissible limit in the range > 80m from

transport road centerline, at downwind direction.


- Use the vehicles that meet the emission standards and requirements in

transportation;

- Control and management of the environment where vehicles going in and

out the construction site;

- Cleaning the roads near the entrance of the construction sites;

-ditto- 24 months of

construction

-ditto- -ditto-

- Activities of

concrete

mixing plants

Dust concentration exceeds the permissible limit several

times, it is only in the permissible limit at about 200 meters

down the wind from mixing plants.

The proposed measures by prevention and adjustment orientation through

observation, including:

- Preventing dust emission in storage areas of mixing materials.




24 months of

construction

-ditto- -ditto-


209

Ord Project




Time of execution

and completion

Responsibility

for

implementation

Responsibility

for supervision

- Preventing dust emission when materials are unloaded.

- Preventing dust emission from the stone grinding operation.

- Preventing dust emission at the conveyors.

- Preventing dust emission in the silo.

- Implementation of environmental monitoring.


in the Table 5.10.

2 Sound environment

- Road and

bridge

construction

activities

arising noise

On operating the noise-generating construction equipment, the

following objects shall be affected:

- Special areas (temples, schools and clinics):

o By daytime, noise level exceeds the permissible limit

from 1.1 ÷ 13.2 dBA.

o By nighttime, Hung Ha township clinic will be

affected by noise level which exceeds the permissible

limit from 12.1 ÷ 19.2 dBA.

- Common area (residential):

o By daytime, noise level exceeds the permissible limit

from 2.2 ÷ 3.5 dBA.

o By nighttime, Hung Ha township clinic will be

affected by noise level which exceeds the permissible

limit from 9.7 ÷ 18.5 dBA.


- Apply the general principles:

o Arrangement of noise-generating machinery and equipments at a

location which has suitable distance so that, the noise in the

residential areas shall not be greater than 70dBA and noise in

schools, temples and hospitals shall not be greater than 55dBA at

daytime. In case of impossibility, noise barrier sheets shall be

installed (noise level can be reduced of 25dBA on passing those

barriers);

o Shutting down the engines of vehicles when parking on site;

o In daytime, when construction is operated at the site which is about

200m away from residential areas, low sound generating shall be

selected for construction;

o Prioritizing the use of machinery and vehicles with low sound

generation;

o Drivers shall be well educated to have well behavior, avoid actions

that cause unnecessary noise;

- Bored pile drilling work at the location which is about 100 meters away

from residential areas will be done in daytime. In case of impossibility,

drilling work must be implemented at night time by vibratory drilling

equipments.




24 months of

construction

-ditto- -ditto-

- Activities of

cement

concrete

mixing plants

arising noise

When operating of concrete mixing plants, construction

workers and the households living from 30 ÷ 55m away from

the site will be affected, in particular: the construction

workers: affected by noise arising beyond the permissible

limits of 5 ÷ 10dBA; residents: affected by noise arising

beyond the permissible limits of 11 ÷ 17dBA.


- Regular maintaining the mixing devices of mixing plants.

- Workers at the mixing plants will be equipped with muffler helmets.

- Workers are not arranged to work in mixing over 8h/day. Workers shall be

arranged in shifts (4 hours/shift).




24 months of

construction

Contractors,

under

contracts with

the employer.

Environment

al

supervision

consultant,

under

contracts

with the

employer.

3 Water and sediment environment

1 Road construction


210

Ord Project




Time of execution

and completion

Responsibility

for

implementation

Responsibility

for supervision

- Excavation

and backfill

activities

The risk of surface water and sediment pollution in the ponds

due to soil spilling and deposit of erosion products by TSS

(Total Suspended Solids) and turbidity.


- Compensation for damage due to aquaculture interruption.

- Prevention of soil spillage outside the land acquisition area: Setting

barriers to prevent soil spillage beyond the land acquisition area.

- Reinforcement of slopes.

- Cleaning up after construction: soil and everything fell into ponds will be

cleared.





in the Table5.10.

The measures are

maintained until

being handed over

(24 months)

-ditto- -ditto-

2 Bridge construction

2.1 Bored pile construction

- At the piers There are potential dangers that drilling mud and bentonite

flowing into Sa Lung and Hoang Nguyen rivers, Hoai river

polluting river water by TSS and turbidity. Flooded HST is

affected by water pollution, causing deaths.


- Bentonite from construction activities under the bridge is prohibited to be

discharged to the surrounding area but collected to the temporary storage

yards, dried, then treated as other common solid wastes.

- On construction of bored piles, standard bentonite shall be used (not using

admixtures) and water stoppers shall be installed to prevent the risk of

groundwater pollution.

-ditto- Implementing and

maintaining the

measures during

construction of

each pier, abutment

and all piers and

abutments (about

24 months)

-ditto- -ditto-

2.2 Construction of superstructure

- At positions of

main bridges

crossing Sa

Lung River

and Hoang

Nguyen River

The risk of water pollution due to solid waste dropping down

to Sa Lung and Hoang Nguyen rivers. Ecosystem quality

shall be declined due to water and sediment pollution

condition.

Proposed preventive measures: solid waste dropping when construction of

superstructure and resulting from concrete slabs cleaning will be collected

and put into the bins and temporary dumping areas and shall be treated as

common solid wastes.

-ditto- Construction time

of superstructure

-ditto- -ditto-

2.3 Construction of

temporary

facilities in the

waterflows of

Sa Lung and

Hoang Nguyen

rivers.

The risk of surface water and sediment pollution in Sa Lung

and Hoang Nguyen rivers by solid waste which are not

collected.

Carrying out clearance of the river flow after construction by removal of

temporary facilities, collection of solid wastes in the flows and stabilization

of the river banks.

-ditto- Immediately after

complete

construction of Nại

and Dong Tu

bridges.

-ditto- -ditto-

3 Activities on site


211

Ord Project




Time of execution

and completion

Responsibility

for

implementation

Responsibility

for supervision

- Rainwater

runoff

The risk of penetration of dirty runoff rainwater causing

surface water pollution in the ponds adjacent to the

construction sites and farther fields through irrigation ditches.


- On-site drainage system will be designed to ensure collection of rain

water on the surface of the site. Rainwater will not flow through the areas

with surface contaminants such as petroleum storage and will not cause

flooding.

- Checking the stored positions for collection of waste.

- Cleaning the construction site everyday;

- Recommend use one layer of stone chips on land to prevent waste erosion

into water surface, and reduce dust generation.

Costs for implementing mitigation




in the Table 5.10.

During construction

time, especially in

rainy season (May

÷ September)

-ditto- -ditto-

- Machinery

maintenance

activities

The risk of penetration of used oil and oil-bearing waste from

vehicle maintenance stations polluting surface water in the

ponds adjacent to the site and polluting farther fields through

irrigation ditches.

Proposed preventive measures: used oil and oil-bearing waste from vehicle

maintenance shall be managed and treated following Circular 12/2011/TT-

BTNMT.




24 months of

construction

-ditto- -ditto-

- Activities of

work-force

Domestic wastes from workmen’s site huts can penetrate into

irrigation ditches and ponds polluting the water, sediment.

Proposed preventive measures: domestic wastes shall be collected in tanks;

wastewater is pre-treated by sand tanks; portable toilets shall be installed

inside the site.

.


construction

-ditto- -ditto-

-

Activities of

consrete

batching

River water can be polluted as a result of sudden increase of

TSS and pH.

Proposed preventive measures:

- Wastewater from concrete mixing cement plant is treated in the

sedimentation tank, and then re-used to moisten the site;

- pH index at locations of ending up with the natural flows will be checked

daily.


construction

-ditto- -ditto-

Groundwater environment

- Bored pile

construction

activities

- The risk of groundwater pollution on a large scale due to

bentonite.

- The risk of groundwater pollution on a large scale due to

dirty water entered into the gaps between the bore holes

and casings.

- Bentonite from construction activities under the bridge is prohibited to be

discharged to the surrounding area but collected to the temporary storage

yards, dried, then treated as other common solid wastes.

- On construction of bored piles, standard bentonite shall be used (not using

admixtures) and water stoppers shall be installed to prevent the risk of

groundwater pollution.




Budget for monitoring work is

15,192,000 VND.

Implementing and

maintaining the

measures during

construction each

pier, abutment and

all piers and

abutments

-ditto- -ditto-

Soil environment

1 Construction activities of the road expansion and rehabilitation


212

Ord Project




Time of execution

and completion

Responsibility

for

implementation

Responsibility

for supervision

1.1 Excavation

and backfill,

stockpiling of

materials, and

dumping of

waste soil and

rock.

Paddy land degradation as a result of agricultural land buried

by spillage. Residential land areas and surrounding

environmental landscape will be adversely affected. The

community activities in the residential areas adjacent to the

dumping sites will be hindered.


- Completely finishing embankment at each section with well compaction

to avoid erosion due to rain and carrying out checking the embankment

section before every rain;

- Soil type will be collected on the dump within the site and is surrounded

by a railing to prevent spillage. In the event of a spill, the regional

agricultural land will be cleaned and returned to the status quo.




Budget for monitoring work is

10,080,000 VND.

24 months of

construction.

-ditto- -ditto-

1.2 Land spilling

from material

dumping sites

Agricultural land areas are buried and hindering the

community’s activities at the residential land areas adjacent to

dumping sites.


1.3 Stockpiling

yard of

materials for

overflow rain

water

prevention.

Causing partial flooding in paddy lands as a result of

stopping runoff spill rainwater and this can cause death rice

in the fields.


- Locations of drainage culverts are required to check and clear;

- Cross culverts shall be installed before embankment filling and will be

regularly checked for well operation.




24 months of

construction.

-ditto- -ditto-

2 Operation of

the

construction

equipment

Construction vehicles may encroach into agricultural land

areas adjacent to the land acquisition corridor causing ground

pressing.


- Limiting the construction boundary with posts.

- In case of unwanted ground pressing, the area of ground pressing will be

scarified at least 0.3m depth.




24 months of

construction.

-ditto- -ditto-

Ecosystem

- Road

construction

activities

Terrestrial ecosystem (rice and garden crops) will be affected

by dust pollution which will result in reduction of productivity

of rice and garden trees.

Implementation of mitigation measures to the adverse impacts on ambient

air quality and surface water.



total investment cost of the Project

24 months of

construction

-ditto- -ditto-

- Bridge

construction

activities

Aquatic ecosystem will be affected by solid waste dropping of

and depositing at the beds of rivers.

- Site activities Aquatic ecosystem will be affected by waste oil, solid waste

and waste water generating from the site.

Traffic

1 Road and bridge construction activities

- Road

expansion and

rehabilitation

Impact to traffic interruption on NH.39-1.

Impact on movement and living activities of people

Causing the interruption of traffic at interchanges of Hung


- Complying with safety regulations in construction including NOT

arrangement of storage sites of construction material and equipments that




24 months of

construction.

-ditto- -ditto-


213

Ord Project




Time of execution

and completion

Responsibility

for

implementation

Responsibility

for supervision

construction

Construction

of

intersections

Nhan bypass encroaching the traffic corridors.

- Setting the signs, posts and lights inside the construction area for

navigation of traffic and installation of safety warnings. In case of

necessity, traffic guiding men will be arranged.

- Ensuring traffic of residential area to main road;

- Organize the traffic during construction stage.

- Regarding section constructing the existing NH39-1 (according to the

Circular No.39/2011/TT-BGTVT on May 18th

, 2011:

+ Construction permission on the existing road;

+ Ensuring the smooth traffic on the alignment.

2 Activities of material transportation by road

- Material

transportation

on the national

highways and

provincial

roads

Dropping materials resulting from transportation will cause

muddy and slippery and it may cause traffic accidents on the

delivery roads.


- Avoiding material transportation in rush hours and complying with the

regulated speed,

- Collecting the dropping materials and cleaning the roads.




24 months of

construction.

-ditto- -ditto-

- Material

transportation

on low-class

roads

Inter-commune roads will be damaged, degraded indirectly

causing damages to the local people on daily traveling.


- There will be negotiations with local authorities on temporary usage of

the roads for transportation;

- The roads shall be ensured clean and safe in using process and shall be

restored to the original status before hand-over to the local authorities.


Landscape - Historical vestiges

- Activities of

workmen

The values historical vestiges of Linh Son Tu Phu Cau

pagoda and National historical culture area of Tran Thu Do

Great tutor can be affected by the labor force of the Project

accidentally or unintentionally cause such disrespecting its

intangible or tangible objects.


- Educating and propagandizing to improve understanding of the historical

value Con Chuot Mountains and raising the awareness of respect and

responsibility to protect the value of tangible and intangible of the

heritage.

- Wide spreading the rules of construction and prohibition of violating the

vestige areas.


Impacts due to concentration of workmen

- Activities of

workmen

concentration

- The surrounding population areas may be spread of

epidemics and infectious diseases such as dengue fever,

eye diseases and HIV.

- Affecting to the project workers, local communities,

visitors due to the risk of incidental conflicts.


- Implementing measures to manage workers, including create good

condition of accommodation; temporary residence registration; education

for workers.

- Coordinating with the local authorities and prisons in propaganda against

social evils and ensure security and order.






24 months of

construction.

-ditto- -ditto-


214

Ord Project




Time of execution

and completion

Responsibility

for

implementation

Responsibility

for supervision

- Prioritizing use of local labor to do the simple works.

Waste and requirement for waste treatment

- Activities

during

construction of

the project

Living quality

Solid waste (soil, construction solid waste, domestic solid

waste, hazardous solid waste); waste water (domestic waste

water), oil and oily waste (waste oil and oily waste water)

Proposed measures, including:

- Making the plan for waste management for all common wastes and

hazardous waste.

- Wastes are stored in the temporary dump sites and moved to filling

locations.

- Garbage and domestic wastes are classified, stored and treated in

accordance with Decree 59/2007/ND-CP and in accordance with local

practice.

- Waste oil and oily waste are collected in a separate containers and treated

according Circular 12/2011/TT-BTNTM.






24 months of

construction.

-ditto- -ditto-

III Operation phase

Impacts of splitting agricultural land

- The new road

cutting the

agricultural

land.

Project route crossing the parts of agricultural land causing

split of agricultural land.

Encouraging local authorities to consider proper arrangement of the land

pieces so that, one owner only cultivates on his land piece on one side of the

road.


measures have been preparesd by

local authorities

Before project’s

activities

Local

authorities

Local

authorities

Impacts of rainwater runoff

- Rainwater

runoff

Water environmental are polluted by wastes and metals in

rainwater runoff

Pavement is cleaned periodically to collect the dust and wastes. Therefore, the

remained pollution level in the water runoff from the first rain is small.




Project investment

planning stage

Design

consultants,

under

contracts with

the employer

PMU3 and

Verification

consultants

IV Environmental incidents

Construction of

the bridge’s

superstructure

Technical incidents causing utility collapse will threaten the

lives workmen participating in construction.

Comply with regulation on safety; establish the plan of appropriate

construction organization, and plan to coordinate with relative agencies

when there incident




24 months of

construction

Contractors,

under

contracts with

the employer.

PMU3 and

Construction

Surveys

Consultants

Petroleum

storage

Fire incidents in maintenance stations of vehicles and storage

areas supplying fuel for vehicles.

Comply with regulation on fire safety: Fuel will be stored at isolated areas.

Arrangement of fire extinguishers, fire extinguishing water tank at the site.


Construction

activities

Labor accidents can occur in any activity of the construction

process if not complying with the work safety procedures.

Establishing the regulations on work safety and planning for emergency aids

when accidents occur.



215

Ord Project




Time of execution

and completion

Responsibility

for

implementation

Responsibility

for supervision

-ditto- Storms and tropical depressions does not directly hit the

construction areas as other coastal provinces but the impact

of rains caused by storms is very large which could cause

problems in construction such as lightning, causing collapse

of new built structures and floods in the construction site.

Upon the occurrence of storms, construction will be postponed, covering the

structures with canvas, installation of lightning-conductor system. When

floods occur, all vehicles will be moved out of the site. Regular contacting

with local agencies (army and police) for rescuing.


Detecting the

landmine

Latent explosive incidents, threaten the human lives and

properties

Minesweeper Work will be done in and around the construction site and is

confirmed safe by defense unit that treatment explosive materials through

economic contract with project owners



216

EIA Report

217

Technical characteristics of the environmental treatment utilities

(1) Sediment prevention fence

The geotextile barrier is used to trap sediment substances while water still flowing

through. It consists of a geotextile membrane fixed on wooden or metal piles.

Geotextile barrier is easy for moving on the extent of work progress. The barrier is

maintained by removing sediment substances. On completion of the work, this barrier

is reclaimed and the ground is stabilized.

Residual mud barriers consist of several sections, which are installed at the following

locations:

In the temporary dumping sites (filling soil and unsuitable soil and stone). Stoppers

are arranged as a surrounding fence;

Along the foot of the slopes where the route passing through canals and residential

areas (see Table 5.1).

Residual mud barriers will be installed prior to construction of work items in this area.

Technical specifications of the barriers is shown in Figure 5.1.

Figure 5.1. Residual Mud Barrier

(2) Toilets, mobile waste baskets, hazardous waste containers

At each site, there will be:

01 portable toilet compartment 03;

02 domestic waste plastic basket of 200 liters, with a lid;

02 hazardous waste plastic containers 100 liter, with a lid.


218

(3) Wastewater treatment and drainage system

Inside the construction site, a wastewater treatment and drainage system will be

installed, including:

Treatment of wastewater from areas of washing aggregate, concrete mixing and

washing concrete mixers: water from aggregate washing areas and concrete mixing

areas will be directed to a sedimentation tank which has at least two compartments

with minimum size 2m x 2m x 5m, making sure to collect all wastewater from 01

batch of concrete. In front of the inlet, there will be an iron grid for garbage

collection. Treated water in the tank will be reused. Sediment will be collected and

processed as for construction waste.

The system of collecting and draining trenches of wastewater shall have minimum

size of 50cm x 50cm x 30cm is well compacted and lined with geotextile to prevent

erosion.

Sedimentation tanks and drainage ditches shall be built in the pre-construction

phase and regular maintained to ensure good operation in the construction phase of

the project. After construction, they will be filled with soil, then covered with

organic soil of about 1 meter thick to use for agricultural purposes.

5.1.3. Organization Mechanism and Roles of Relative Agencies

5.1.3.1. In the Preparation and Construction Phases of the Project

Proper environmental management during construction requires the involvement of

several stakeholders and agencies, each with different roles and responsibilities

including:

Project owner: DRVN, PMU3;

The agency approved Environmental impact assessment report: Ministry of

Transport;

DONRE of Thai Binh province and relative agencies;

Independent Environmental Monitoring Consultant (IEMC);

Contractor;

Local communities;

World Bank (WB).

EIA Report

219

Figure 5.2. Environmental Management System

The roles of relative agencies are shown in Table 5.2.

Table 5.2. The Roles and Responsibilities of Relative Agencies

No. Company/

Unit

Responsibilities

1 DRVN/ PMU3 DRVN is the Project Owner.

PMU3, representative of the DRVN, will be responsible for monitoring

the overall project implementation, including environmental compliance

WB

DONREs of Thai Binh and Hung Yen provinces

and relative agencies

PMU3

Environmental Unit - EU

(under PMU3)

DRVN

MOT, MONRE

IEMC

CONTRACTOR

Safety and

Environmental Officer

SEO

CONSTRUCTION SITE

Local

Authorities

Local

Communities

CSC


220

of the project. PMU3 will have the final responsibility for environmental

performance of the project during both the construction and operational

phases.

2 Environmental

Unit (under

PMU3)

The Environmental Unit is responsible for monitoring the

implementation of WB’s environmental safeguard policies in all stages

and process that applying all the items of the project, such as: biding,

construction contract, consultant contract, data and report assessments,

unusual site examination, co-ordinate all of units, problem solving…

relate to the Environment Management. This unit will consult on

environment to chief of PMU3 in order to the meet demand of WB’s

safeguards.

3 CSC The Construction Supervision consultant (CSC) will be responsible for

supervising and monitoring all construction activities and for ensuring

that Contractors comply with the requirements of the contracts and the

EMP. The CSC shall engage sufficient number of qualified staff (e.g.

Environmental Engineers) with adequate knowledge on environmental

protection and construction project management to perform the required

duties and to supervise the Contractor’s performance. The

Environmental Engineers shall be lead by a Workplace Safety and

Environment Supervisor (SES) who shall have extensive experience (at

least 5 years experience is required) in environmental management,

supervision and monitoring on construction projects and be familiar with

Viet Nam environmental legislatives requirements.

The terms of Reference for the CSC shall be clearly stipulated in the

contract signed between CSC and PMU3.

4 Contractor Based on an approved EMP, the Contractor will be responsible for

establishing an EMP for each construction site area, submit the plan and

receive opinions of relevant agencies, complete reports for approval and

implementation. In addition, it is required that the Contractor get all

permissions for construction (traffic control and diversion, excavation,

labor safety, etc) following current regulations.

The contractor shall be required to appoint a competent individual as the

contractor‘s on-site Safety and Environment Officer (SEO) who will be

responsible for monitoring the contractor‘s compliance with the EMP

requirements and the environmental specifications.

Approved specific EMP and relevant papers will be the basis for

management and supervision in the future.

5 Independent

Environmental

Monitoring

Consultant

(IEMC)

IEMC shall be a professional and experienced unit in the environmental

management field. IEMC will, under the contract scope, provide support

to PMU3 to establish and operate environmental management systems,

offers suggestions for adjusting and building capacity for relevant

agencies during the implementation period and monitor the Contractor’s

EMP implementation plan in both construction and operation stages.

IEMC will also be responsible to support PMU3 to prepare monitoring

reports on EMP implementation and submit these reports to DONRE for

approval.

The IEMC shall have extensive knowledge and experience in

environmental monitoring and auditing to provide independent,

objective and professional advice on the environmental performance of

the project. In order to minimize conflict of interests, the IEMC shall not

EIA Report

221

be working in the same organization performing the EMP work, be part

of the PMU3, Environmental Officer (under PMU3) or the CSC.

6 Ministry of

Natural Resource

and Environment

(MONRE)

- Implement or may assign its professional environmental protection

agency to carry out the activities:

Inspecting and certifying the application of environmental protection

works and measures for project operation;

Inspecting the application of environmental protection measures in

the investment preparation and project construction phases when

necessary;

- Shall detail the inspection and certification of application of

environmental protection works and measures for project operation; and

formulate and promulgate specialized technical guidelines for such

inspection and certification.

7 Department of

Natural

Resources and

Environment

(DONRE)

With the role of state management in the environmental field, DONRE

will be responsible for receiving and verifying environmental monitoring

reports, which are submitted by PMU3. In case of arising problems,

DONRE will directly study, settle all problems and minimize arising

damages, which are generated from project implementation process.

5.1.3.2. In Operation Phase of the Project

After Project is completed and handed over to the functional management units of the

Directorate for Roads of Vietnam (DRVN). These units will be responsible for the

management, operation and maintenance of the work to comply with the existing

regulations, the arising issues related to any agency that shall be responsible for

implementation and report to DRVN.

5.1.4. Essential Base for the EMS operation

To establish a adequate legal base

Update and comply with the requirements in accordance with the legal regulation

on environmental protection and safety of people's health.

Develop and disseminate widely the contents of EMP and environmental

mitigation measures on site.

Prepare all the necessary licenses (licenses of construction, traffic diversion, waste

soil discharge etc.).

Raising environmental awareness for stakeholders

Raise environmental awareness for the workers on the construction site

environment (learning about labor safety and sanitation).


222

Regular training field staff on mitigation measures on site.

Propagate, raise people awareness to understand the consequences of

environmental degradation.

Maintain traffic sign system, safety regulations on the construction area.

Maintain a system of information exchange and coordination channels to deal with

the incident

Maintain regularly exchange meetings between stakeholders (PMU3, contractor,

construction supervisors, local representatives).

Maintain report system with records including: hygiene and safety issue on the site,

mitigation measures are implemented, the existing problems need to overcome, etc

through its form as: diary, monthly / quarterly report of CSC, The suggestions of

local authority and community representatives.

Provide the name and phone number of the responsible officials relating to

environmental management, sanitation and safety of the Contractor, CSC and

PMU3 and widely disseminated to the people around the area of the construction

site.

Provide telephone number of hotline (hotline) of the functional agencies such as

traffic inspection, environmental inspection, etc. sea on the project on and around

the construction area.

Participate to solve the arising incidents, the risks and record in writing in

accordance with current regulations.

5.2. Environmental Monitoring Program

5.2.1. Objectives

It is essential to design the monitoring program and monitoring frequency

appropriately to be able to demonstrate both the overall performance of the project

works as well as the short- term impact due to peak construction activities. More

specifically, as the integral and critical part of the EMP, the environment monitoring

program should have the following objectives:

o Determine the actual extent of the impacts;

o Control impacts which are generated from construction process and mentioned

in EIA report;

o Check environmental pollution standards applied to the project during

construction;

EIA Report

223

o Check and supervise implementation of environmental protection solutions

during construction based on EIA report.

o Suggest mitigation measures in case of unexpected impacts;

o Suggest to the Client to coordinate with central and local environmental

organizations to solve pending issues relating to environmental protection under

the scope of the Project;

o Assess the effect of mitigation measures in pre-construction, construction

and operation stages;

o Confirm the impacts forecasted in the EIA.

5.2.2. Basis of Environmental Quality Monitoring

Environmental quality monitoring of the Project area shall comply with the provisions

of law and the following technical conditions

Environmental Protection Law 2005 and the legal documents related to the

environmental impact assessment of the project;

QCVN 2009, 2010 and Canadian sediment standards;

Circular 28/2011/TT-BTNTM defined technical process of monitoring ambient air

and noise environment;

Circular No. 29/2011/TT-BTNMT on 01/8/2011 of the Ministry of Natural

Resources and Environment stipulating the technical standards of monitoring

inland surface water environment;


Resources and Environment stipulating the technical standards of monitoring

inland underground water environment;


Resources and Environment stipulating the technical standards of monitoring the

soil environment;

Environmental pollution forecast by the EIA;

Current status of environmental quality in the project area.

5.2.3. Contents of Environmental Monitoring Program

The environmental monitoring program will be implemented during construction

and operation process at 4 levels:

(i) Monitoring project completion Indicator


224

(ii) Monitoring the level of compliance with mitigation measures

(iii) Community-based Monitoring

(iv) Monitoring environmental parameters;

Details of the monitoring program proposed are presented below.

5.2.4. Monitoring Indicators

5.2.4.1. Monitoring Project Completion Indicator

A system of monitoring indicators is proposed to assess implementation of some

project stages. These monitoring indicators which represent characteristics of sub-

project activities can be collected easily based on experiences obtained from similar

WB funded infrastructure investment projects in Viet Nam. Based on initial objectives,

the following activities will be established, including socio-economic effect,

environment, and sustainable development.

These indicators will be stated in the manual which provides guidance on project

implementation. The main environmental indicators related to project investment

effect includes but not be limited by the following matters:

(i) Decrease in the level of pollution load on NH39-1 and related axis roads.

(ii) Decrease in the level of accidents on NH39-1 and related axis roads.

This monitoring will be implemented after road completion. PMU3 will be responsible

for collecting the information necessary to prepare periodical reports on project

completion indicators with the help of a technical consultant.

5.2.4.2. Monitoring Compliance with Mitigation Measures

The monitoring assignments for the Contractor, CSC and IEMC shall be clearly

indicated in their terms of reference and contract documents shall be approved by the

World Bank. CSC will be responsible for submitting monthly reports which state

environmental problems, actions and updated monitoring results. Based on monthly

reports and field monitoring trips, IEMC will be responsible for preparing and

submitting every three months reports to PMU3, which shall include conclusions on

environmental problems and the key implemented mitigation measures. Quarterly

reports, prepared by PMU3, shall comprise the following aspects:

• A priority list of issues as determined in monitoring reports of the previous

months.

• Methods taken by the Contractor to solve relevant.

• Pending matters, proposed solutions and explanation of special circumstances

EIA Report

225

for non-compliance.

IEMC shall provide the necessary technical support and guidance to PMU3 and CSC

during monitoring implementation of mitigation measures and for submitting relevant

reports.

5.2.4.3. Community-based Monitoring

The communities will monitor the project along its construction process in order to

ensure that the contractors will comply with all environmental and social regulations

as well as to reduce the risks on their properties and economic activities, human

health and the environment. According to the information phase, the communities

help to assess the mitigation measures as well as interested in the aspirations of the

people, to contribute to a better environment management mechanism.

Community-based monitoring will form the spirit of voluntary report and mention the

urgent issues. When there is damage to the environment, the community and local

authorities will report to stakeholders.

5.2.4.4. Environmental Quality Monitoring Indicators

The environmental monitoring program will be implemented during 3 stages of the

project including the pre-construction stage (environmental baseline); construction

stage and operation stage (the two years of project execution).

Positions of environmental quality monitoring were selected based on the positions,

which had been measured and surveyed of environmental quality in the time of project

planning as well as in the vulnerable positions which were defined as the objects

impacted by the project in all of three phases: preparation, construction and operation.

The environmental quality monitoring positions of the project are shown in Table 5.3

and Figure 5.3 enough for covering waste resources (areas of construction and

operation) and the affected objects (residential areas and vulnerable objects in the

Project area).

Table 5.3. Positions of Environmental Quality Monitoring

No. Location Symbol

Pre-

construction

stage

Construction

stage

Operation

stage

I Air and Noise environment 4 locations 10 locations 4 locations

1

Residential area at Trieu

Duong bridge (Km44+000 -

NH39-1)

KK1; O1 x x x


226

No. Location Symbol

Pre-

construction

stage

Construction

stage

Operation

stage

2

Residential area at Tan Le

commune (Km44+800 -

NH9-1)

KK2; O2 x

3

Residential area at Hung

Nhan town, near the Van

Nam pagoda

(Km46+840 - NH39-1)

KK3; O3 x

4

Interchanges of Hung Nhan

bypass

(Km47+930 - NH39-)1

KK4; O4 x

5

Residential area at Nai

bridge (Km52+662 -

NH39-1)

KK5; O5 x x x

6 Dong Tu pagoda area

(Km55+400 - NH39-1) KK6; O6 x

7

Area near the Hung Ha

medical station

(Km57+480 - NH39-1)

KK7; O7 x

8

Residential area at Minh

Khai commune

(Km59+880 - NH39-1)

KK8; O8 x

9 Ending point (Km64+000 -

NH39-1) KK9; O9 x x x

10 Go bridge KK10; O10 x x x

II Surface water and sediment

environment

5 locations 5 location 5 location

1 Nai bridge Nm1; TT1 x x x

2 Le bridge Nm2; TT2 x x x

3 Nai bridge Nm3; TT3 x x x

4 Dong Tu bridge Nm4; TT4 x x x

5 Go bridge

(Km88+000 - NH39) Nm5; TT5 x x x

EIA Report

227

No. Location Symbol

Pre-

construction

stage

Construction

stage

Operation

stage

III Soil and groundwater 4 locations 4 locations 4 locations

1 Tan Le commune, Hung Ha

district Nn1, Đ1 x x x

2 Lien Hiep commune, Hung

Ha district Nn2, Đ2 x x x

3 Minh Khai commune Nn3, Đ3 x x x

4

Residential area at Go

bridge, Dong Phong

commune

Nn4, Đ4 x x x

Summary of environmental quality monitoring program is presented in Table 5.4.

Table 5.4. Summary of Environmental Quality Monitoring Program

No. Item Pre-construction

stage Construction stage Operation stage

I Monitoring noise

1. Monitoring parameter

Leq

Leq

Leq

2. Monitoring frequency 01 time prior to

construction.

01 location/day,

Measure sixteen times

/day, 3 samples/once

Measure once every

03 months.

01 location/day,



Measure once every 06

months.

01 location/day,



3. Frequency of taking

samples

4 locations x 16 x 3 10 locations x 16 x 4 x

3 x 2 years of

construction (as

expected)

4 locations x 16 x 2 x

3 x 2 years

4. Standard for

comparison

QCVN 26: 2010/ BTNMT

II Monitoring air quality

1. Monitoring parameter TSP, PM10, CO, SO2,

NO2

TSP, PM10, CO, SO2,

NO2

TSP, PM10, CO, SO2,

NO2


construction.

Measure once every

03 months.


months.


228



01 location/day,

Measure eight times

/day

01 location/day,

Measure eight times

/day

01 location/day,

Measure eight times

/day


samples

4 locations x 8 10 locations x 8 x 4 x

2 years of

construction (as

expected)

4 locations x 8 x 2 x 2

years

4. Standard for

comparison

QCVN 05:2009/ BTNMT

III Monitoring surface water quality

1. Monitoring parameter Temperature, pH,

Turbidity, DO, TSS,

Fe, Mn, Pb, oil

Temperature, pH,

Turbidity, DO, TSS,

Fe, Mn, Pb, oil

Temperature, pH,

Turbidity, DO, TSS,

Fe, Mn, Pb, oil


construction, two

times per day

Measure once every

03 months.

Two times per day


months.

01 times perday


samples

4 location x 1 4 location x 4 x 2

years of construction

(as expected)

4 location x 2 x 2 yeas

4. Standard for

comparison

QCVN 08:2009/ BTNMT

IV Monitoring groundwater quality

1. Monitoring parameter Temperature, pH, DO,

turbidity, hardness,

Fe, TS, As, Coliform,

E.Coli

Temperature, pH, DO,

turbidity, hardness, Fe,

TS, As, Coliform,

E.Coli


construction.

Measure once every

03 months.

01 location/day


samples

4 Location x 1 4 Location x 4 x 2


(as expected)

4. Standard for

comparison

QCVN 09:2008/ BTNMT

V Monitoring sediment quality

EIA Report

229



1. Monitoring parameter Cu, Pb, Zn, Cd, As Cu, Pb, Zn, Cd, As


construction.

Measure once every

03 months.

01 location/day


samples



(as expected)

4. Standard for

comparison

QCVN 43:2012/BTNMT

VI Monitoring soil quality

1. Monitoring parameter Cu, Pb, Zn, Cd, As


construction.

Measure once every

03 months.

01 location/day


samples



(as expected)

4. Standard for

comparison

QCVN 03:2008/ BTNMT

The projects of large infrastructure construction are usually done by successive

construction method according to every specific section. So, in order to ensure

objectiveness, science, practical reflecting the impacts of the process of project

implementation (both of positive and negative), the monitoring program will have to

be adjusted from time to time consistent with the actual construction site and project

progress. Monitoring locations will be established on the basis of the map reference of

monitoring locations which are established during the EIA preparation. In case the

project was started within 1 year (from the time of approval of the EIA report) the

monitoring data can be used directly as the initial data.

5.2.5. Monitoring Report System

In order to exchange information effectively, establish a database for monitoring the

implementation of mitigation measures, and create an effective implementation of

EMP, it is essential to adopt a system of standard report at all levels of management as

shown in the table below.


230

Table 5.5. System of Environmental Monitoring Report

No. Issues to be

reported

Monitoring at 1st

level

Monitoring at 2nd

level

Monitoring at 3rd

level

(One duplicate must

be sent to DONRE)

Construction stage

1 Implement

mitigation

measures on site

in accordance

with the EMP

and contract

clauses

Implemented by:

Contractor

Frequency of

report submission:

Monthly

Report sent to:

PMU3

Implemented by:

PMU3

Frequency of report

submission: once

every three months

Report sent to:

DRVN

Implemented by:

DRVN

Frequency of report

submission: once

every three months

Report sent to: MOT,

WB

2 Monitoring and

supervision of

the EMP

compliance in

accordance with

the contract

clauses

Implementation

Unit: Construction

Supervision Team

(CSC)

Frequency of

report submission:

Monthly – Quarterly

Report sent to:

PMU3

Implemented by:

PMU3

Frequency of report

submission: once

every three months

Report sent to:

DRVN

Implemented by:

DRVN

Frequency of report

submission: once every

three months

Report sent to: MOT,

WB

3 Community

monitoring of

EMP

implementation

Implemented by:

Co

mmunity

Monitoring by

community group

Frequency of

report submission:

Monthly

Send report to:

Local authority

Implemented by:

Local

authority

Frequency of

report submission: In

cases of

reflection/complaints.

Report sent to: PMU3

Operation stage

1 Environment

and Traffic

Monitoring

Implemented by:

Functional company of

DRVN

Frequency of report

submission: once

every six months

Report sent to: DRVN

Implemented by:

DRVN

Frequency of report

submission: once every

six months

Report sent to: MOT

EIA Report

231

No. Issues to be

reported

Monitoring at 1st

level

Monitoring at 2nd

level

Monitoring at 3rd

level

(One duplicate must

be sent to DONRE)

2 Traffic

safety

monitoring

Implemented by:

Functional company of

DRVN

Frequency of report

submission: once

every six months

Report sent to: MOT

5.3. Capacity Building and Training

5.3.1. Analysis and determination of training demands

Actual implementation of projects shows that coordination in environmental

management is not always effective because of the following reasons:

• Lack of a unified coordination regime which should be established in the beginning

of project among PMU3, relevant agencies, local authorities at project

wards/communes especially;

• Local staff do not master loans borrowing process of project but carry out practices

involving and following those of domestic projects with limited participation;

• The community does not have obvious awareness on their rights and obligations on

environmental protection or in spite of understanding, there is a lack of regime to

provide feedback;

• Relevant agencies were not always ready in coordinating works during

project implementation. Some agencies assigned their functional staff to coordinate

with the project but this assignment is only temporary and appointed staff do not

master the coordination method as well as necessary procedures for discussion and

contact with PMU3.

• In order to overcome these matters, it is necessary to analyze and assess the

capability and demands of relevant departments/divisions in environmental

management and analyze actual demands for project implementation. Accordingly,

a capacity building and training program will be established to increase the effective

operation of environmental management systems in the future. Some assessments

on training demands in environmental management as well as proposals for a

training program are presented in the following table.


232

Table 5.6. Analysis and determination of training demands

No. Subject Preliminary assessment on

capability/awareness

Capacity building/training on

environmental management

1 Environment

team – PMU3

- Have most staff with

University/post university

education, thus it is easy to

them to comprehend new

contents

- Have working experiences in

previous projects but have

not gone into details of the

environmental field.

- Have basic knowledge in

information technology, thus, it

will be convenient for data

management and information

process as well as cooperation

with other agencies.

- Should be further trained on

environmental management process

in project and implementation

methods (from preparation stage of

bidding documents, bid evaluation,

contract signing, monitoring

implementation and acceptance

works, etc.).

- Should increase awareness on critical

roles of EMS

- Should provide with more

knowledge/legal regulations related

to penalty for violations on the

environment.

- Should be provided with

treatment solutions for arising

problems on site.

3 Local leaders - The communes have not been

made sufficiently clear and

understood about the project

process.

- Computer skills are still

limited.

- Awareness on community

organization and monitoring is

not clear. Community

organization and monitoring

have only been implemented

for small projects which are

invested by residents.

- Have no experiences in

community monitoring on a

large scale.

- Should be provided with

preliminary knowledge on

environmental laws and contents

related to coordination in monitoring

among ward/commune authorities in

projects which are executed in the

areas.

- Should be trained on community

monitoring.

- Should have updated information

on project progress and monitoring

and information exchange regime.

- Especially, environmental

management process should be

made clear and comprehended

before, during and after

construction.

4 Community

representatives

- Not been established in the

local area, Thus participants

have not been determined

- Most project areas are rural

ones with cultivation works.

- Should be provided with rights

and responsibilities in

environmental management (as well

as legal regulations.)

- Should be provided with clear

EIA Report

233

No. Subject Preliminary assessment on

capability/awareness

Capacity building/training on

environmental management

Education is limited and

working style is primarily

spontaneous.

- Income of residents is not

high; infrastructure system is

not sufficient; awareness on

rights and responsibilities of

individuals and community on

environmental issues are

limited.

simple methods which will be

applied during project

implementation process.

- Increase the awareness of

community on environmental

management generally and potential

impact of the project in particular.

- Continuously utilize project

information and important points in

EMS as well as operation regime.

5 Contractor - Contractor’s leaders are

qualified and experienced

staffs who are competent in

legal regulations.

- Periodically organize training

courses on environmental

sanitation and labor safety.

- Most Contractors consider

environmental issues as

arising ones with a separate

cost and do not want to

implement them or rectify the

issues.

- Awareness of Contractors on

environmental issues during

construction is limited.

- Should learn about environmental

law and focus on contents related to

roles of local authority and

community supervisors.

- Should comprehend environmental

management process following

requirements of WB’s safeguard

policies (for example, participation

of IEMC, etc.)

- However, for contractors these

requirements will be followed

through project documents and

concrete criteria in bidding

documents as well as construction

contract.

5.3.2. Proposed Programs on Capacity Building on Environmental Management

Based on an analysis of current capabilities, experiences and actual demands in project

implementation, a capacity building and training program for relevant agencies is

established as shown in the table below:

Table 5.7. Proposed programs on capacity building on environmental

management

Training

content

Subject to be

trained

Number of

trainees

Training

time

Organization

unit

Budget

Leaning on

Labor safety

and

Contractor’s

workers and

technical staff

All workers

and staff on

site

Prior to

construction

and following

Contractor in

coordination with

Institute of Labor,

Paid by

Contractor


234

Training

content

Subject to be

trained

Number of

trainees

Training

time

Organization

unit

Budget

environmental

sanitation

legal

regulations

War invalids and

Social Affairs

Learning on

general

environmental

management

process

Staff of PMU3

and public

utility

companies

5 persons Prior to

construction

PMU3 in

coordination with

IEMC

Paid by

PMU3 or to

be included

in a package

on training

Learning on

Process of

CEMP

Environmental

staff under ward

PC in the

project area

22 persons

(2 district

staff + 20

town/

commune

staff)

Prior to

construction

Training

consultant under

Contract on

capacity building

and training for

relevant agencies.

Included in

Contract on

training

consulting

Learning on

Process of

SEMP

CSC’s staff in

charge of

environmental

10

trainees

Prior to

construction

PMU3 in

coordination with

CSC

In the

Contract of

CSC

5.4. Costs Estimated

5.4.1. Legal Document for Cost Estimated

The norms, unit price, policy regulations apply to preliminary estimation of funds

investing in the construction and operation of the environment, environmental

management include:

Circular No.04/2010/TT-BXD on May 26th, 2010 of MOC on guiding to establish

and management the investment construction cost;

Circular No.33/2007/TT-BTC on April 9th

, 2007 of MOF guiding the settlement of

completed projects funded with state capital;

Cost Estimate Norms for constructing 2012 (construction part), promulgated with

the Dicision No. 1091/QD-BXD on December 26th

, 2011 of MOC;

Basic Construction Price of Thai Binh and Hung Yen Province;

Circular No.232/2009/TT-BTC on December 9th

, 2009 of MOF Circular No.

232/2009/TT-BTC dated December 9, 2009 of the Ministry of Finance on the

collection rates, regime for collection, management and use of preventive health

fee and border health quarantine fee;

Circular No.08/2005/TTLT-BNV-BTC on January 5th, 2005 guiding the

EIA Report

235

implementation of the regime of nighttime and overtime work payments applicable

to public employees and servants;

Decree No.103/2012/ND-CP on December 4th, 2012 of the Government

stipulating region-based minimum wage levels for laborers working for companies,

enterprises, cooperatives, cooperative groups, farms, households, individuals and

agencies, organizations employing laborers;

Other relevant documents of State, MOT and other Ministries.

5.4.2. The costs implement the mitigation measures by the contractor

The cost for organization, training, dissemination, procurement, operation of

equipment, and labor for implementation of mitigation measures in and out of the site

in accordance with the requirements of EMP and the subproject bidding and

contractual document requirements are integrated in the construction package.

Contractors will be responsible to study, prepare alternatives and offer cost estimation

for these activities. It is considered as one of the criteria for assessing the capability of

the Contractor in the future and compliance level of the Contractor.

5.4.3. Cost for Monitoring

5.4.3.1. Supervision of EMP Implementation by CSC

The contractor when participate into tendering of construction supervision consultant

(CSC) package for NH39-1 project is responsible for proposing the organization of for

monitoring the implementation of mitigation measures by contractors. CSC will be

required staffing and specific work plan in order to serve the management of sanitation

and safety in and around construction site. The budget for this task will be proposed in

the contract with the construction supervision consultant.

5.4.3.2. Cost for Independence Environment Monitoring Consultant (IEMC)

PMU3 shall sign a contract with IEMC for the duration of the construction process of the

project. IEMC shall implement assignments of all project components according to the TOR.

Table 5.8. Cost estimation for Environmental management works

Unit: VND

No Item Unit Quantity Unit price Amount

I Pre-construction stage 22.050.000

1 Environmental management staff

(1 person)

month 1 21.000.000 21.000.000


236

No Item Unit Quantity Unit price Amount

2 Other costs % 5 21.000.000 1.050.000

II Construction stage 176.400.000


(1 person)

month 8 21.000.000 168.000.000

2 Other costs % 5 168.000.000 8.400.000

III Operation stage 88.200.000


(1 person)

month 4 21.000.000 84.000.000

2 Other costs % 5 84.000.000 4.200.000

Total 286.650.000

5.4.3.3. Implementation Cost of the Monitoring Program

Based on the above-mentioned monitoring program the estimated costs for

implementing this program are presented in the following table.

Table 5.9. Costs Estimation of Monitoring Program

Unit: VND

No Items Pre-construction

stage

Construction

stage (within 2

years as expected)

Operation stage Total

amount

L1 Cost L1 Cost L1 Cost

1 Monitoring

air quality 4 15,520,000 4 124,160,000 4 62,080,000 201,760,000

2 Monitoring

noise 4 9,984,000 4 79,872,000 4 39,936,000 129,792,000

3 Monitoring

quality 4 3,092,000 4 24,736,000 4 12,368,000 40,196,000

4 Monitoring

groundwater 3 1,899,000 3 15,192,000 17,091,000

5 Monitoring

sediment

quality

4 1,680,000 4 13,440,000 15,120,000

6 Monitoring

soil quality 3 1,260,000 3 10,080,000 11,340,000

EIA Report

237

7 Other cost 49,157,391 482,299,128 133,770,480 665,226,999

Total 82,592,391 749,779,128 248,154,480 1,080,525,999

Notes: The above cost estimate excludes VAT tax. Other costs include costs for

manpower, traveling, preparation of survey reports, etc.

Total estimated cost for implementation of a monitoring program is 1,080,525,999

VND. For the purpose of effective implementation, the monitoring program

implementation can be combined with the contract established with IEMC.

5.4.4. Cost for implementation of capacity building and training

The cost estimation for implementation of capacity building and training is presented

in the following table:

Table 5.10. Cost Estimation for Implementation of Capacity Building and

Training

Training

contents

Subject to be

trained

Number of

trainees

Cost rate

(VND)

Source of cost

Learning on

labor safety

and

environment

sanitation

Workers and

technicians

of

Contractors

All workers

and

construction

staff

on site (500

turns of

persons as

expected)

150 x

200,000

= 30,000,000

Paid by

contractor, this

cost is included in

the contract of

construction

Learning of

general

environmental

management

process

PMU’s staff

in charge of

construction

packages

5 persons 5 x 3,000,000

=

15,000,000

This cost should

be included in the

contract signed

with IEMC

Learning on

CEMP

Environmen

tal staff

under

ward/commu

ne PC in the

project area

22 persons

(2 district

staff + 20

town/comm

une staff)

22 per, x

1000,000/per,

=

22,000,000

Included in the

Contract signed

with training

consultant or

IEMC


238

Training

contents

Subject to be

trained

Number of

trainees

Cost rate

(VND)

Source of cost

Learning on

SEMP

Staff in

charge of

labor safety

and

environment

al sanitation

under CSC

10 trainees 10 per, x

1000,000/per,

=

10,000,000

In the Contract of

CSC

Total cost 77,000,000

5.4.5. Cost Estimate for Environmental Treatment Work

The following table is present Cost Estimate for Environmental Treatment Works:

Table 5.11. Cost Estimate for Environmental Treatment Works

Unit: VND

TT

Environmental treatment

facilities Unit Quantity Unit price Amount

1 Standard water jet Each 5 500.000 2.500.000

2 Residual mud barrier m 3000 25.000 75.000.000

3 Portable toilet Each 5 54.000.000 270.000.000

4 Mobile waste basket Each 10 1.150.000 11.500.000

5 Hazardous waste container Each 10 1.600.000 16.000.000

6 Temporary sedimentation basin

- At the bridge construction area

(where bore piles are implemented) Each 4 12.000.000 48.000.000

- At the canteen area Each 5 2.300.000 11.500.000

- At the maintenance area Each 5 8.000.000 40.000.000

7 Water collector ditches m 1400 100.000 140.000.000

Total 614.500.000

5.4.6. Total Cost Estimation

Apart from costs, which have been calculated in relevant packages/contracts, one more

cost element will be required for EMP as follows:

Table 5.12. Total Cost for the Environmental management Plan

EIA Report

239

No. Content Cost

1 Cost for Independent Monitoring Consultant 286.650.000

2 Cost for monitoring program implementation 1.080.525.999

3 Cost for capability building and training 77.000.000

4 Cost for the environmental treatment facilities 614.500.000

Total 2.058.675.999

5 Contingency (10%) 205.867.600

Total 2.264.543.599

The above cost rate is estimated based on current unit price and Consultant’s

experiences. Because the project will be implemented over many years, price

fluctuation will be unavoidable. A contingency amount should be prepared for any

unavoidable price or cost increase during project implementation.


BAN QUẢN LÝ DỰ ÁN THĂNG LONG

240

Figure 5.3. Location Map of Environmental Quality Monitoring

Ghi chú:

Không khí (KK), ồ n (O), rung (R)

Nước mặ t (NM), trầm tích (TT)

Nước ngầm (NN)

Đấ t (Đ)

KK1, O1, R1, NN1

NM1, TT1, Đ1, NN1

KK2, O2, R2, NM2

NN2, Đ2

NN3, Đ3



241

CHAPTER VI. PUBLIC CONSULTATION

6.1. Public Consultation at the Request of the World Bank

6.1.1. Consultation Content

According to the guidelines of the World Bank (WB) - Project belongs to group B, so

it needs to organize the public consultation. The participants include: households in the

project area, local government representatives, staffs on environmental, transportation,

cadastral etc; and organizations (as Women's Association, Farmers' Association, Youth

Union, Veterans, etc.). The project owner includes: representatives of the project

owner and environmental consultantcy. The main content of the meeting as follows:

Provide basic information about the project to the community;

Provide information about the major expected impact of the project on the

environment;

Collect feedback on the project of participants.

6.1.2. Consultation Results

1) Pictures of the public consultation meetings were organized:

Currently, PMU No.2 has organized total of 11 public consultation meetings in 11

communes belongs to 3 districts: Hung Ha and Dong Hung, Thai Binh province; and

Tien Lu district - Hung Yen province. The time of public consultation meetings as

follow:

- January 27, 2013: Public consultation meeting in Hung Nhan and Phuc Khanh towns;

- January 28, 2013: Public consultation meeting in Tan Le and Thai Phuong communes;

- January 29, 2013: Public consultation meeting in Lien Hiep commune and Hung Ha

town;

- January 30, 2013: Public consultation meeting in Minh Khai and Hong Linh

communes;

- January 31, 2013: Public consultation meeting in Tan Hoa commune;

- March 11, 2013: Public consultation meeting in Dong Phong commune;

- February 4, 2013: Public consultation meeting in Thien Phien commune.



242

Table 6.1 Pictures of the Public Consultation Meetings

No. Pictures Notes

1

Project Staffs welcome and

guide to participants

2

Participants observe documents,

project aligment map.

3

Introduce the project:

Representative of consultantcy

introduce the project and

environmental impacts at Lien

Hiep commune’s meeting.



243

No. Pictures Notes

4

People expressed their opinions

5

Group Discussion:

Socio and environmental

experts of the project collect

opinions of local

communication by way group

discussion.

2) Consultation results

After hearing the representatives of the project to introduce the project scope, alignment,

intersections, NH39-1 upgrade plan and construction plan of 3 bridges are Nai, Dong Tu

and Go, as well as the impact of the project on environment and proposed mitigation

measures, the participants came up with a lot of questions as well as their contribution to

the project, mainly focusing on the following issues:

All localities and consultant agree to support project implementation in order to

improve the quality of roads and regional economic development.

About the project implementation time: they fear the project will be "suspended", so

the local authorities as well as the people desire that the project will be soon

completely implemented.

Clearance: people required project owner to allocate the capital, complete the site

clearance prior to construction in order to avoid the extension of the construction



244

time and long-term environmental impacts.

Drainage issue: people worry about drainage issue during the construction, so they

require the project owner to be very interested in design of drainage system in

residential areas to avoid inundation and houses flooding.

The sanitation issue: most people have suggested project owner to pay attention to

the issue of environmental sanitation, ensure traffic during the construction of

project, and avoid messy gathering material, sp ge waste spreading without being

collected, influence to environment and traffic of participants.

For execution time: people proposed the project owner to avoid the construction at

night, affecting people.

Impact on irrigation: the government and people proposed the project owner to take

care of irrigation system to ensure the water supply for agriculture.

The opinions of participants are summarized in Table 6.2. Minute of the consultations is

attached at Appendix 5 - Public consultation.

Table 6.2. Summaries of Consultation Results and Responses of Project

Owner

No Full name The issues people care about and

encourage

Answer of Project

Representative - Consultants

Unit

1 Hong Linh commune

- Mr. Pham Van Dong –

Vu Dong hamlet

Impact on the natural

environment is for granted,

especially the impact of dust.

The measures of the project are

relatively complete, but they

must be applied strictly in the

construction process.

In populated areas it needs to

research to fully design the

drainage system, avoid house

flooding by road construction.

The project owner is

committed to implement all

the mitigation measures

mentioned in the EIA report.

The project owner acquired

the opinions and directed the

design consultancy to study

the adequate design of

drainage system, avoid the

house flooding.

Mr. Dao Van Hung –

Vu Dong hamlet

Project owner has to allocate the

capital, complete the site clearance

prior to construction in order to avoid

the extension of the construction time

and long-term environmental impacts


the opinions and will perform

in the specific

implementation step.

Mr. Pham Van Cong –

Vu Dong hamlet

In the communal area there are

many business households. During


the opinions and will perform



245


encourage

Answer of Project


Unit

the construction, the project is not

permitted to store the materials in

residential areas, avoid the impact

on the business households.

in the construction phase.

Mr. Duong Hong Ky -

Chairman of the

Committee of

Fatherland Front of

commune

Government and people sympathize

and support the implementation of

the project to improve the quality of

roads and regional economic

development.

2 Lien Hiep commune

Mr. Dao Trong Giap –

Vice Chairman of

People's Committee of

commune

People’s aspiration is to

implement the project as soon

as possible to improve the

NH39 route, create the

favorable traffic condition for

economic development.

As construction of the road, it

needs to be very interested in

the drainage system design in

dense residential areas.






house flooding and

inundation.

Mr. Nguyen Van Co –

Nua hamlet

People support the project

implementation because of the

economic benefits that project

brings. Project owner needs to

apply measures to minimize the

environmental impact, avoid

many measures but not done.

In dense residential areas on the

NH39, it needs to have drains

in both sides of road to avoid

flooding by heavy rains.

The project owner acquired the

opinions and directed the




house flooding and inundation.

Mr. Luong Dinh Co –

Nua hamlet

The given mitigation measures

of project are quite sufficient.

The project must be very

interested in the issues: traffic

safety, ensure agricultural

irrigation, adequate

compensation to residents prior

to construction.


the opinions and committed

to implement all the

mitigation measures




246


encourage

Answer of Project


Unit

Ensure the progress of the

project, not too long to create

long-term impacts.

Mr. Dao Trong Giap Commune people sympathize

and support the implementation

of the project to improve the

quality of roads and regional

economic development..

Propose the project owner to

apply strictly the mitigation

measures to minimize the

effects of dust, noise, waste on

the life as well as the

production and business

activities of the people.

Recommend to implement the

project soon and ensure the

most rapid progress

The project owner owner

acquired the opinions and




3 Tan Le commune

Mr. Nguyen Xuan Cu

– Bui Xa hamlet

People’s aspiration is to

implement the project as soon

as possible to improve the

NH39 route, create the

favorable traffic condition for

economic development as well

as expand social and cultural

relations in the project area.

Proposed the project owner to

study on the drainage issue in

the area because the current

route located between

residential areas and the river

drainage area.

The project owner owner

acquired the opinions and









house flooding and

inundation.

Mr. Tran Van Quyen The people are very supportive

for the implementation of

project because of the

economic benefits that the

project will bring.

Proposal for construction to


the opinions and has

developed specifically in

methods of construction.



247


encourage

Answer of Project


Unit

expand the road passing

through residential areas should

finish each side of the road and

then continue to the other side

to ensure the daily commute for

people.

Mr. Nguyen Trong

Hiep – Thanh Trieu

hamlet

Recommend project owner to

implement strictly the

mitigation measures of

environmental impact.

Ensure the progress of the

project, does not take long time

thus create the long-term

effects.



the mentioned mitigation

measures, at the same time

will also be included in the

contract with the construction

contractor.

Mr. Nguyen Quang

Vuong – Vice

Chairman of People's

Committee of

commune

People and commune

authorities agreed to support

the project. Recommend project

owner to implement strictly the

mitigation measures of

environmental impact.

Recommend to implement

project soon and ensure

progress, avoid prolonged then

affect life as well as business of

people.




measures, at the same time

will also be included in the

contract with the construction

contractor.

4 Minh Khai commune

Mrs. Hoang Thi Duyen The impacts on people’s

economy and life are very

significant, proposed the

project owner must take

specific measures to support

and restore the lives of

emigrated people.

When construction it needs to

ensure environmental

sanitation.




measures

Mr. Tran Thanh Oai –

Tu La hamlet


because it is the policy of the

State. However, we also wish


committed to implement

soon.



248


encourage

Answer of Project


Unit

project owner to rapidly

implement and avoid falling

into suspended situation so that

people can settle their life.

Mrs. Lam Thi Hoi When construction it is not

allowed to digging up and

down to the side in place of the

people.

Avoid construction at night as

this will affect people's lives.


and would included this

opinion in the contract with

the construction contractor,

require the construction

contractor to seriously

implement and will have

specific fine sanctions.

Mr. Nguyen Minh Duc

– Chairman of People's

Committee of

commune

The government and people

sympathize and support the

implementation of the project

aims to improve the quality of


development.

Recommend the project owner

to implement soon, quickly and

thoroughly construction.

Information about the project

has to be opened and spacious

for people to know and support

the project.











measures

5 Hung Ha town

Mrs. Hoang Thi Lien –

Dong Tu 1 quarter

The impacts on people’s

economy and life are very

significant, proposed the

project owner must take

specific measures to support

and restore the lives of




measures.



249


encourage

Answer of Project


Unit

emigrated people.

When construction it is not

allowed to digging up and

down to the side in place of the

people.

Mr. Nghiem Dinh

Bang – Dong Tu 1

quarter

The town people are looking

forward to early


to improve traffic conditions in

the town. When construction it

needs to be quickly,

thoroughly, avoid prolonged

cause many environmental

pollution impacts on the

population.


committed to implement soon

Mr Ha Huu Hien –

Nhan Cau 1 quarter

Construction should be

definitely not preventing the

entrance to the shops because

the town is a busy trading

business.


and would include this

opinion in the contract with

the construction contractor,

require the construction

contractor seriously

implement.

Mrs Nguyen Dang

Khoa – Nhan Cau 1

quarter

Recommend to strictly

implement measures to reduce

environmental pollution. To be

applied from the beginning to

the end of construction. After

construction it needs to clean

and avoid waste soil to

influence people's traffic.




measures.

Mr. Nguyen Huu Huan

- Vice Chairman of

People's Committee of

commune

The government and people

sympathize and support the


aims to improve the quality of


development.

Recommend the project owner

to implement soon, quickly and

thoroughly construction.




measures.



250


encourage

Answer of Project


Unit

Information about the project

has to be opened and spacious

for people to know and support

the project.








6 Thai Phuong

commune

Mr. Nguyen Duy Bich

– Ngan Xa hamlet

Expectations of the people as

early implement the project to

improve NH No.39, create the

comfortable traffic conditions, to

develop economic.

It needs to have measures to

minimize impacts on lively and

people’s income.

Althrough the environmental

impacts are negligible, the

project also applies the

measures to avoid the impacts

on peoples along the road.

Mr. Dao Van Hien –

Ngan Xa hamlet

Due to the project will be

constructed throught the field

area so impacts on natural

environmental area small and

can be overcome.

It needs to note that during

construction stage have to neatly

conduct, ensure that don’t affect

to product on the rest fields of

peoples. Construction activities

don’t over site boundry.

Mr. Luong Dinh Co –

Nua hamlet

Curently, people are not to

assign field when have families

generate demographic, there are

cases where 1 house only have 1

field while raising three more

people. Project recover land will

impact on lively, it needs to have

The social impact will be

studied and proposed specific

supporting measures to each

household.



251


encourage

Answer of Project


Unit

specific supporting measures and

appropriate to each household.

7 Hung Nhan town

Mrs. Le Thi Hai – Me

quarter

Impacts caused by dust and

noise are remarkable and much

affect to the people livelihoods.

Propose the Project owner must

consider the mitigation measures

for these impacts.

Recover the agricultural land

will be affected to the people

living. Propose the Project

owner need to give support

measures to these affected

households.

The mitigation measures for

impacts on natural and socio-

economical will be studied and

detailed in the project’s EIA

report. The project owner

commits to implement strictly

these mitigation measures.

Mr. Do Van Loc –

Thach quarter


because of economic benefits.

However, the project owner

needs to balance project benefits

and environment protection

issues.

The project owner will study

and reconsider the measures in

order to protection benefits of

affected people.

Mr. Tran Van Hieu –

Thach quarter

Clearance will be implemented

clearly and disclosed according

to current regulations and insure

the Project’s construction

schedule.

Not prolonged the construction

timing to avoid waste of State

funds and affected to people’s

life.

The project owner commits to

implement clearly the

clearance with internal and

external supervisors.

The project owner commits to

implement construction

according to schedule and

ensure the quality of work.

Mr. Do Van Huyen –

Vice Chairman of

People Committee

The local government agrees and

supports the project. Propose the

project implement strictly the

environmental impact mitigation

measures.

Unavoidable impacts need the

supported and mitigated

measures to the lowest level.

Compensation and support

policies of project are required

according to Law and

regulations of Vietnam and

Donor.

8 Tan Hoa commune



252


encourage

Answer of Project


Unit

Mr. Do Khac Thu –

Luong hamlet

Obstrution of drainage can cause

flooding in resident area.

Propose the project owner must

calculate, design the appropriate

drainage.



consultancy to study the

adequate design of drainage

system, avoid making

inundation to households.

Mr. Tran Quang Hop –

Luong hamlet

Propose the project owner

adequately compensate for

recovered land households and

giving the support mesasures for

joblessness and landlessness

households.

Regulations of Vietnam and

donor (World Bank) show that

the resettlement plan will must

be ensured the living standard

of replaced households are as

same as or better than before.

Mrs. Nguyen Thi

Tuyen – Luong hamlet

In the operation phase, dust

emission caused by increase of

vehicle flow will affect to

households living near the route.

Propose the project owner set up

the mitigation measures for this

impact.

The impact caused by dust

pollution in the operation

phase and these mitigation

measures will be assessed

detail in EIA report. Project

owner commits implement

strictly these measures.

9 Phuc Khanh commune

Mrs. Pham Thi Lenh –

Huong Xa hamlet

In the construction phase, the

environment issues are

important. Propose the

constructors use all safety

measures to ensure health for

people.

Propose Project owner

implement according to the

schedule with spirit of equality

and fair.



economical will be researched

and detailed in the project’s

EIA. The project owner

commits to implement strictly

these mitigation measures.

Project owner commit

implement according to

schedule.

Mr. Nguyen Xuan Do

– Huong Xa hamlet


implement as soon as possible.

Propose place 2 culverts at 2

alignment sides as 2 directions;

01 from West to River Cua Co;

and from East to River Pho Le.

Project owner commits

implement according to

schedule.

Horizontal culverts must be

ensured drainage. Positions of

these culverts are agreed of

local government and

approved by MOT.

Mrs. Nguyen Thi Nga Disclose the construction Information of construction



253


encourage

Answer of Project


Unit

– Huong Xa hamlet schedule to People. schedule will be notified to

people after the detail design

will be approved.

Mrs. Ha Thi Hai –

Huong Xa hamlet

Propose project is implemented

quickly and quality; place 2

curverts at 2 sides of road to

protect the road and ensure the

healthy of local people living

near the road.

Ensuring drainage at 2 sides of

alignment, design on drainage

system of project is agreed by

local government.

10 Dong Phong commune

Mrs. Vu Thi Oanh Construction of Go bridge will

affect to movement of people or

not?

When Go bridge is

constructed, there will be the

traffic safety option for

pedestrian in existing road,

detail is presented in EIA

report.

Mr. Nguyen Ngoc

Oanh – Vice Chairman

of People Committee

Propose the project owner clarify

about the compensation for land

without Certificate of Land Use

Right? Compensation for land

only is lost a part but area of

remain part is not enough to live

on?

Regarding the compensation

for land without CLUR will be

implemented according to the

regulations of State (Decree

69/2009-NDCP and Decree

197/2004-NDCP).

Mr. Pham Van Duan –

Chairman of

Fatherland Front

Committee

Propose the project owner study

on properly position and aperture

of irrigation drainage.



consultancy to study the

adequate design of drainage

system to avoiding affects to

the local irrigation actions.

11 Thien Phien commune

Mr. Pham Van Giao –

Chairman of People

Committee


implement strictly the mitigation

measures to impacts caused by

dust and noise.

In the construction phase,

propose the project owner have

to install the residual mud

barriers to preventing mud

flowing down to fields, houses;




and detailed in chapter 4, EIA

report.



254


encourage

Answer of Project


Unit

install warning light to warning

for pedestrial.

Mr. Dao Van Thang –

Chairman of

Fatherland Front

Committee

Clearance need to be

implemented quickly and

according to regulation, notify

soon the scope of land

acquisition to people know

whether they loss the land or not,

remove or not, and how much

area of land they loss.

In the construction phase,

propose the project owner apply

project’s information to local

government to coordinate.

Clearance was setted up a

standalone subproject and

implemented by Compensation

Committees of Districts belong

to project area. Boundary of

land acquisition will be

notified soon by these

Committees.

Project will disclose the EMP

at local government office as

regulated in Law on

Environmental Protection “to

People know, People check

and People supervision”.

Mrs. Nguyen Thi

Duyen

Not implementing at the night.

Implementing strictly the

measures to mitigate the noise.




and detailed in chapter 4, EIA

report.

6.2. Public Consultation at the Request of Vietnam

Implementation of the Law on Environmental Protection, The project owner has sent a

dispatch No. 342/BQLDA2-PID1 dated 4/3/2013 on public consultation operation

during the EIA report of the project of upgrading of NH39 Trieu Duong - Hung Ha

under Component C – VRAMP project to 12 communes, informed on the basic content

of the project, the negative impacts of the project on the environment, mitigation

measures and suggested the localities contribute opinions by official letter, in addition to

know the aspiration as well as their environmental proposals for the project.

The project owner has received the feedbacks from the People Committee and

Fatherland Front Committee of 11 communes. Dong Tan commune’s authority did not

reply the project’s dispatch, therefore, as provision at point d - clause 1- article 15 of

Decree 29/2011/ND-CP, is regarded as agreement with the Investment Plan of Project

owner. Feedback minutes are copied and attached at Appendix 5- Public Consultation.

The summaries of public consultation, opinion at the request of Vietnam are

reprensented in Table 6.3.



255

Table 6.3. Summary of Public Consultation Opinions at the Request of

Vietnam

No Commune/

Town Opinion

Public consultation opinions

About the

negative impacts

of the project on

the natural and

social

environment

About the

measures to

minimize the

negative

environmental

impacts

Recommendations

for the Project

owner

1 Minh Khai

commune

People’s

Committee

The effects are

presented in EIA

report are

relatively adequate

Agree with the

mitigation measures

in the report,

especially to

mitigation measures

of impacts on air and

noise pollution.

Ensure reasonable

compensation and

assistance for the

people.

Implement openly

and transparently

avoid conflict

among the public.

Disclosure full

information.

Ensure

environmental

sanitation.

Fatherland

Front

Agree Agree Suggest state

organizations

funding for the

project so that the

contractor-has

enough fund to

implement

project.

Ensure the

security in Minh

Khai commune

during project

implementation.

2 Hung Ha

town

People’s

Committee

Agree with the

effects mentioned

in the summary

document

Agree with the

mitigation measures

in the report,

especially to

mitigation measures

of impacts on air and

Agree to support

the project,

however, in the

construction

phase, the safety

of pedestrians



256

No Commune/

Town Opinion


About the

negative impacts

of the project on

the natural and

social

environment

About the

measures to

minimize the

negative

environmental

impacts

Recommendations

for the Project

owner

noise pollution. must be ensured.

Propose

construction

project owners to

complete work, in

close

collaboration with

local authorities

in the process of

project

implementation.

Fatherland

Front

Affect health, life,

people, daily life,

travelling,

business,

manufacturing,

trade,

transportation and

travelling

problems, causing

internal conflict

and disunity

among people

Promptly start

project, upgrading

the quality of the

route, as well

consulting work to

stabilize people's

lives, enabling

people to save

convenient trading

business, fast

construction,

compact, where to

compact it.

Construction

time: quick, short.

Compensastion

act: correct,

sufficient and

promply;

accordance with

the Law and local

custom in order to

stable people’s

livelihood.

Ensuring the

urban landscape.

3 Hong Linh

commune

People’s

Committee

Agree Agree with the

mitigation measures

presented in the

summary report

Project is

impelemented

soon.

Ensuring the

drainage system

while constructing

project;

Ensure

environmental

sanitation;

Construction on



257

No Commune/

Town Opinion


About the

negative impacts

of the project on

the natural and

social

environment

About the

measures to

minimize the

negative

environmental

impacts

Recommendations

for the Project

owner

time, ensure the

safety of people.

Fatherland

Front

Welldone the

survey, design

and compensation

and clearance.

Speed up the

construction,

assuring quality.

Ensure good

sanitation, social

policies.

When

constructing the

connector roads,

sewers in hamlets,

project needs

ensure to drainage

for serving

agricultural

production.

4 Lien Hiep

commune

People’s

Committee

Agree Agree Set reasonable

drainage (sewer)

and avoid

flooding which

may affect

people's lives.

Construction on

schedule and

avoid

situation”suspend

ed” Project.

Fatherland

Front

Compensation

cost is applied

with regulated



258

No Commune/

Town Opinion


About the

negative impacts

of the project on

the natural and

social

environment

About the

measures to

minimize the

negative

environmental

impacts

Recommendations

for the Project

owner

cost by State.

Ensuring the

construction of

the project is not

effected to traffic,

cultivation, and

environmental

sanistation.

5 Tan Le

commune

People’s

Committee

Agree Agree Implement the

project soon to

avoid confusion

for the affected

households.

Ensure sanitation,

security during

the

implementation

process.

Fatherland

Front

Recommend

PMU strictly

implement the

provisions on

compensation to

people whose

land is taken by

project to ensure

people’s right.

During the

implementation

process,

constructors need

to connect with

local government

to solve radically

the conflict if any.



259

No Commune/

Town Opinion


About the

negative impacts

of the project on

the natural and

social

environment

About the

measures to

minimize the

negative

environmental

impacts

Recommendations

for the Project

owner

Ensure

environmental

sanistation.

6 Thai

Phuong

commune

People’s

Committee

Agree Agree The affected

households

mostly are

farming

households,

therefore when

project is

constructed, their

cultivation

activities and also

job will be

affected (delayed

or lossen).

Propose the

project owner

must apply

policies according

to regulations of

State on living

stablization

assistance.

Agree Agree Propose in the

construction

phase, PMU must

mitigate the

natural and socio-

economical

impacts at the

lowest level,

ensure traffic

safety during

construction

phase, and



260

No Commune/

Town Opinion


About the

negative impacts

of the project on

the natural and

social

environment

About the

measures to

minimize the

negative

environmental

impacts

Recommendations

for the Project

owner

implement strictly

compensation

policies.

7 Hung Nhan

Town

People

Committee

Agreement with

impacts that

presented in

summary

document.

Agree Ensure

environmental

sanitation.

Ensure the

construction

schedule.

Coordinate

strictly with local

government in

construction

process.

Fatherland

Front

Committee

Agree Agree Comply with

commitments

mentioned in EIA

report.

Propose project

will be soon

implemented and

compledted.

8 Tan Hoa

commune

People

Committee

Agree Agree Comply with

commitments

mentioned in EIA

report.

Propose the

project owner

have to

reasonable

compensation

policies for

removed

households.

Ensure the



261

No Commune/

Town Opinion


About the

negative impacts

of the project on

the natural and

social

environment

About the

measures to

minimize the

negative

environmental

impacts

Recommendations

for the Project

owner

drainage to avoid

flooding and

effect to living

quality of people

near the project

route.

Fatherland

Front

Committee

Agree Agree Using local labor.

There is rules and

policy on worker

management to

avoid conflicting

with the local

people.

9 Phuc

Khanh

People

Committee

Agree Agree Ensure the

drainage in

construction

phase and in

operation phase.

Ensure the safety

for worker and

security at the

local.

Fatherland

Front

Committee

Agree Agree Compensation

cost for revoked

works is

accordance with

regulates of

Vietnam and

donor.

Coordinate with

local government

to limit

conflicting and

solve conflicting

situations.



262

No Commune/

Town Opinion


About the

negative impacts

of the project on

the natural and

social

environment

About the

measures to

minimize the

negative

environmental

impacts

Recommendations

for the Project

owner

10 Dong

Phong

commune

People

Committee

Agreement with

impacts that

presented in

summary

document.

Agree Ensure

environmental

sanitation.

Ensure the

construction

schedule.

Coordinate with

local government

to solve arising

native impacts.

Fatherland

Front

Committee

Agreement with

impact assess in

construction phase.

Agreement with

mitigation measures

mentioned in EIA

report.

Noting to the

impacts on noise

and dust to avoid

affecting to

households

nearby.

11 Dong Tan

commune

People Committee and Father Front Committee received the PMU2’s Pulic

consultation documents on April 2, 2013 (delivery note is attached at

Appendix 5) without feedbacks of Dong Tan commune, as provision at point

d, clause 1, article 15 of Decree 29/2011/ND-CP, Government of Dong Tan

commune is regarded as agreement with the Investment Plan of Project

owner.

12 Thien

Phien

commune

People

Committee

Noise of

construction

machines, dust,

and sand arising

from construction

area that will

affect to health of

people nearby. In

addition,

construction

actions will

prevent the trade,

production of these

Applying the noise

mitigation measure

for construction

machines, using the

material that arising

dust is the lowest;

reasonable

construction

schedule and

implement

construction as each

part to avoid

prolonging.

Preparation of

machines,

vehicles, material,

workers in the

shortest time.

Ensure the life of

people living near

2 sides of road if

they are affected,

project have to the

reasonable

compensation and

support measures.



263

No Commune/

Town Opinion


About the

negative impacts

of the project on

the natural and

social

environment

About the

measures to

minimize the

negative

environmental

impacts

Recommendations

for the Project

owner

households.

Father

Front

Committee

Agree Agree Resonable

compensation

plan for the

affected

households.

Ensure the

construction

schedule.

Ensure

environmental

sanitation, limit

arising the dust

and noise.



264

Through the exchange, the local authorities of communes have proposed many ideas to

contribute to the project, expressing their concern to the environmental impacts of the

project, which mainly focus on the following matters:

In the pre-construction phase:

o Work closely with local authorities in the process of project implementation,

compensation, site clearance compensation must be done fast, timely in accordance

with the policy, the State's compensation regime. Compensation for land

acquisition must be completed before starting construction to avoid prolonged

construction status due to lacking free up space, affecting the surrounding

environment.

o Design an appropriate drainage system, stroked lines connecting the local

population, not to affect the movement of people, of families living on either road

sides as well as the local irrigation system.

In the construction phase:

o Sanitation: localities all recommended that local sanitation must be ensured during

the construction process. They require project to set up plans for collecting and

treating waste in construction, avoiding spillage that may pollute unhygienic

environment; measures must be taken to minimize dust and not to affect the

population;

o Public Health: local authorities concern that people's health could be affected by

dust. They requested the project to seriously implement measures to minimize the

impact of dust; reduce noise as committed in the consultation document of the

project;

o Traffic Safety and Labor Safety: the localities request a plan for traffic diversion,

specific signs, signboards, reasonable construction plan to avoid congestion and

traffic accidents. Ensure traffic safety for people around the project area as well as

ensuring safety for workers.

o Almost all localities request project proposal to implement fast, on time, do

completely, and avoid prolonged status.

6.3. Comments Acquisition of Project Owner

With these comments, in the public consultation as required by the World Bank in

January 2013, the project owner has collected opinions, and directed a project

consultancy considering integration into the project, in addition, project owners and

environmental consultancy agency had specific responses at each meeting - presented

in detail in Table 6.2.



265

The responses of public consultation as well as exchanging opinions of People's

Committee and residential representatives (through Fatherland Front) at the public

consultation at the request of the U.S. in March, 2013 were acquired by the Project

Owner and integrated to solve for each object affected to ensure feasible mitigation

measures, in particular:

In the pre-construction phase:

o On the issue of land acquisition and resettlement: According to Document

1665/TTg-CN dated 17/10/2006 of the Prime Minister on the implementation of

managing site clearance of traffic construction projects, Provincial People’s

Committee will set up independent sub-projects from projects which are approved

by the district People's Committee through the Council of compensation for land

acquisition & resettlement. Project owner is responsible for ensuring

implementation of the compensation funds for land acquisition & resettlement. In

terms of the project, currently plan for land acquisition & resettlement is made for

submission to the Government of Vietnam and the World Bank. In this plan, the

policies of the World Bank and the law of Vietnam are both incorporated,

simultaneously satisfying the principle: those affected by the project will be

compensated at least as much as or greater than what they are damaged.

o Drainage matter: the Project owner has acquired and made specific solutions to

designing drainage systems such as: the entire route will build four new bridges; 18

culverts and 19 culverts to strengthen the aperture as well as ensure drainage water

for irrigation in the region.

o The connecting with the public roads: Project owner has directed consulting to set

up a project to seriously implement the design the end point of these connection

sections.

In the construction phase

o Problem sanitation, public health: The Project owner commit to comply with the

mitigation measures set out in the environmental impact assessment report. At the

same time the project will coordinate with local public to disclose the activities,

impacts and mitigation measures of the project for people to know.

o Traffic Safety Issues and the Labor Safety: Project Owner will include in the terms

of the contract the construction contractor labor safety. In the process of

construction, traffic diversion will be strictly implemented, avoiding traffic

congestion caused by construction.



266

6.4. The Survey Interviewed Local Residents

In the 1st round of consultation, the project owner sent coupons interviewing 312

households who attended at the meetings. These housholds are directly affected

households from the project. Table 6.4 summarizes and analyses the questions from

the questionnaire.



267

Table 6.4. Summary and Analysis of Questionnaires

No Item Minh

Khai

Hung

Ha

town

Hong

Linh

Lien

Hiep

Tan

Le

Thai

Phuong

Hung

Nhan

town

Tan

Hoa

Phuc

Khanh

Dong

Phong

Thien

Phien Total %

I Project knowledge

1 Number of people 50 17 18 43 20 14 45 15 45 25 20 312 100

2 People who have not known 6 0 3 2 4 1 5

7 8

36 12

3 People who have known 44 17 15 41 16 13 40 15 38 17 20 276 88

- From People’s Committee 5 10 9 2 2 5 40 15 38 17 20 163 52

- From mass media

- From other people 39 7 6 39 14 8

113 36

II Opinions about project’s environmental impacts

2.1 In construction phase

1 Air pollution 45 15 18 42 18 13 32 15 37 10 15 260 83

2 Noise pollution 41 10 18 12 19 12 30 15 40 12 18 227 73

3 Construction waste 35 12 15 42 15 11 42 15 37 15 16 255 82

4 Land Acquisition 42 16 12 43 18 10 28 15 45 9 20 258 83

5 Arising conflicts 20 10 15 35 19 8 19 12 36 21 20 215 69

6 Travelling activities 48 12 10 16 12 9 43 10 35 25 20 240 77

2.2 In exploitation phase

7 Air pollution 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 15 10 0 33 11

8 Dust pollution 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 10 11 0 29 9

III Opinions about other environmental impacts that may occur during Project implementation



268

No Item Minh

Khai

Hung

Ha

town

Hong

Linh

Lien

Hiep

Tan

Le

Thai

Phuong

Hung

Nhan

town

Tan

Hoa

Phuc

Khanh

Dong

Phong

Thien

Phien Total %

IV Opinions about Project benefits

Improve route quality 50 17 18 43 20 14 45 15 45 13 20 300 96

Reduce traffic congestion 30 10 15 20 11 4 38 12 40 22 18 220 71

Reduce traffic accidents 50 17 13 35 11 5 31 10 38 12 16 238 76

Develop society, culture and

education 45 17 17 42 16 13 28 11 25 8 15 237 76

Develop economy due to

improved good transportation

in the region

49 17 15 41 20 14 32 9 31

13 241 77

V

Opinions about other

benefits 50 17 18 43 20 14 45 15 45

20 287 92

Environment Impact Assessment Report

269

About the project: 88% of households were aware of the project through various forms

such as through local government, through the newspapers and through a variety of

sources, while 12% did not know anything about the project.

On the positive effects brought by the project: 96% of the people were aware that

benefits gained from improving the quality of roads are good; 71% expected to reduce

traffic congestion; 76% assumed that upgrading roads would reduce traffic accidents;

76% assumed the complete project would contribute to the social, cultural, educational

and economic development. 77% assumed that economy would develop thanks to the

enhancement of the circulation of goods in the region.

On the negative effects brought by the project during the construction phase: Apart from

the positive impacts, the people interviewed also found that the project would generate

negative impacts such as environment and public health impacts due to air pollution

during the construction (83%); Impact on public health due to noise pollution during

construction (73%); Impact on water quality construction waste (82%); Impact on daily

life and business activities due to land acquisition, relocation and resettlement (83%);

Impact on daily life due to arising conflicts with the workers (69%); Impact on traffic

operations on the route in the construction sector (77.0%).

On the negative effects brought by the project in the operation phase: 11% and 9% of

people surveyed said the upgraded route will not exert impact on the atmospheric

environment and public health due to air and noise pollution.


270

CONCLUSION, PROPOSALS AND COMMITMENTS

I. Conclusion

1. Impacts corresponding to each activity in the operation stage of the Project have

been fully identified. The assessment of impacts on each object according to the

factors from the operations has been maximally identified. Scale of main impacts

caused by the project’s activities on environment is in the following descending

order:

Impacts due to land occupation, especially permanent occupation of residential

land which is the strong impact, directly affecting households’ lives;

Impacts on population due to air pollution, noise, vibration and on agricultural

activities, ponds due to spill of materials when digging and filling road foundation,

which badly affect human health and local community activities;

Impacts on water environment due to the construction of project route, bridges,

and activities of the construction sites are main impacts on water environment,

sediment, including quality of water, sediment and irrigation capacity of rivers,

canals, ponds as well as groundwater in the project area;

Impacts on road traffic due to encroachment by construction vehicles and muddy/

slippery by erosion sediment during digging and filling, which cause traffic

congestion and unsafe;

These are strong impacts, which have been analyzed in details to set out appropriate

mitigation measures. However, some impacts have not been exactly determined their

level, spatial/ time scale because the information is unclear, the assessment is only

limited in analysis under the general framework, including (i) location of temporary

waste material/soil yards and storage time; (ii) arrangement of specific items during

construction.

2. The mitigation measures proposed to the main impacts (impacts due to land

occupation, impacts on water environment, population and traffic) and other impacts

that are highly feasible and effective. However, in order to ensure that the residual

impacts are acceptable, environment at waste sources and affected objects (including

air, noise, vibration, quality of surface water, groundwater, soil, and sediment) shall

be monitored to take appropriate adjustments. More specifically:

In terms of impacts due to land occupation: Establishing an overall plan on

compensation, support and resettlement in accordance with Circular No.

14/2009/TT-BTNMT dated 1 October 2009 of the Ministry of Natural


271

Resources and Environment. The compensation must be carried out to each

household publicly, fairly at reasonable price based on the price framework of

the Government and People's Committees of provinces/cities taking into

consideration the local actual situation and compensation price of the projects

that have been implemented in the same area to determine the compensation

price.

Land environment: Sedimentation and spillage in the agricultural areas along the

route and the residential/ traffic land shall be monitored in the construction stage to

assess the accuracy of the forecasts and set out appropriate additional measures,

minimize damages;

Water environment, sediment should be monitored in the project’s stages to

confirm that the project’s activities do not significantly affect the quality of river

water and sediment quality;

Air, noise, vibration should be monitored in the project’s stages;

Environmental incidents: technical incidents, fire/ explosion and ship accidents,

traffic accidents are potential, so it is necessary to establish a safety plan on

traffic organization and implement this plan under supervision to ensure

residual impacts acceptable.

Environment management and monitoring shall be implemented in all three

stages: preparation, construction and operation. The project’s owner is

responsible for environment management and monitoring; provide funds for

these activities fully and timely. The costs for environmental protection are

estimated at VND 4,425 billion, included in total investment of the Project.

3. Community consultations were conducted in accordance with safety policies of the

Vietnamese LAW on Environmental protection. Participants are representatives of

People’s Committee and local communities (Fatherland Front) of 12 communes/

town within the project area.

4. After the project’s EIA report has been approved by the Ministry of Natural Resources

and Environment, the project’s owner shall establish an environmental management

plan, environmental specifications in the detailed design stage as the basis for

implementing the environmental management plan of the construction units.

II. Proposals

The project requires cooperation and support of Department of Natural Resources and

Environment in Thai Binh and Hung Yen provinces as well as People’s Committee

and Fatherland Front Committee of communes within the project area together with


272

local authorities to implement the environmental protection plan during the project

implementation.

III. Commitments

1. Implementing the environmental management/ supervision program as proposed in

Chapter IV, including measures for mitigation of negative impacts, prevention and

response to environmental incidents; construction of environmental treatment

works and implementation of environmental monitoring after the project’s EIA

report has been approved by the Ministry of Natural Resources and Environment.

The project’s owner commits to provide full funding for these activities.

In the course of construction, the following standards and Vietnamese/ international

standards on environment must be complied; ensuring quality of air, surface water,

groundwater and sediment consistent with Vietnamese/ international standards on

environment, including:

a. Law on Environmental Protection dated 29 November 2005 of the Socialist

Republic of Vietnam;

b. Decree No. 80/2006/ND-CP dated 9 August 2006 of the Government detailing

and guiding a number of articles of the Law on Environmental Protection;

c. Decree No. 21/2008/ND-CP dated 28 February 2008 of the Government

amending and supplementing a number of articles of Decree No. 80/2006/ND-

CP dated 9 August 2006 detailing and guiding a number of articles of the Law

on Environmental Protection;

d. Decree No. 29/2011/ND-CP dated 18 April 2011 on providing strategic

environmental assessment, environmental impact assessment and


e. The Government’s Decree No. 59/2007/ND-CP dated 9 April 2007 on solid

waste management;

f. Circular No. 26/2011/TT-BTNMT detailing a number of articles of the

Government’s Decree No. 29/2011/ND-CP dated 18 April 2011 on providing

strategic environmental assessment, environmental impact assessment and


g. Circular No. 12/2011/TT-BTNMT dated 14 April 2011 stipulating hazardous

waste management;

h. Complying with environmental standards in 1998, 1999, 2001, 2002, etc.;

Vietnamese standards on environment in 2008, 2009, 2010, including:


273

o QCVN05:2009/BTNMT - National technical regulation on ambient air

quality;

o QCVN06:2009/BTNMT - National technical regulation on hazardous

substances in ambient air;

o QCVN26:2010/BTNMT - National technical regulation on noise;

o TCVN7210:2002, Vibration and shock. Vibration emitted by roads traffic.

Maximum limits in the environment of public and residential areas;

o QCVN27:2010/BTNMT - National technical regulation on vibration;

o QCVN03:2008/BTNMT - National technical regulation on the allowable

limits of heavy metals in the soils;

o QCVN08:2008/BTNMT - National technical regulation on surface water quality;

o QCVN09:2008/BTNMT - National technical regulation on underground water

quality;

o QCVN 43:2012/BTNMT, National technical regulation on sediment quality;

o QCVN14:2008/BTNMT - National technical regulation on domestic

wastewater;

o QCVN40:2011/BTNMT - National technical regulation on industrial wastewater.

i. Complying with criteria on measurement and analysis methods (as mentioned

in the Preface);

j. Industry standards on road design.

2. Commitments on community

a. Respecting the values of local community and continuously exchanging,

consulting with local people in the tasks that affect environment in the project area;

b. Coordinating with Compensation Council and People’s Committee of districts/

communes related to the project to settle issues on land occupation, relocation,

resettlement, occupation and relocation of infrastructure works under Decision

No. 69/2009/ND-CP and prevailing regulations of the Ministry of Construction

in accordance with its rights and obligations;

c. Continuously improving pollution mitigation measures by supervision, monitoring,

inspection and review. Strictly complying with regulations on informing, notifying

the implementation of contents of the EIA report as approved and requirements of

the approved decision under Decree No. 29/2011/ND-CP dated 18 April 2011 on

providing strategic environmental assessment, environmental impact assessment


274

and environmental protection commitment and Circular No. 26/2011/TT-BTNMT

detailing a number of articles of Decree No. 29/2011/ND-CP dated 18 April 2011

on providing strategic environmental assessment, environmental impact

assessment and environmental protection commitment;

d. Commitment to well managing of wastes;

e. Coordinating with local authorities on employment, health protection,

maintenance of order and security in the project area;

f. Ensure irrigation water not be interrupted;

g. Ensure not to cause power failure that disrupts socio-economic activities of the

localities;

h. Strictly implementing regulations on environmental management and protection

of Thai Binh and Hung Yen provinces;

i. Working together with local authorities to obtain written consent on the disposal

location prior to the construction.

3. Commitments on compliance with general regulations on environmental protection

related to stages of the Project, including:

a. Commitments on environmental protection solutions/ measurements in the

preparatory stage and construction, then official operation as presented in items

4.1 and 4.2 of Chapter IV;

b. Commitments on environmental protection solutions/ measurements shall be

implemented in the period upon the Project is put in official operation, as

presented in item 4.3;

c. The project’s owner commits to settle all claims of the community on

environment of the Project in accordance with the laws on claims,

denunciations and regulations defined in Chapter XIV "Inspection, settlement

of violations, claims/ denunciations and compensation for environmental

damage” of 2005 Law on Environmental Protection. Commitments on

compensation in case of incidents, problems regarding site clearance;

d. Commitments on compensation, land recovery and return, roads and irrigation

ditches temporarily occupied by the project.

e. Commitment to compensate for environmental pollution environmental issues in

regards to the environmental risk caused by the project;

f. Committed to making circular 39/2009/TT-BGTVT on ensuring traffic when the

expansion of roads are mined.

Date post:	20-Sep-2020
Category:	Documents
Upload:	others
View:	0 times
Download:	0 times